Maryland Medical College Catalogs 1898-1912

»

rts

oe

Se Re er ne

seach
prcterneteer ree ot
|

r
Sy

ED ey. a ee a

—
‘>

Se ial
a ery

4

a SY

baa

Fs

14 tO 1120 West Baltimore Street

Near Carrollton Avenue.

Announcement for Session 1893-99,

2

: 7 Ve beslcdesl ia de late oheal ap] Se
lei a Sluldls oe elles eles Ssic.-
d oS \w Sow WE
’ cenerszcass PEPES Rar Rees
: P98 Metall aie. alate letob Gall ght a al Bt 45.6
is 1015 6 58) 9.30 H1, 2) -3°4)"5)'6 7) 87) 8) MOAT IBAB
#7 UE38 1218 14 15 1617 18) 9.20) 14 42.15.2415 14115 16 17 18)19 20
PA 25 19.20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18/19 20 21 22/21/99 93/24/95 On Oy

é 12 |-2 282% 28,29 0,51 324 alo 7 8 } 220 a0 sfx
GIELESEL ES SITS HICSS CLI GCS SS COMME TECECESE,

oy Calender 1898-1899,

Fe! "eptember Ist, 1898—Preliminary Term begins
f % ; September. 19, 1898, 8 P. M.— Introductory Address,

Prof. sage setae
; yee 20th, 1898, 9 a. M.—Regular Session hegins.

ovember 24th, 1898—Thanksgiving Day.

ie

anes ~ December 23rd, 1898—Christmas Recess begins,

& ¥i January 3rd, 1899, A. M.—Christmas Recess ends,
BE - February 22nd, 1899—Washington's Birthday.
ag oF » May 1st, 1899 (abont)—First: Examinations begins.

S~ May 18th, 1899, (about)—Commencement Exercises.
ae fe Pl |
a “Medical and Surgical Clinics daily throughout the year..
Sink a, - Free to all Medical Students..

Maryland Medical College...

Of Baltimore

4 to 1120 West Baltimore Street

Near Carrollton Avenue,

Announcement for Session
1898-99,

Ti Cr Cme ee Se

_=-— ee ———— ss lh — i 4
= ‘ ‘J A ‘

Faculty.

PROFESSORS.

.

BERNARD PURCELL MUSE, M, D., Dean, 1003 Rdmondson Avenue,
Obstetrics.

J. B. SCHWATKA, M. D., 1008 N. Broadway,
Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine.

+ J. WM. FUNCK, M.D. 101 N. Fulton Avenue,
; Diseases of the Eye.

ee ce H. BRANHAM, M. D., ‘The Severn,” Mt. Vernon Place and Cathedral St-
Principles and Practice of Surgery and Abdominal Surgery.

EDMUND A. MUNOZ, PH. G. M. D., 1801 Guilford Avenue,
Chemistry and Toxicology.

FRED CARUTHERS, M. D., 2220 E. Baltimore Street,
Anatomy and Genito-Urinary Surgery.

“

HENRY M. BAXLEY, PH. G., M. D., 1531 Madison Avenue,
Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Clinical Medicine.

HAUGHTON BAXLEY, M. D., 301 E. 22nd Street,
Diseases of Nose, Throat and Chest, and Physical Diagnosis.

G,. MILTON LINTHICUM, B. A., M. D., 1918 N. Charles Street,
Physiology and Rectal Surgery.

; W. WAYLAND FRAMES, PH. G., M. D.,922 Madison Avenue,
-— Diseases of the Ear and Hygiene.

e PEARCE KINTZING, B. SC., M. D., 424 N. Greene Street,
Principles and Practice of Medicine.

WM. 8. SMITH, M. D., 412 Cathedral Street,
Diseases of Women.

W. MILTON LEWIS, M. D., 1220 Linden Avenue,
Pathology, Bacteriology and Clinical Medicine.

A. L, HODGDON, M. D., Albion Hotel, Cathedral and Read Streets,
Diseases of the Nervous System and the Mind.

CHAS, F. HARLEY, A. M., B.C. L., 210 E. Lexington Street,
Medical Jurisprudence.

tC a —"
_f- >

ad 8. GRIFFITH DAVIS, M. D., Park Avenue and Madison Street,
Associate Professor and Demonstrator of Anatomy.

WILLIAM HERBERT PEARCE, . D., 2111 Oak Street,
Clinical Professor of Diseases of the Skin.

FRANK A. HANCOCK, A, B.,
Lecturer and Demonstrator of Chemistry. : °

RICHARD L. MeNEBAR, M. D.,
Demonstrator of Pathology and Histology.

J. W. LEITCH, M. D.,
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.

H. A. WILSON, D. D. 8.,
* Lecturer on Dental Surgery.

Chiefs of Clinic.

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Surgery,
JAMES C, HOLDSWORTH, M. D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Obstetrics.
J. MORGAN DLX, M. D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Principles and Practice of Medicine,
CHARLES R. DAVIS, M. D.

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Children,
W. D. F. BLANEY, M. D.

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Genito-Urinary Surgery,
JAMES C. HOLDSWORTH, M. D.,

i of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Eye,
M. K. GWYNN, M. D.,

Chief of Ctink™o the Chair of Diseases of the Ear,
W. H. SOHWATKA, M. D.,

Chief of Clinic to % Chair 6f Diseases of the Nervous System.
. H. KOEHLER, M. D.,

Chief of Clinic tothe Chair of Diseases of Rectal Surgery,
/

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Nose, Throat and Chest,

JOSEPH E. MUSE, M. D.

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women,
P. E. CRAIG, M. D.

Maryland Medical College.

Hoard of Directors.

JOSEPH H. BRANHAM, M.D.

J. B. SCHWATKA, M. D.

J. WM. FUNCK, M. D.

BERNARD PURCELL MUSE, M. D.
FRED. CARUTHERS, M. D.
EDMUND A. MUNOZ, M. D.
HENRY M. BAXLEY, M. D.
HAUGHTON BAXLEY, M. D.

G. MILTON LINTHICUM, M. D.

W. WAYLAND FRAMES, M. D.

Officers of the Board.
J. B. SCHWATKA, M. D., Prestpenv,

FRED. CARUTHERS, M. D., Vice Presipe®

W. WAYLAND FRAMES, M. D., Secretary,

J. WM. FUNCK, M. D., Treasur®

CHARLES F. HARLEY, ESQ., Counset.

Maryland Medical College.
Announcement 1898-99.

; The Directors and Faculty of the Maryland Medical College,
believe that by increasing the kength of the College Session and
lessening the vacation, the student can acquire as much knowledge
wd professional training in three years, of eight months study, as
'n four years of six months actual work.

They are convinced that the long interval between sessions is
actually a disadvantage and that the student who continues his
work With only sufficient vacation for recuperation, will at the
time of his graduation be better fitted for his professional work
than the one who has taken more time to forget and become rusty.
These facts are more apparent in this era, when all recognize that
medicine must be learned by the Dissecting Table—in the Chemi-
Cah, Physiological, Pathological and Bacteriological Laboratories,
at the home and at the bedside of the patient, while lectures and
books are mere guides and adjuncts. :

Recognizing these facts they are convinced that the four
years curriculum, of siz months study and six months vacation has
absolutely no advantage in preparing a man for his life work, and
'n fact only takes from him one year of useful and renumerative
Work, without recompense. For these -reasons they have deter-
mined to establish a curriculum of three years, each year to have a
seein of eight months College work. F
Two objects will be constantly kept in view in carrying out this
Plan, First, the thorough equipment of the student for his life
Mo and second, his preparation for his final examination and
& the STATE BOARD.

vi The first is to be accomplished by devoting most of the time

' the first part of his college life to Laboratory work, and the
latter to Clinical and Bed-side instruction. 'The second, we hope
= accomplish by frequent quizzes and intermediate examinations,
Ko ‘ which means the student not only receives knowledge and

ting, but is taught to express and to make use of the same.

a The Maryland Medical College is situated on West Baltimore
‘“Wreet near Carrollton Avenue. A popular and growing portion
st the city with car lines in close proximity, (one line passing the
a 5D ry 7)

_—_--

door) and is therefore easily accessible from all sections. Th
College Building sets well back from the street, which guards it
from the noise of traffic, thus insuring quiet and tranquility for
study. “he large front yard giving ample opportunity for the
students to indulge in athletics, which will receive the encour-
agement of the faculty.

The College Building contains two lecture halls, one with a
seating capacity of 400, the other with a seating capacity of 100,
A chemical, Pathological and Bacteriological Laboratories, all com-

pletely equipped, containing all the necessary paraphernalia for the
prosecution of these studies.

The session of 1898-9 begins with a preliminary course on
Thursday, September Ist, to which all students of medicine are
cordially invited, free of charge.

The regular session begins Tuesday, September 20th, and
closes about May 20th, 1899. There will be a holiday on Thurs-
day, November 24th, (Thanksgiving), from December 23rd, 1898,
to January 3rd, 1899, (Christmas Holidays) and Washington’s
Birthday, February 22nd.

The Maryland Medical College Dispensary treats indigent
patients in large numbers, which will furnish an abundance of
clinical material for instruction of the students.. In the out-door
department of the dispensary, advanced students are permitted to

____ Yisit, make diagnoses of and treat patients under the supervision of
the Dispensary Physician.

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION.

The National Temperance Hospital, under the control of the

Maryland Medical College, is so arranged that patients may be

brought from the wards, directly before the class in the Amphi-

_ theatre. ;

: The College and Hospital are both situated in a part of the

| city which furnishes a super-abundance of clinical material, being —
the only Hospital located in the western section of the city. The
Hospital, as the name indicates, will be conducted purely upon
temperance principles in accordance with the most recent deductions

of medical science. |
The faculty desires to lay particular stress upon the large field

from which the Hospital and Dispensary draw clinical material and
the diversity of cases incident thereto. The city of Baltimore is

the medical centre for a vast section of the country, and the

enviable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted large.

numbers of persons in need of high class medical services. The
‘Temperance Hospital is eminently fitted to fill all the offices of #

high class well equipped hospital.
6

ee

OBSTETRICS.

PROF. BERNARD PURCELL MUSK, M. D.

Instructions in clinical and operative Obstetrics is given to
advanced students under the personal supervision of the Professor
of Obstetrics,

The course embraces bedside instruction in diagnosis of preg-
nancy, diagnosis of presentations and positions, management of
labor, and the puerperal state, abdominal palpation, pelvimetry, ete.

The daily dispensary clinics and the out-door service offer
“nusual facilities for the study of practical obstetrics.

The various obstetric operations, both instrumental and manual,
are taught by means of demonstrations and practice upon the
cadaver and manikin, supplemented by clinical demonstrations of
the same in the lying-in chamber. Confinement cases are assigned
to members of the class. te

For this course the class is divided into sections, so that each
Student receives direct personal instruction,

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.
PROF. J. B. SCHWATKA, M. D.

This important subject will be taught in the most attractive
Manner possible, both in didactic and clinical lectures.

The students will have ample opportunity in the large amount
of material presented at the dispensaries to become thoroughly
amiliar with diagnosis and treatment of the Various diseases
taught in this branch.

DISEASES OF THE EYE.
PROF. J. WM, FUNCK, M. D.

The Anatomy, Physiology, and Diseases of the Eye will be
tanght not only in the regular didactic lectures, but practical
“emonstrations will be given in the College Amphitheatre, Hospital
and Dispensary Clinies, which will furnish an abundance of illus-
trative material.

All the eye cases are entirely under the charge of Prof. Funck,
para he gives to the students of the college every possible oppor-
tunity for personal observation and examination of cases, bringing
the Student in close contact with the patient, thus familiarizing
4m in the most practical manner with the diagnosis and treatment
of eye diseases.

SURGERY.
PROF. JOSEPH A. BRANHAM, M., D. .
Principles and Practice of Surgery. :

Tn the course upon this eminently practical branch, the con-

‘tant aim will be to make the student thoroughly understand the —
broad: principles of this science and thus fit him for the suecessful
a q7 a

te a

practice of the art. 'T'wo didactic lectures each week will be giv
to the second and third year students in this branch, in additi
frequent quizzes and intermediate examinations will be held. Th

will insure a thorough understanding of the subject by
students.”

Clinical and Operative Surgery.
Clinical surgery will be taught in the Amphitheatre, Hospi
Dispensary and in the Out-Door Department. All advane
students will be given opportunities to diagnose surgical cas
to assist in operations and to dress wounds. Careful attention wi
be given to the method of preparing patients, sterilization of im
strument dressings, ete.
A course of operative surgery on the cadaver will be given, th
operations will be done by the s¢udents, wider the direction of th
professor of surgery,

CHEMISTRY AND TOXICOLOG es

PROF, EDMUND A. MUNOZ, M. D.
The instruction in this department is under the charge ©
Prof. Munoz, assisted by Frank A. Hancock, A. B

., Lecturer ane
Demonstrator of Chemistry.

The instruction in Chemistry will extend throughout tw
r sessions and be divided into a Junior and a Senior course. Junio
Chemistry will be taught in the first year, comprising the study o
Chemical Physics, Chemical Philosophy and Inorganic Chemistry
and Laboratory Exercise. At the end of the session the student i
examined for admission to the Senior Class. Senior Chemistry
will be taught in the second year, comprising in the first lectures a
review of the principles and laws of Chemical Philosophy and of
the metals. The remainder of the session will be devoted to the
study of the Compounds of Carbon, or Organie Chemistry, and
Chemical Analysis
The methods of instruction will consist of lectures, recitations,
and laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the student
throughout the session will be utilized in estimating his fitness for
advancement or graduation,

At the end of each session the student will be examined for
graduation in the work of that vear.

The study of Toxicology will embrace the symptoms and treat-
ment of poisoning, and also the methods of chemical analysis for
detecting the various poisons.

ANATOMY.
. PROF, FRED, CARUTHERS, M. D.
. The instructions in Anatomy extends through two years, with
an examination at the end of each year. The teaching is by lec-
1 tures, dissections, models, and recitations. The wet and dry prep-

Re. 8 : i

i

rations in the Museum are important aids in instruction. The
idea ‘is to illustrate the application of anatomy to practical medicine.
The dissecting-room is amply supplied with material for dissection.
The students dissect under the guidance of their Demonstrators.
Each student is examined thoroughly upon the completion of the
part dissected. Lectures are given upon the brain and spinal cord
in regard to localization.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.
PROF. HENRY M, BAXLEY, PH. G., M. D.
Lectures and recitations will be given by the professor of this

branch. Students are taught the origin, physical properties, prep-_

arations, and methods of administration of drugs, ete. Especial
prominence will be given to the physiological action of medicines,
and their therapeutic uses. ‘The lectures will be supplemented by
Prescription writing and other blackboard illustrations.

PHARMACY.

. Lectures on this subject will be given, showing the methods of
Weighing, measuring, compounding and administering drugs; how
to make powders, pills and solutions; and on all those practical
details so essential to a physician’s success, especially those intend-
Mg to locate in rural districts.

~

DISEASES OF THE NOSE, THROAT AND CHEST.
PROF. HAUGHTON BAXLEY, M. D.

__ This important branch of medicine will be taught by beth
didactic and clinical lectures. The students will be instructed in
the use of the laryngoscope, stethoscope, and all methods of examin-
ing patients. :

In order that the students may become familiar with practical
Work and have the opportunity of personally examining and diagnos-
ing cases, all examinations and operations will be conducted before
the class.

PHYSIOLOGY.

PROF. G. MILTON LINTHICUM, M. D.
: This important branch will be taught by two lectures, weekly,
illustrated by experiments, plates and charts, and reviewed by
{uzzes. The physiology of blood, circulation, respiration, diges-
tion, absorption, metabolism, secretion and excretion, muscle tissue,
the peripheral and central nervous systems, the special senses,
Seneration and development are considered in detail.

This course is intended to be such as will be of especial value
to the physician in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. It will
extend throughout the year and will be obligatory for students of
the first and second years.

-

ae

HISTOLOGY.
The course in Histology will be both theoretical and practical.

Lectures will be given on the subject, illustrated by drawings,
- charts and mounted specimens. It is endeavored to cover all the
important points of normal Histology. The first few lectures will
be devoted to the microscope, methods of fixing, staining and
mounting specimens, the rest of the session will be taken up with
the consideration of the normal tissues and fluids of the body.

The practical work in the Laboratory will be made a prominent
feature in the course, and will be under the charge of the Demon-
strator and his Assistants.

A sufficient number of microscopes of the best make have been
imported to give one instrument to each student. A private locked
drawer, furnished with a complete outtit of glassware, staining
reagents and instruments is assigned to every member of the class,
and he is held responsible for such material while in his possession.

The first few laboratory exercises will be used to demonstrate
the partsand manipulation of the microscope, the uses of the

different portions of the outfit, the examination of simple cells and
fibres.

As soon as the student has familiarized himself with the uses
of the apparatus he is supplied with material of the simpler forms
of tissues which go to make up the human body, reserving the
higher organized and more complex tissues for the latter half of
the-term.

The examination at the end of the session will be written ‘and
practical, and is final for first course students.

DISEASES OF THE EAR AND HYGIENE.
W. WAYLAND FRAMES, PH. G., M. D.

Diseases of the Ear: In presenting the subject the aim will be
to emphasize those features which are of direct and practical im-—
portance to the general practitioner of medicine. | Adyanced
students will be given clinical instruction in methods of diagnosis
and treatment.

Hygiene will be considered in its relation to the individual, the
home, and community at large. Lectures will be devoted to the
principles of sanitation as bearing upon the management of public |
institutions, sewerage, infection, quarantine regulations, the drain-
uge and cleanliness of cities and towns, etc.

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.
_ PROF, PEARCE KINTZING, M. D.
The teaching of theory and practice of medicine will be by
didactic lectures, by clinies and by bedside instruction, augmented

as far as possible by microscopical and by bacteriological
investigation.

10
= a = J

It is recognized that the method of teaching medicine solely
by lectures, in vogue only a generation ago, is totally inadequate and
» Isufficent for the needs of the practical medical man of today.
Nevertheless the good accomplished by didactic teaching must not
be entirely lost from sight. ‘The observations and opinions of
mature thinkers and workers in this broad field can best be arranged
and summarized for presentation to the student, in the form of
lectures. The student has neither the time nor the opportunity to
come in contact with the literature of his profession. His reading
'S usually encompassed within the narrow field of a single text book. -
; By bringing the student in personal contact with the patient,
'n the clinic and at the bedside, the endeavor will be made to 80
develope the faculties, to train the powers of observation that the
“tudent may be taught not only to recognize diseases but to
differentiate, to draw conclusions, in a word to think.
_ Students will individually receive thorough practical instrue-
tion in Physical Diagnosis by Prof. Bazley.
_ For purposes of bedside instruction the class will be divided
'nto suitable sections.
DISEASES OF WOMEN.
_ PROF. WM. 8, SMITH, M. D.
lhe course in diseases of women will be as thorough, as com-
Prehensive and as practical as possible. Weekly clinical and
didactic lectures will be given and the various major and minor
°perations will be performed and demonstrated in detail. Special
pportunities will be given to advanced student to practice the
various manipulations necessary in the diagnosis and treatment of
diseases of women—individual, work in this line being regarded as
of the highest importance, and greatest value.

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
.. PROF, CHARLES F. HARLEY, A. M., B. C. L.
The lectures on this important subject will be general and
practical, students being taught how to testify in court, how to
®onduct themselves when under cross examination on the witness

pent, and how to answer hypothetical questions in giving expert
testimony,

PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY,

PROF, W. MILTON LEWIS, M. D.
The . . es > . 1 Bacter-
€ Instruction in the departments of Pathology anc y

lology, will consist. of a series of didactic lectures upon the subjects
*mbraced, illustrated by the demonstration of gross lesions when-
ayer practical. In uddition to the above, two periods weekly dur-
mg the second and third year, are devoted to the preparation und

Study under the microscope, of more common lesions of the yarious
organs,

a ss iL

The students will also be instructed in the newer methods of
clinical diagnosis, the consideration of the blood, the urine, the
feces, the sputum, the gastric juice, and the various exudates and
transudates, being taken up in detail and the teaching thus gained,
upplied to the diagnosis of disease.
The methods of cultivating, isolating and identifying micro-
organisms, will be considered in connection with their bearing
upon Clinical Pathology.

DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND MIND.
PROF. A. L. HODGDON, M. D,

A systematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is given
consisting of one lecture each week throughout the
A weekly clinical is also given at which cases of all
und many- of the rarer forms of these diseases are
Class, and at which opportunity is given to the studeut to person-
ully examine the cases. Frequent quizzes upon both the didactic
lectures and clinical cases are also held.

college year.
the familiar
presented to the

PRACTICAL ANATOMY,
S. GRIFFITH DAVIS, M. D.—Demonstrator.

The dissecting room is in charge of the Demonstrator, who
superintends and directs the classes in their dissection, The —
rooms are convenient, well warmed, ventilated and lighted. The
Demonstrator and his assistants pass much of their time in assist-
ing the students and in guiding their labors. Access may be had
to the rooms at all hours of the day, and wntil 10 o'clock P.M,
when they are closed for the night.

Dissecting tickets must be countersigned by the De
us an evidence of satisfactory dissection,

Dissecting material is Surnished in abundance.

/ DERMATOLOGY.

j WILLIAM HERBERT PEARCE, M. Dp.

The advanced students are given exceptional advantages for
J observing affections of the skin. The dispensary service and the

wards of the hospital furnish an abundance of material which is
\ exhibited to the class by the Professor and his assistants. An
» acquaintance with the manifestations of the diseases can only be

_. obtained by frequent inspection of patients. Recognizing this fact

; it is the aim of the Professor to furnish a thorough drill in symp-

tomatology and diagnosis,

THREE. YEAR GRADED COURSE.

_ During the first year the student is required to attend lectures
on Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry and Materia Medica, and work
in the Chemical, Histological and Anatomical Laboratories. At
12

monstrator,

the end of the firstyear the student will be expected to pass an

examination on Osteology, Histology, Inorganic Chemistry and _

Materia Medica.

The second year the studies of the first year except Histology,
Materia Medica and Inorganic Chemistry are continued, and in
addition the course in Therapeutics, Obstetrics, General Medicine,
General Surgery, Diseases of Children, Diseases of the Eye, Dis-
eases of the Ear,Diseases of Women, Diseases of the Nervous System
and Mind, Nose, Throat and Chest, Pathology and Hygiene, and
work in the Pathological, Chemical and Anatomical Laboratories.
The attendance of the clinics will be optional, and at the er
the second year the student will be expected to pass a final exam-
nation on Anatomy, Chemistry, Therapeutics, Physiology, Pathol-
ogy and Hygiene, and must also show evidence that his work in
the different laboratories has been satisfactory.

The studies of the third year embrace General Surgery,
Obstetrics, Diseases of Children, General Medicine, Diseases of
Women, Diseases of Eye, Diseases of Ear, Nervous System, Nose,
Throat and Chest, Medical Jurisprndence, Diseases of Skin and
Clinical Microscopy.

At the end of the third year the student will be admitted to
the final examinations in General Medicine, General Surgery,
Obstetrics, Diseases of Children, Diseases of Nose, ‘Throat and
Chest, Diseases of the Nervous System and Mind, Diseases of the
Eye and Ear, Diseases of Women, Medical Jurisprudence and
Clinical Microscopy.

Attendance upon the various clinics of which there will be
two daily is obligatory. i

Should a student fail to pass a successful examination 1
any of his first or second year branches, another opportunity will be
afforded him before the opening of the next regular session. ~

MATRICULATION.

A preliminary entrance examination will be required (subject
to exceptions noted below) of all candidates for matriculation,
comprising : the writing of an English composition of not less than
200 words, the translation of easy Latin prose, @ knowledge of the
elements of algebra or arithmetic, and of elementary physies. These
examinations are reasonable, and are given to ascertain whether
students are sufficiently educated to profit by medical study.

d Students who may be unsuccessful in their entrance examina
tions, on any subject or subjects, are allowed one year in which to

“qualify themselves; they may matriculate and pursue their studies

one year, but cannot begin the studies of the second year until they
have passed the required entrance examination. =
= - 13

Tt is provided, however, that matriculates in medicine, and
graduates in dentistry or pharmacy, matriculates or graduates of
recognized colleges of literature, science and arts, or graduates of
high schools ef the first grade, or of normal schools supported by

the different States, are exempt from the requirements of this’
examination.
FERS FOR THE REGULAR WINTER COURSE.
PAYABLE IN ADVANOE AT TIME OF ENTRANCE.
Tuition FoR FULL Course, - - - - - $50 00
MATRICULATION FEE, - : + 06

Toran Frxs, : a
Tickets for any of the departments may be take
The fee for these branches is $25.00 each.
, The Laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not fol-
lowing the regular courses. he fee for these is $10.00 each.

GRADUATION,

Candidates for examination must be of good moral character,
correct in deportment, twenty-one years of age, having attended
three full courses of lectures, the last of which must have been in
this College ; have paid all fees due the College, and passed a satis-
factory examination before the faculty,

1. All tickets must be taken out at the beg
Tickets for completed courses will be
of the session.

- $55 00
n out separately.

inning of the session.
issued by the-Dean at the end
Laboratory tickets and-tickets for practical anatomy
must be countersigned by the proper demonstrators and directors.
Unless properly countersigned a ticket will
evidence of a completed: course,
2. Every candidate must have passed examinations in the various
“branches of medicine taught in this school, or show satisfactory
evidence of having done so in other schools, and also produce evi-
dence of satisfactory work in practical anatomy, and the various
laboratories. Attendance upon all clinical lectures is obligatory.

3. The graduation fee, which is $30.00, must be deposited with
the treasurer before the candidate can be admitted to an examina-
tion. This fee will be returned in event of failure to obtain the
degree.

4. Examinations for the degrees of Doctor of Medicine are con-
ducted by the several professors. Candidates failing to graduate
are not required to again appear for examination in those branches
in which they haye obtained the required percentage.

5. The judgment of the Faculty upon the fitness of a candi-
date is based upon their knowle

ge of his general attendance and
industry, character and habits, as well as upon the result of his
final examination.

not be accepted as

14

rr EEE ee eee
— —_—_s

LABORATORY FEES.
For those following the Regular Course.

1st Year—Chemistry, - - - - $ 5 00

+ Histology, z : = = 5 00
Practical Anatomy, : - 10 00

2d Year—Chemistry, - 2 = ~ 5 00
Pathology, - - 7 iepe

Practical Anatomy, . - 10 00

3d Year—Clinical Microscopy, - . - 6.00

FACULTY PRIZES.
__ ‘To stimulate zealous study among the candidates for gradua-
tion, the Faculty offers the following prizes: ?
Ist Highest general average, a Gold Medal.

2d Highest .- ee Gold Medal.
3d Highest i se Gold Medal.

At the close of the session a resident physician is appointed
from the graduating class, also a number of dispensary physicians.
Several appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are
annually made to which graduates from the Maryland Medical
College are eligible. oe
SPRING SESSION.

The regular session will be supplemented by a course of lee-
tures and clinics given by the Professors and Lecturers upon their
Various branches after the close of the winter course. All students,
Matriculates and Practitioners will be admitted to attendance upon
this spring course without the exaction of any additional fee.
Dispensaries are open throughout the year, and students remaining
In the city are privileged to avail themselves of the many adyan-
tages which they offer.

The West Branch Young Men’s Christian Association is situ-
ated within one square of the College building, at which students
can obtain tickets for the college session at the remarkable low
rate of two dollars, The building is one of the most completely
“quipped in the country. Its well-lighted and ventilated gym-
nasium, offering special advantages to athletics and physicial
improvement, both of which are encouraged by this college. A
room in the college building is also set apart for the use of the
students in their athletic work.

All fees are due and payable when the student enters college
at the beginning of the regular session. '

Post-graduates who have not received their degree from this
College and who desire to pursue special courses will be expected
to register and to pay the Matriculation Fee of $5.00, a8 well as

— to be quoted by the Dean for such work as they may wish
0.

ats)

e

Board can be obtained in the yicinity of the College at
$3.00 per week and upwards. A listof boarding houses can be had
at the Dean’s office.

Students are requested to report to the Dean and to register
immediately upon their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate
their assignment to seats, arrangement in sections and ward
elasses, etc.

Physicians who are graduates of medical colleges in good
standing are permitted to enter any course of study given in the
institution, and a certificate of actual attendance upon such a
course will be given upon request for same.’ Those who are desir-
ous of becoming familiar with any of the special departments will
be afforded opportunity for a course of six weeks’ duration at any
time during the year, provided due inquiry be made previously
concerning the same. The facilities for acquiring knowledge of
laboratory technique as well as operative skill are unexcelled and
worthy of consideration.

Visiting physicians are always welcome, and are cord ially in-
*vited to inspect the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheatre
at any time. :

All letters of inquiry concerning the Medical Department
should be addressed to

PROF. B. P. MUSE, M. D., Dean.

TEXT BOOK, ¥
Awatomy.—Gray, Holden.
Sure@rry.—Park.
CHEMISTRY.—Simon.

“OpsterRics.—Lusk, American Text Book; Winckel, Galabin.
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF Meprot

; NES.—T'yson, Woods
and Fitz. ‘
MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPRU
PHYSIOLOG Y.-Stewart’s
DiskASES OF Women,—
DEsBASES OF CHILDREN.—Holt.
Diskases ov THE Evx.—Noyes, Swanzy, Nettleship, Fick.
Diskases OF THE EAR.—Barr, Bishop, Dench.

DISEASES OF THE Nosk,- THROAT AND Cuest.—Bishop,
Bosworth.

PATHOLOG Y.—Ziegler’s..

MEDICAL J URISPRUDENCE.—Taylor, Clark, Bell.

AxarEnr.—Wilson’s Hygiene and Sanitary Science, Parkes’
Practical Hygiene. : :

MepicaL Dictionrry.—Could, 3rd edition; Dunglison.

Works ON SPECIAL Subsects.—Keyes’ on Genito Urinary
Diseases, Duhring’s Skin Diseases, Simon’s Clinical Diagnosis,

Physical Diagnosis, Lyson, Page, DaC Ss
Pelvis Kelsey. nee osta, Surgery of Rectum and

rics.——Bartholow, Hare.
Manual of Physiology, Foster.

3 National Temperance Hospital, :

Maryland Medical Zollege.

Hospital Staff.
Pror. JOSEPH H. BRANH nee
Prov. J. WM, FUNCK, M. D.
Prov. FRED CARUTHERS, M. D.
Pror. G. MILTON LINTHICUM, M. D.
Prov. W. WAYLAND FRAMES, M. D.
Pror. WM. 8, SMITH, M. D.
Pror. 8 GRIFFITH DAVIS, M.D
Bros. 7 “ pee Ba. PHYSICIANS.
+20 ATKA, M.D.
Pror. E, A. MUNOZ, M. D.
Pror. H.M. BAXLEY, M. D:
Prom. HAUGHTON BAXLEY, M.D.
Prov. PEARCE KINTZING, M.D.

PROR, B. P; MUSE, M. D., Obstetrician.
Pror. A. L. HODGDON, M. D., Neurologist.

Pror. W. Minvon Lewrs, M. D., Pathologist.

RESIDENT PHYSICIAN.
RICHARD L. McNEAR, M. D.

: SUPERINTENDENT OF NURSES.

DISPENSARY PHYSICIANS AND CLINICAL ASSISTANTS, 3 .¢<

| MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

; x OF BALTIMORE.

¥

fe Announcement for Session
>

*, 1903-1904.

AF aay 14 TO 1120
WEST BALTIMORE STREET.

Lyre team
yk FF 5 2 Cs

PRIVATE WARD

Uy
ee eee ee

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE.

Announcement for Session

1903-1904.

114 TO 20
WEST. BALTIMORE STREET.

ACTS.
January Session, 1902.

CHAPTER 560.

An Act to enlarge and extend the powers of the Maryland
Medical College of Baltimore City.

WuHRREAS, The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore
City, a prosperous and progressive Medical College, incor-
porated under the General Laws of this State, desires to have
its powers thereunder enlarged and extended; therefore,

SECTION I. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Mary-
land, That the Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City,
incorporated under the General Laws of this State, by Char-
ter duly approved and recorded among the Charter Records
“of the Superior Court of Baltimore City in Liber R. O. No. 37,
folio 33, etc., of which College Bernard P. Muse, John B.
Schwatka, J. William Funck, Joseph H. Branham, G. Milton
Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William S. Smith, C. Urban
Smith, J. Charles Linthicum and Harry Gross are the Direc-
tors, being successors of the incorporators thereof, they and

their successors shall have perpetual succession as such, and —

they shall be and are hereby authorized to annex schools,
confer degrees and to have and to hold by purchase, gift, or
otherwise, suitable grounds and buildings thereon for educa-
tional, scientific and hospital purposes not exceeding three
hundred thousand dollars, subject to the right of the General
Assembly to alter or amend this Act, and subject to all the
laws of this State relating to corporations applicable there-
unto.

Sc. 2. And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take
effect from the date of its passage.

Approved April 11, rgo2.
Joun WALTER SMITH,
Governor.

Nosie L.. MITCHELL,
Speaker of the House of Delegates.

{ The ag Seal}
4 o %
( Maryland. }

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE.

Board of Directors:
President—Joun B. ScHWATKA, M.D.
Vice-President—FRED. CARUTHERS, M.D.
Secretary—G. M. Linturcum, M.D.
Treasurer—W. S. SmitH, M.D.

Counsel—J. C, Lintatcum, UL.B., M.D.

BERNARD P, Muss, M.D.

Josera H. BRANHAM, M.D.
J. Was. Funck, M.D.

C. URBAN SmitH, M.D.

HARRY Gross, M.D.

(For Calendar see last page).

FACULTY.

BERNARD PURCELL MUSE, M.D., 1039 Edmondson Ave-,
Professor of Obstetrics.

J. B. SCHWATKA, M.D., 1003 N. Broadway,
Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine.

J. WM. FUNCK, M.D., 1631 Eutaw Place,
Professor of Diseases of the Eye and Dean of the Faculty.

JOSEPH H. BRANHAM, M.D., 2200 Eutaw Place,
Professor of Principles and Practice of Surgery and
Abdominal Surgery.

FRED. CARUTHERS, M.D., 2229 E. Baltimore Street,
Professor of Anatomy and Genito-Urinary Surgery.

G. MILTON LINTHICUM, A.B., M.D., 1820 N. Charles St.,
Professor of Histology, Physiology and Rectal Surgery.

W. WAYLAND FRAMES, Ph.G., M.D., “The Severn,”
Mount Vernon Place and Cathedral Street,
Professor of Diseases of the Ear, Nosé and Throat.

WM. S. SMITH, M.D., 412 Cathedral Street,
Professor of Diseases of Women.

C. URBAN SMITH, A.B., Ph.G., M.D., 1928 Madison Ave.,
PRESIDENT,
Professor of Theory and Practice of Medicine
and Gastroenterology.
HARRY GROSS, M.D., 1340 S, Charles Street,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.

ERNEST E. QUANDT, Ph.G., Lombard and Howard Sts.,
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology.

WILLIAM HERBERT PEARCE, M.D., 2105 N. Charles St.,
VICE-PRESIDENT,

Professor of Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Clinical
Medicine.

4

‘ei

J. CHAS, LINTHICUM, LUL.B.,M.D., 201-4 Herald Building,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.

L. H. GUNDRY, M.D., Augusta and Frederick Aves.,

Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System and
the Mind.

RICHARD L. McNEER, M.D., 714 Madison Ave.,
Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.

A. D. McCONACHIE, D.D.S.,M.D., 805 N. Charles Street,
Associate Professor of Materia Medica.

WILBUR M. PEARCE, A.M., M.D., 1238 Greenmount Ave.,

Associate Professor of Diseases of Children and
Clinical Medicine.

THOMAS H. BRAYSHAW, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Hygiene and Climatology.

GEORGE B. SCHOLL, A-B., M.D., 1005 W. Lanvale St.,
Associate Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology.

JACOB S. PARR, Ph.G.,
Lecturer on Practical Pharmacy.

H. C. HESS, M.D.,
Lecturer on Diseases of the Skin.

ELIJAH J. RUSSELL, M.D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.

JAMES BAKER, D.D.S., M.D.,
Demonstrator of Dental Surgery.

GUSTAVUS CHARLES DOHME, A.B., M.D.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.

CHAS. H. HUBERT, M.D.,
Demonstrator of Minor Surgery and Bandaging.-

DISPENSARY STAFF.
KE. L. MORTIMER, M.D.,
Dispensary Physician.

A. G. HUBBARD, Ph.G., M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to Chair’of Diseases of Eye.

CLARENCE P. ERKENBRACK, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chairs of Rectal Surgery and
Genito-Urinary Surgery.
'

E. L. MORTIMER, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to Chair of. Surgery.

J. C. CAHOON, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Kar,
Nose and Throat.

WALTER A. COX, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Principles and Practice
of Medicine.

W. T. KIRK, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the
“ Nervous System.

BR. C. J. MILLER, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women

A. C. SMINK,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Operative Surgery.

Maryland Medical College.

Announcement 1903-04.

The Directors and Faculty of the Maryland Medical Col-
lege, in issuing this, their sixth annual Announ cement, extend
gd their numerous friends and patrons renewed assurances of
their appreciation of the interest which they have manifested
in the welfare of the College.

The splendid success which has already been achieved in

the brief period of five years is a frank recognition by the
public of the superior character of its work.
_ The natural method of acquiring knowledge will determine
its entire policy of instruction. At the Dissecting Table, in
the Chemical, Physiological, Pathological and Bacteriological
Laboratories, in the Dispensary, and at the bedside of the
Patient, the student will, by actual observation, familiarize
himself with the phenomena which constitute the subject-
matter of his studies, while lectures and text-books will serve
48 supplements to the more direct method of iustruction.

The curriculum is graded, and attendance upon four annual
Sessions will be required in accordance with Announcement.*
The earlier part of the Course will be devoted mainly to the
fundamental Medical Sciences, while the latter part will deal
chiefly with the study of practical Medicine and Surgery.

The Medical Sciences will be largely studied in the Labora-
tories, while Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and the various
Specialties will be studied in the Dispensary, the wards of the
Hospital and the Clinical Laboratories. Recitations upon the
various courses will be regularly given by their several pro-
fessors. ;

The Maryland Medical College is situated on West Balti-
more Street, near Carrollton Avenue—a popular and growing
portion of the city, with car lines iu close proximity (one line
Passing the door), and is, therefore, easily accessible from
—_—_

"Students of any reputable college who have matriculated prior to

Ovtober 1, 1902, will be eligible for graduation under the three-year
@raded course.

7

all sections. The College Building sets well back from the
street, which guards it from the noise of traffic, thus insuring
quiet and tranquility for study.

The College Building contains two lecture halls, one with
a seating capacity of four hundred, the other with a seating
capacity of one hundred and fifty. Also Histological, Patho-
logical, Bacteriological, Chemical and Anatomical Labora-
tories, all of which are thoroughly equipped with all the
modern appliances, and offer every facility for practical work
in these branches of study. The Anatomical Laboratory is
plentifully supplied with material, which is obtained in abun-
dance in such a large medical centre as Baltimore.

The session of 1903-04 begins with a preliminary clinical
course on Tuesday, September 15, to which all students of
medicine are cordially invited, free of charge. The intro-
ductory address will be delivered on Wednesday, September
30, at 8 P.M,

The regular session begins Thursday, October 1, and closes
about May 1, 1904.

Practical struction,

The Franklin Square Hospital is beautifully and ideally
situated at the corner of Calhoun and Fayette Streets, facing
Franklin Square—an open park—thus affording the inmates
an abundance of fresh air and a pleasant outlook.

A Clinical Amphitheatre and Dispensary adjoins the Hos-
pital on the west. The Amphitheatre, with a seating capacity
of one hundred and forty, together with the Hospital and
Laboratories, gives us clinical facilities second to none. The
Hospital is so arranged that patients may be brought from
the wards directly before the class in the Amphitheatre.

The Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in large
numbers, and will furnish an abundance of clinical material
for the instruction of students. In the Outdoor Department
of the Dispensary advanced students are permitted to visit
patients, make diagnosis of and treat diseases under the
supervision of the Dispensary Physician.

The Hospital is situated in a part of the city which furnishes
a superabundance of clinical material, being the only one
located in the western section of the city.

. Baltimore is the medical centre for a vast section of the
country, and the enviable reputation of ite hospitals has ever

J, tn

attracted large numbers of persons in need of high-class
medical service. The Franklin Square Hospital is eminently
fitted to fill all the offices of well-equipped hospitals.

Obstetrics.

Instruction in Clinical and Operative Obstetrics is given
to advanced students under the personal supervision of the
Professor of Obstetrics.

The course embraces instruction in anatomy of pelvis, em-
bryology and bedside instruction in diagnosis of preguancy,
Presentations and positions, management of labor, and the
Puerperal state, abdominal palpation, pelvimetry, etc.

The daily Dispensary clinics and the outdoor service offer
"ausual facilities for the study of practical obstetrics.

The various obstetric operations, both instrumental and
manual, are taught by means of demonstrations and practice
"pon the cadaver and manikin, supplemented by clinical de-
Monstrations of the same in the lying-in chamber.

Confinement cases are assigned to members of the class.
For this purpose the class is divided into sections, so that
*ach student receives direct personal instruction.

Diseases of Children.

This important subject will be taught in the most attractive
Manner Possible, both in didactic and clinical lectures.
© students will have ample opportunity in the large
‘mount of material presented at the Dispensaries to become
thoroughly familiar with diagnosis and treatment of the
Various diseases taught in this branch.

Diseases of the Eve.

The Study of the Anatomy, Physiology and Diseases of the
Ye will be made practical and comprehensive, not only by
regular didactic lectures, but practical demonstrations will
given in the College Amphitheatre, Hospital and Dispen-
¥ Clinics, which will furnish an abundance of illustrative
material, Frequent quizzes and several intermediate exami-
nations will be held.
F the eye cases are entirely under the care of Prof.
nck, who gives to the students of the College every pos-
pe © opportunity for personal observation and examination
cases. In this way the student comes in close relation to

9

the patient, and of necessity familiarizes himself in the most
practical manner with the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment
of eye diseases.

Surgery.

In the course upon this eminently practical branch, the
constant aim will be to make the student thoroughly under-
stand the broad principles of this science, and thus fit him for _
a successful practice of the art. Two didactic lectures each
week will be given to the second and third year students in
this branch; in addition, frequent quizzes and intermediate
examinations will be held. This will insure a thorough
understanding of the subject by the students.

Clinical Surgery will be taught in the Amphitheatre, Hos-
pital Dispensary and in the Outdoor Department. All ad-
vanced students will be given opportunities to diagnose sur-
gical cases, to assis¢ in operations and to dress wounds.
Careful attention will be given to the method of preparing
patients, sterilization of instrumeuts, dressings, etc.

Operative Surgery will include a regular course of didactic
lectures, reinforced by demonstrations of bandaging, applica-
tion of splints on the living subject, and a course of opera-
tions on the cadaver, the operations being performed by the
students, under the supervision of the professor in charge.

Bnatomy.

The instruction in Anatomy extends through two years,
with an examination at the end of each year. The teaching
is by lectures, dissections, models and recitations. The wet
and dry preparations in the museum are important aids in
instruction. The idea is to illustrate the application of
anatomy to practical medicine. The dissecting room is amply
supplied with material for dissection. The students dissect
under the guidance of their Demonstrators. Each student
is examined thoroughly upon the completion of the part dis-
sected. Lectures are given upon the brain and spinal cord in
regard to localization.

Pbysiology.

Physiology is now recognized as one of the most important
branches in the study of medicine, and a thorough conception
of it is absolutely necessary as a foundation for the under-
standing of the great advances made in medicine during the
past few years. Especially is it so in the new treatment of

to

disease, ‘‘serumtherapy,’’ which development has been
brought about through physiological research and investi-
gation. ;

Thus especial emphasis is laid upon this branch, which will
be taught by two lectures weekly, illustrated by charts and
plates, together with experiments upon the lower animals,
and reviewed by quizzes and written examinations. |

The physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorption,
metabolism, secretion and excretion, muscle tissue, the per-
ipheral and central nervous systems, the special senses, gen-
eration and development are considered in detail.

This course is intended to be such as will be of special
value to the physician in the diagnosis and treatment of dis-
ease. It will extend throughout the year, and will be obliga-
tory for students of the first and second years, with an exam-
ination at the end of each year.

Rectal Surgery.

_ Recognizing how prevalent and frequent the /ower bowel
is diseased, and how closely the normal condition of the
human system is dependent upon this origin, a special chair
has been created to teach its diseases and abnormalities. The
course will be mainly clinical, together with didactic lectures.

Histology.

The course in Histology will be both theoretical and prac-
tical. Lectures will be given on the subject, illustrated by
drawings, charts and mounted specimens. It is endeavored
to cover all the important points of normal Histology. The
first few lectures will be devoted to the microscope, methods
of fixing, staining and mounting specimens, the rest of the
Session will be taken up with the consideration of the normal
tissues and fluids of the body.

The practical work in the Laboratory will be made a
Prominent feature in the course, and will be under the charge
of the Demonstrator and his Assistants.

A sufficient number of microscopes of the best make have
been provided to give one instrument to cach student. A pri-
vate locker, furnished with a complete outfit of glassware,
Staining reagents and instruments is assigned to each mem-
ber of the class, and he is held responsible for such material
while injhis possession.

II

‘The first few laboratory exercises will be used to demon-
strate the parts and manipulation of the microscope, the uses
of the different portions of the outfit, the examination of
simple cells and fibres.

As soon as the student has familiarized himself with the
uses of the apparatus, he is supplied with material of the
simpler forms of tissues which go to make up the human
body, reserving the higher organized and more complex tis-
sues for the latter half of the term.

The examination at the end of the session will be written
and practical, and is final for first-course students.

Diseases of the Bar, Wose and Throat.

In presenting this subject, the aim will be to view it from
the standpoint of the general practitioner. A regular course
of didactic lectures will be given, supplemented by clinics
and practical instruction in the use of the otoscope, laryngo-
scope, etc.

To better accomplish the latter purpose, the class is divided
into small sections, thus insuring to each student the per-
sonal supervision of the instructor.

Diseases of Women,

The course in Diseases of Women will be thorough, com-
prehensive and practical, In addition to the didactic lectures,
which will cover the whole subject of gynecology, weekly
operations will be performed and demonstrated in detail.
The routine of office work—comprising the use and applica-
tion of the technical therapeutic resources of this important
branch, such as douches, pessaries, tents, tampons, dilators,
vaginal and intra-uterine medication, ete.—will be fully and
carefully exemplified.

Special opportunities will be given to advanced students to
practice for themselves the various manipulations necessary
in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of women, indi-
vidual work in this line being regarded as of the highest
importance and greatest value.

Practical instruction will also be given in the Gynecological
Department of the Dispensary, and students will be afforded
opportunities to witness operations in the Hospital on other
than the regular clinic days.

12

Principles and Practice of Medicine and Diseases of
the Stomach.

_The teaching of theory and practice of medicine will be by
didactic lectures, recitations, clinics and bedside instruction,
emeniod by microscopical and bacteriological investiga-

ons.

‘ By bringing the students in personal contact with the pa-
tient in the hospital, dispensary and at the bedside, they will
individually receive thorough practical instruction in Phys-
Cal Diagnosis, and be required to recognize, differentiate
and treat the many different diseases coming under observa-

on during the course.

0 diseases of the stomach, this important branch of the
Practice of medicine, the student will be instructed in the
Modern methods of diagnosis and treatment, embracing
Physical, clinical aud microscopical analysis of test meals,
Stomach contents, ete.

Por Purposes of bedside and special clinical instruction, the
“lass will be divided into suitable sections.

Chemistry and Toxicology.

The instruction in Chemistry will extend throughout two
*essions, and he divided into a Junior and a Senior course.
Unior Chemistry will be taught in the first year, comprising
Ta Study of Chemical Physics, Chemical Philosophy and
°rganic Chemistry and Laboratory Exercise. At the end
* the session the student is examined for admission to the
€xtclass. Advanced Chemistry will be taught in the second
year, Comprising the study of the Compounds of Carbon or
Po a ety: Physiological Chemistry and Chemical
The methods of instruction will consist of lectures, recita-
ma and laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the
. £ut throughout the session will be utilized in estimating
At mgd for advancement or graduation. :
oo. end of each session the student will be examined
Staduation in the work of that year.
€ study of Toxicology will embrace the symptoms and
fut of poisoning, and also the methods of chemical
Sis for detecting the various poisons.

analy,

13

Materia Medica.

The crude drugs and their various preparatious will be
exhibited, in order that the student may familiarize himself

with their physical properties. The course will embrace 4 —

study of all the official drugs and their preparations, together
with many of the newer remedies. In stating the doses, the
quantities will be expressed both in apothecaries’ and the
metric systems.

Special prominence will be given to prescription writing.

Therapeutics.

‘he course of study in this branch will embrace Pharma-
cology, Toxicology and Therapeutics proper.

Special prominence will be given the physiological action

of drugs and the study of their effect upon the lower animals,
while the practical application of remedial agents to disease
will be thoroughly and systematically taught.

Pbarmacy.

——

Lectures on this subject will be given showing the methods

of weighing, measuring and compounding drugs; how to
make powders, pills and solutions, and on all those practical
details so essential toa physician’s success, especially those
intending to locate in rural districts.

Medical Furisprudence,

The lectures on this important branch will be general and
practical, students being taught how to conduct themselves in
Court, and to testify both under direct and cross-examination;
how to answer hypothetical questions in giving expert testi-
mony, and the existing legal relations between the physician,
his State and his patients.

Discases of the Wervous System and Mind.

A systematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is
given, consisting of one lecture each week throughout the
College year. A weekly clinic is also given, at which cases
of all the familiar and many of the rarer forms of these dis-
eases are presented to the class, and at which opportunity is
given to the student to personally examine the cases, Fre-
quent quizzes upon both the didactic lectures and clinical
cases are also held.

14

Patbology and Bacteriology.

The instruction in the departments of Pathology and Bac-
teriology will consist of a series of didactic lectures upon the
Subjects embraced, illustrated by the demonstration of gross
lesions whenever practical. In addition to the above, two
Periods weekly during the second and third year are devoted
to the preparation and study under the microscope of more
©ommon lesions of the various organs.

The student will also be instructed in the newer methods
of clinical diagnosis, the consideration of the blood, the urine,

€ feces, the sputum, the gastric juice, and the various
©xudates and transudates, being taken up in detail and the
teaching thus gained applied to the diagnosis of disease.

The methods of cultivating, isolating and identifying micro-
°rganisms will be considered in connection with their bearing
“Pon Clinical Pathology.

Genito-Urinary Diseases.

The course in this department will consist of a weekly
Clinic, which will illustrate this branch by bringing before
= season a large number of cases and operations of various

uds,

As it is especially essential that the student be brought in

irect contact with cases of this department, each will be
thoroughly drilled in the use and manipulation of the various
struments. Special attention will be given to the study of
. *8nosis with all kinds of urethral and bladder instruments,
ieluding the cystoscope and endoscope.

Diseases of the Skin.

The advanced students are given exceptional advantages
°F observing affections of the skin. The Dispensary service
and the wards of the Hospital furnish an abundance of mate-

al, which is exhibited to the class at the clinics. An ac-
Waintance with the manifestations of the diseases can only
© obtained by frequent inspection of patients. Recognizing

is fact, it is the aim of the Lecturer to furnish a thorough
“ill in symptomatology and diagnosis.

Hygiene.
Hygiene will be considered in its relation to the individual,
© home and community at large. Lectures will be devoted
the principles of sanitation as bearing upon the manage-

1S

to

went of public institutions, sewerage, infection, quarantine
regulations, the drainage and cleanliness of cities, towns, etc.

Practical Anatomy.

The Dissecting Room is in charge of the Demonstrator, who
superintends and directs the classes in their dissection. The
rooms are convenient, well warmed, ventilated and lighted.
The Demonstrator and his assistants pass much of their time
in assisting the students and in guiding their labors. Access
may be had to the rooms at all hours of the day and until
10 o’clock P.M., when they are closed for the night.

Dissecting tickets must be countersignued by the Demon-
strator as an evidence of satisfactory dissection.

Dissecting material is furnished in abundance.

Dental Surgery.
Advanced students will receive practical instruction in
Dental Surgery by demonstrations in extracting and other
minor dental operations.

Four=Pear Graded Course,

During the first year the student is required to attend lec-
tures on Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry and Materia
Medica and work in the Chemical, Histological and Anatom-
ical Laboratories.

At the end of the first year the student will be expected to
pass final examinations on Osteology, Histology, Elementary
Physiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Materia Medica and Phar-
macy.

During the second year the studies of the first year, except
Osteology, Histology, Materia Medica and Inorganic Chem-
istry are continued, and in addition the couse in Therapeutics,
Obstetrics, General Medicine, General Surgery, Diseases of
Children, Diseases of the Eye, Diseases of the Ear, Nose and
Throat, Diseases of Women, Diseases of the Nervous Sys-
tem and Mind, Pathology and Hygiene, and work in the
Pathological, Chemical and Anatomical Laboratories. The
attendance on the clinics will be optional.

At the end of the second year the student will be expected —

to pass final examinations on Anatomy, Chemistry, ‘Thera-
peutics, Physiology, Pathology and Hygiene, and must also
show evidence that his work in the different laboratories has

been satisfactory.
I

nd

: _ The studies of the third year embrace General, Operative

roe 4

8nd Special Surgery, Obstetrics, Diseases of Children, Gen-
ral Medicine, Diseases of Women, of the Eye, of the Ear,

Nose and Throat, of the Nervous System and Mind, Medical

i dence, Diseases of the Skin and Clinical Microscopy.
At the end of the third year the student will be admitted to
= final examinations in all the studies of the year.*
: fourth year will be devoted mainly to practical wark,
Consisting of clinical instruction at the Hospitals and Dis-

Peusary, special lectures, clinical conferences, recitations, etc’

_ Atthe end of the fourth year the student shall be required
© Pass examinations on Clinical Surgery, Clinical Obstetrics,
Diseases of Children, Clinical Medicine, Clinical
Gynecology, Clinical Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose and
roat, Clinical Diseases of Nervous System and Mind, Clin-
; of Skin, Special Surgery and advanced Clinical
Microscopy. pec gery
Should a student fail to pass a successful examination in
Any of his first, second or third year branches, another oppor-
tunity will be afforded him before the opening of the next
lar session.
Students who have attended one or more courses of lec-

“tres in any accredited medical college or colleges are placed

'Pon the same footing with our own students, and the same
leges as regards examinatious (as previously described)

T advanced standing are extended to them. Examination
Will not be required on subjects for which proper credentials
ate exhibted.

After October I, 1902, all students matriculating at this

lege will be required to take a four-year course.

All matriculates under the four-year graded course will be
77 otha to present credentials showing that they are ma-
‘ticulates or graduates of recognized colleges of literature,

or arts, of high school, normal schools, academies

°r equivalent schools, or the regents’ certificates as required

the statute of New York, or those of any State Examin-

ina covering the work of the following entrance exam-
mation,

P ee

Fira Students matriculating prior to October 1, 1902, will be con-
Year candidates for gruduation after passing the examinations of this
* (See foot note on p. 9).

17

Matriculates not presenting such credentials will be
quired to pass an entrance examination as follows:

1, An English composition of at least two hundred w

2. Translation of easy Latin prose.

3. In elementary arithmetic, algebra and physics.

Students failing in one or more of these subjects
register and pursue their studies for one year, but must m
the entrance requirements before the second course of stud:

Students having the degree A.B. or B.S., or equivalent
grees from reputable literary colleges, also graduates of d
tistry, pharmacy or veterinary medicine, will be given ©
year advanced standing. 7

Graduates or students of homeopathic or eclectic med
schools will be allowed as many years as they have attend
such colleges, provided they have met the requirements 0}
the entrance examination and pass an examination in Mate
Medica and Therapeutics.

The right is reserved to make such alteration in the cour
of instruction as experience or expedience may prove to
necessary.

Fees and Regulations.

Students Must Matriculate When They Commence Attend-
ance at the Lectures.

All Fees Are Payable in Advance at Time of Entrancé
and Are Not Returnable Under Any Circumstances.

Matricnla tion Hee Fo vssstecavcsueede tgseseendannte sere 5 VO
Fees for Full Course of Lectures......... a 75 00

Laboratory Fees.

tst Year—Chennistry......icc.sse sessorses
EETBOO LEY. « siisensusiaces'sunes GAME

Pathologyd.:)iicaiwks We. we

Practical A natomy..... ‘

3d Year—Clinical Microscopy..... . 10 00
4th Year—Advanced Microscopy..,.......000 15, 00 ;
Students completing three full courses in this College will

not be required to pay /ec/ure fees for the fourth year.
A deposit of $2.00 for each laboratory course pursued will
be required of all students. This deposit will be returned
at the close of the session, less the amount charged against

it for breakage.
1S

Tickets for any of the departments may be taken out sepa-
Tately. The fee for these branches is $25.00 each. 5

The Laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not
following the regular courses. The fee for these is double
that of the regular laboratory fee for the same course.

Post-graduates who have not received their degree from
thie College and who desire to pursue special courses will be
€xpected to register and to pay the Matriculation Fee of $5.00
*8 well as the fee for the special department in which they
Wish to work.

Physicians who are graduates of medical colleges in good
Standing are permitted to enter any course of study given in
the institution and a certificate of actual attendance upon
Such a course will be given upon request for same. Those
Who are desirous of becoming familiar with any of the special
departments will be afforded opportunity for a course of six
Weeks’ duration at any time during the year provided due
inquiry be made previously concerning the same. The
facilities for acquiring knowledge of laboratory technique, as
Well as operative skill, are unexcelled and worthy of consid-
fration,

No private quizzes or classes are held by any member of the
Faculty in this College, nor by any member of the adjunct

aculty on the branch or branches upon which he conducts

Mal examinations.

Graduation.

Candidates for examination must be of good moral char-
acter, correct in deportment, twenty-one years of age, have
Attended four full courses of lectures,* the last of which
Must have been in this College; have paid all fees due the

ollege, and passed a satisfactory examination before the

aculty,

All tickets must be taken out at the beginning of the ses-

N. ‘Tickets for completed courses will be issued by the
“fan at.the end of the session. Laboratory tickets and
“ickets for practical anatomy must be countersigned by the
Proper demonstrators and directors. Unless properly counter-
“igned a ticket will not be accepted as evidence of a com-

d course,
Very candidate must have passed examinations in the
us branches of medicine taught in this school or show

*atisfactory evidence of having done so in other accredited

“Bee foot note on p. 9% 19

schools and also produce evidence of satisfactory work
practical anatomy and the various laboratories. Atten
upon all clinical lectures is obligatory.

The final examination fee, which is $30.00, must be d

ited with the Dean before the candidate can be admitted
an examination.

those branches in which they have attained the required
centage, except in the major branches, which they will
required to take again. The judgment of the Faculty w
the fitness of a candidate is based upon their knowledge |
his general attendance and industry, character and habi
as well as upon the result of his final examination.

Candidates rejected at the final examination will not be

In the appointment of officers, assistants and additio

gs being equal, our own gradnates s
have the preference,

These regulations will be strictly adhered to,

To stimulate zealous study among the candidates for grad
ation, the Faculty offers the following prizes:

Ist Highest General Average, a Gold Medal.
2d Highest General Average, a Gold Medal.

Prof. Wm. S. Smith offers a prize (case of instrumen
to the student passing the best examination in his branch.
Prof. Harry Gross offers a prize (case of instruments)

Candidates for the degree, to be eligible to the above
prizes, must take @// the studies of the last year,

General Wnformation.

At the close of the session the following appointments
made from the graduates of this school:

Two resident physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital.
20

wi

A tumber of dispensary physicians to the Franklin Square
ital Dispensary.
1 appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are
“Mhually made, to which graduates from the Maryland Medi-
cal College are eligible.
ie Dispensary is open throughout the year, and students
Temaining in the city are privileged to avail themselves of
€ Many advantages which it offers.
es ae personal expenses of the student are at least as low
; Baltimore asin any other large city. Students can board
fenfortably for from $3.00 to $5.00 per week, fire and light
ncluded; and those who are willing to club together in
§-rooms can live at lower rates. A list of boarding-
age May be had at the Dean’s office or from the janitor.
tudents are advised to pay fees by check for the exact
mount, Remittances for other expenses should be in postal
«money orders, or notes by express, as the College will not
ie. checks for private expenses.
mamst j *S on business of exclusive interest to the writer
ad @ stamp to secure attention.
: nts are requested to report to the Dean and to register -
— aay upon their arrival in the city, in order to facili-
P et to seats, arrangement in sections, ward
, .
ren Physicians are always welcome, and are cordially
j to inspect the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphi-
tre at any time.
letters of inquiry should be addressed to

Pror, J. WM. FUNCK, M.D., Dean,
1631 Eutaw Place.

es”

23

The West-End Maternite bospita
Of Baltimore City.

This institution is situated in close proximity to the M
land Medical College, and is under the supervision o
Faculty. Ample opportunity will be furnished the stud
for bedside instruction in the diagnosis and care of patie!
during pregnancy, labor and the puerperal state.

It is so arranged that absolute privacy may be obtained }
private patients at moderate rates, according to location
size of room. For further information apply to

Pror. BERNARD PURCELL MUSE, M.D.,

Obstetrician in Charge,
1114-1120 W. Baltimore Stree

Doung Men’s Christian Hssociation.

A branch of the City Y. M. C. A. is maintained in tl
College. An Intercollegiate Secretary is employed to d
his time to the welfare of the students of the city.

The religious activity of the students is directed by
Association, and Classes for Bible Study and devotio
meetings are regularly held. The Association also welcom!
new students at the opening of the term, and lists of
able boarding-houses are kept for reference,

The Association Hand-Book, containing much informatio
of value to the students, is issued at the opening of the f
term.

The City Association, with a fully equipped and centri
property, and the West Branch, which is situated within ¢
square of the College, extend a very cordial welcome to
students.

22

fey

Tert=Hooks.

Anatomy.—Gray, Morris, Holden.
Chemin 8Y-—MeVarland, Novy, Abbott.
eee Fownes, Atfield.
n.—Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.
atology.— Shoemaker, Jackson.
‘onary.—Gould, latest edition; Dunglison.
*—Bacon and Blake, Dench, Burnett.
.)°:—Nettleship, Swanzy, Jackson.
Cuber Urinary Diseases.—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis and

Duala oo8r—P enrose, Davenport, Garrigues, Byford,
pistology.— Schafer.

ygiene.— Wilson, Parkes.

4rispradence.—Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.
80 teria Medica and Therapeutics—Cushny’s Pharmacology;

‘an’s Pharmacology; Butler,

p *tvous System and Mind.—Dana, Oppenheim, Church &
Stetson, Berkley.

and i s
Ose sy — &
Ne hroat. Grayson, Coakley, Knight, Ingal

0 trics.—Hirst, Jewett, Garrigues.
or Surgery.—Zukenkahlin, Whartona.
thology.—Green, Ziegler, Stengel.
Ysical Diagnosis.—Tyson, Musser.
Ysiology (1st year).—Collins and Rockwell.
(2d year).—Stewart’s Manual, Kirke, Foster,
; American Text-Book.
pyteiples and Practice of Medicine.—Anders, Tyson,
Pson, Osler.
a Ty.—Park, American Text-Book Surgery, International
‘ af “Book of Surgery, Dacosta.
oy of Rectum.—Gantt, Kelsey.
tated on Special Subjects.—Jennings’ Color Vision and
Blindness, Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis.

.

9

23

i ti

Matriculates.

NAME. STATE. !
Abbott, W. W......... aos. Deh is pie se atc Dr. J. H. Ab
Abernathy, Geo. W........ iS SAN i Saaeisa tds Dr. Z. T. Kalbat
Abramovitz, Morris........ Rresle socks. Dr. Joseph H
Agata, A Cs Taken. Bis CO sien ssid tbe
ATES FES ssoveeyesjatvacere MIBBIA
Aldrich, L. C. (M.D.)...

Allen, Wm. G

OGIO WE Ty; Teodsecccsesascs
Baker, J. A.......

Baker, L. A.....;.
Baldwin, Lyles..............
Datars G- Coscreccc eee

eases a eee G. M. Linth ct
Bird, Ben. W........ Wise ieue W. Va...
Bird, John H.......... 0.00. W. Va.
Bishop, J. W... Fla...

Bloom, Arthu,.. Phusesede fry Y..

Bond, J. E....... jae Saeki ages 5 nee
Born, F. J. (A.M.) ....... MGs. csrsissrcke
Branham, H. G..., ee aceates

Brown, J. F. (L..D. S. yn,
Brunier, G. F. (Ph. G.).. a
Ba Be Weveecicksscieaee We te

PONE O Ree eee eeeeees

Bullington, W. D........... COR iiss sisi «Dr. H. A, Moble
Burleson, Emmett......... Wis ihn: re tay te M. Burleso
Burroughs, J. L....... soeeee MiSS......, seereeessDr. A. S, Kil
Calhoun, C. Edward.....0. Toes... 5 as W. B.D
(i all Sees ees Sey Pari; tresses senseeree DF. D. Jy Gi
Carter, Wade H.............. NTR cn bigs Migacis vhs GAs ane
Choquette, Hormidas,..,.Mass....,.., «Dr. J.‘ Choquet
Christian, G. F....... errr W. Va soeeeeeDr. W. R, Jae
Clark, Frank G.............. IN. Vdecnadhad sccite soseaak Dr. C. M. Gra}
Clarke, Wii. J \..ois.cc beac. po PR ers seeeeeee Prof, Schwa
24

Dr. J. L. Culpepper.
wena Dr. H. A. Keenan.
Dr. B. K. Stumberg.
Be esevasaad ME ....0c00+.seee0000042 Dr. W. A. Bumps.
ebedalndhs Wests Dr. E. L. Rodgers.
S ceisevsonse Diane tals cagg i Luther Truax.
Babies tivsoes OBivvaossuye giovensu sets seeps Dr. G. T. Gray.

Hasonses WG sitcicies sepecncet Hedss E> ios: Cs French.

OR, ee Dr. J. F. Lunsford.
Secveavte Md.............Dr. Wm. H. Feddeman.

Spree SVS Knvdeese sivede Dr. E. J. Mossman.
rer MO iivciicns ccccsssccssees Dts A. N: French:

-B.. Boge Sbkevs Coevas GO iseigcdasiciccersvtred Dr. C. B. Walling.

PT Bon siacc We VO vsecs sco scsoseves Dr. M. J. Fansler.

a RA. theese SS eee rh

Vida eha ashes EO ai ‘Calder. Khrnen.

Bheaiens a eS <a A. J. Brown.
dedi N. Hj.cciccssessseese De. EB. G. Anable.

00 vp bene MAMBB 10 nner connys sooosnrsocccas ceases socest soscese
BeBlemacayss ieineyec: ROBO sides sccana ets a> De A.C. Cobb.

MGiain eva oae Ase ITN ebaavs vcne 64 pandioee iadcadeen oneubuand adutts manda
WroisecoresMG....ccececseseccorssseeeesPTOf., Branham.
Reena usvoscvas (OBO cost cosessss dosstn shane DO%s Eke Ls ROOGs
ae Sp ea, a
. POR e ee eee eee Ala PPrririti ety PPreerrrir etre etter re

" [ vMA ssscssssssnssnsseaD¥. J. D, Norris.

nd, Chas, I........Md w.Dr. C. W. Didenhover.

seen

Hamrick, John A.........,
Hare, J. Hampton
Hare, Oaker S$

Tne eee nee cee

Haynes, W. C

ttt es tat eweeee

teen en eee eneeeees

O Pete eens teeeees

OLS 2S rsvatie N.C
ee ee ae a. Va
Holmes, N. S....... sidens La
Hopewell, H."f....,....;....

Huff, Ford...... biatieg
Hughart, J. R.....
Hughes, R. W.....
Hurley, W. H...........
Ingalls, James H.,

Irving, Joseph.......
JarrellyGi Fiocavesces
Jelks, James T
Johnson, H. C
Johnson, T. B..
James tm E..

Aten eee eee teens weeeeees. ©

Oe wee ewe seeeee

ten ee teen

Law, E. cook i (B.S.,
eh rere pay Pa oem Fla
Lee, S. P. ARS te eesees Ne C

Leonard, Ge. eens
Lilly, Milton Sidiraeeee caer eV;

W. A. Cald

seesen conser sen BAe seccscees cosnes teecsdise DDFs Ty, Gs
Long, F. Y....... sossnoe Ns Crsssccs

be gts eoeee

+ teen eeees

S08 Peet eeeee seeees

Maguire, T, “ate eagee ites:

Porkticasvlens es We, Veiiitess neced nevenecec Dike Ais We GHEY.

Seana Ades es ooovit MASS..........0++0+s00e. Dr. R. H. Marsh.
Avivduys cous Mh: PMA praverbeg Cedtasy Es Gx Sho) BOYEIS.

Retr cea MASS. ......000 00000 0022 Dr. B. Schofield.

dine, 36 doe MIVe) Metab Gallon’ cupiboDeth oud bvi vb usdubethan Bonvonye

svesncecses DF. Ds). MeMaster.
oN Viner an ea eciues cue tiie Mita SLs Gas

Dr. D. G. Thompson.

Seas: essa ...Prof. McNeer.

ip Sachavese ubddenees Dr. T. H. Brayshaw.

Fippseente DRIP cutee szvvetecs dened Dr. J. P. Lowery.
Siahduslcebiseses W. Va...Drs. J. F. and W. S. Michael.
Rigpan nesteeaas MG.,....<2+00800000.-Df. Wm. N. Barnes.
Speaibs sen mst hns W. Va sat cei, Wi ike REE.
SS ueavent WA sheasecoe dese cbaabesndecas car urge Bere
Sitenay done an TERR v ccbevennvepesees Uibase ada sue sop nite AURATES caves
a Hesceh DAG exe yntar ont cooees Dr. W. G. Sawyer
Sistine: 0D casi nnvddivwunes pesecneaee Dr. F. M. Sharp.

nosey oR, Lo .ssccceee ceeeeeee Dt. W. T. Hammill.

i etiken ssee INS Ebi covanses vue, soo eery DNS Dg? on ROCs
DEI ihrinap tags. smite Dr. Jos. E. Muse.

...Dr. J. W. Hartigan.
o shavahaasecusbapeceaDEs Gv Fo ROGE Os
Pitti igane .Dr. Z. T. Kalbaugh.
Shiudsuhiesien PGisvrine Dlovecsy scrapes Fy LOVE,
Dr. J. R. Nisbet.

N te <'opguetone Dr. J. Charles Beck.
2 elle atid: ra DEGAMN SL sido rain weg Ephawu ene ys aads Dr. H. C. Hess.
a HB: Qn oe 5 te co M. M.C.

oon MO. cence ves Say soenes ontdenen. Usucdhoce spores coeese
Dr. J. W. Hope
MG Si is 06 catia sede 405 co ecue sdsone cone ~M. M. C,

Dr. D. J. Long.
Dr. B. F. Schofield.
BIEL ak snags vepepuets ave pebeipve.cnan es eee aoage oan

Prrereeirtrr eet tite

27

Ruatisel C..C. cies
Rusmisel, f. A

Russell, Jy to 5 cca

Schaefer, C. A. (Ph.G.).. Md

Shermantine, R. W........ Md A
Shriver, G. W............... WG Wor tee eae eau cen:
Simmons, G. W............ W. Va

SOR y JPA; Js vax caibeceras Vins, ahaa

WAU, Tic J reid tocscn te be Eh coaseciua consis speve,
soar F. R. (A.M.,

Stevens, W. B.......é:...... Ala

Stickley, Charles Vo... Va.ccccceescccss.s

SPOT eR Tere eee eens weeeeeens

Strachan, Hiigh............W. Va...... hing cis ed
Stuart, Jr., A. M............Tenn
Sullivan, J. V..............Mass
Swope, Opie W.............. W. Va
pa Ap: eh: ae a W. Va..

Tait, H. F. S... Wosksveng Ne Se cous
Thompson, E. i... sab ieydutete W. Va
TOMS Vi Te. cent aiiescin N Cok:
Tomer ME Fy cpcckoadess doce. M@insbessvaens cages treyctuae eee ce
Towle, E. D woos MASS........4. pacha neni Dr. Albert Ev
Truitt, James H. (PH.G.)..Md oo. ceeee cecescosee, Dr. C. R. Tro
Umstat, OS, Weta yee MG chu, 0000000 connse ceccccee wane eee
Vermillion, Elbert........ Ww. Va... srtreeee eee Dr. J. R. Vermi
Von Schulz, A. Te M......MG i000. csscsscssssseseesecsees, eae
WRIEGE Boy ans neon ecu W. Va. etal gabeesy
SS 0 Se ae WEN EB airccess wesc Dr.
Walsh, Thomas M.......... N. H. Wowday ..Dr. F. W.
Ween) Ba Jess incite Gara is cas DE: JaD: McColl un
Whalatid Coss; nadac a Dr. C. W. Wha
Whitehead, W. L........... SmisAsekee reins Dr. J. D. Whiteh
bi A> ee = S.,

ives otkbeven "Mich, st00 seseeseeeeeres DE. J. M. Ma
Wingrove, A. Av.........60.Ws Vases ssseeeeeDr. C. M. Bro’
Wileoits BY. o<cccieicaccass We Wisc. pe A. R. Warden

J. W. ‘Strother.

Wood, C. M.. ae! ee eda vaienias Dr. Chas. F. Palme’
Yarbrough, H. E... ssenad AO erin rivet ipice Dr. W. P. Connell}
York, Hugh B...............N. EST A oaN seeee cooney Me Me

"Deceased.

Graduates, 1903.

EDW. CLARKSON LEVERETT.......0:c0cccsecsee teen Se Co
TESTES TBE-TY.) c;3:2.crekceeccctes steescertaciaees Sa
» WALTER J... SPisVecketeectd iu oniitne Pa.
“IN, ELDRIDGE (D.D. $.).. Jeaghie telah ol fay hive relia Pay hams “Ss. a
bond 7 FRANKLIN (D.D.S.)..

% sale 2 CURIA Frengets poy + casera “oan arts W. Va.
EEE SETIAUE IOI, «5.0, « ccuavsedeney aeastaccets caccetenscelncad eS
emt: JAS LMOWA RDS cos scoie ics servonsed aocads saver ovecs . Miss.
‘OUN, CHAS. EDWARD. "e Fe net
IN Or Sie tard ot Agee ee es
TAN, GkO. FRANKLIN .0..1.000 + secvensverscouccesecvonee Ws W8e
ST OE Rr et eee PELs N. J.

eR SS Pore ee Pee Ben eS
Ss, HENRY Hicxs . wot eevpinivallaey snussebveuny eps «a
BRCOMRMON (ED asian csi vestsnds vosccebdi svigieneeoaasuars Eells
BoM R aA, TRB 5 FORTIS vsccos hss anssdtsvcspeovsase votes Pa Bee
POSE PEL: MEATGIR 2 sve isissence cvorssaveris cocuve sencannts N.Y.
SeeeraeOs “WSK, (PH.G.) ax sesastaeesasis. fiaces sestsdinn vhcbspace ile
~ SR, CHAS. AUGUSTUS (PH.G)......006sessssssseneas seeee Ohio,
“88; WILLARD CALVIN........- viv ayGan ova vane kOe
"ES, JESSE CLARENCE... Sica nieos dens Geta Va.
BS, NORI, SIMEON .....seeecsseee ceoes
EL, HARRY To...css00 eves 7
RENN RS US Aa a 5 fe vous ws saves ede auvideds Ail order cavacteecd WEL
SS Ea ee See ANNE fe nae
‘EY, HARRY WRoNKOW nésiy yore LOWERS
PNBR, WARREN EDGIAB..sccccse cocees soseevees sor bosses ooveee MO,

“MCIVor EK, = Lay S. and ¢. 8) wife ee
Eusracx, ..., Ee gant :

Onn eee e rene wee

ety ORAS, RICHARD cece cices, vie eosnsse Sateens venveenys Vibe
XIN, af, Mase + Sh Fo ear ee .W. Va.
ee ‘StTantey Wi Peed lenvet Aiea acces ro OE
_ MAR, OSCAR HARRISON A
REE WOO NS TY ss cages iasdhad ViheauvW ine vsoseiees doasvtvavice cols

29

MIELE BR THORS... c choses cccewnovacsus
MORTIMER, EGBERT. LAIRD ..0.0) c.csscsse cscs ssacs soa vdnser cavesccioe
MUDGEit, WILLIAM CHASE.........
NARET, EDWARD LINDEN ......... Javhenenect
PAYNE, JAMES WALDACK..c.c.ccsccecocese cree
FSW Gigs MIAO ME F558 doeicy knkase carcéctce caxses
STUART, ALEXANDER M., JR.o.cc, scoseesce coe sossses
SULLIVAN, JOSEPH VINCENT... .ccccccescsccescees Siuhlep antipasti M
TOWLE, EDWIN DUDLEY..........

Umstot, SAMUEL WILson
WALL, CHARGES IRA 0.0.50... esssecse cosece
SHERMANTINE, ROBERT WILBUR...
Simmons, GEORGE W
SMITH, TEMPLE JOSHUA...
StrFF, WILLIAM CLIFTON............
STRACHAN, HuGH

890008 Cree es Se eeee tosoeces seveeeees

WaAtsH, THOMAS M......... sdagedctcinsics sevour tes
WILson, THOMAS Lutrur... a eins S46 Wened
WINGERT, H. SHINDILE (M. D., “D O. he Pebbles dated oe tee Micl

YARBROUGH, HENRY Epwakp.

honor Aden,
First College Prize.., a «. WALTER D, BULLINGTO
Second College Prize. Sub dvdes BS eraeacUinay +» HARRY T. HopEwE

Rost. W. SUERMANTI
Third College Prize..........cccc0008 WILLARD C. HAYNES.

WALTER D, BULLINGTO
. S$. Smith G 1 1 Prize

nro ee | Rost, W. SHERMANTIN
Muse Obstetrical Prize ............ssccccsssseeeeses EDWIN L. Nar

Gross Surgical Prize......... sss ssereeseseseseeseeeO, H. MCNEM
Entitled to honorable fibention,

H. C. JoHNson, E. C. J. MILER, BE. L. Nar

B. K. CaLnoun, E. D. Towns, J. C. Hopers

E. Lone, J.C: CUNNINGHAM,
Appointments,

H. C. Jonnson, M.D.
Resident Physician to the Franklin Square Hospital.

O. H. McNeMaR, M.D.,
Associate Resident Physician to the Franklin Square Hospi

30

Franklin Square Hospital

: OF BALTIMORE, MD.

SONNECTED WITH MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE.

hospital Statt.

Surgeons.

| Prot yy, BRANHAM, M.D. Prof. G. M. Lintuicum, M.D.

“tof, J. Wat, Foxcx, M.D, Prof. W. W. Frans, M. D.

Prof. CaxuTHERS, M.D. Prof, WM. S. SMiTH, M.D.
Prof. HARRY Gross, M.D.

Pbysicians.

” Prof. J. B. ScowatKa, M.D.
Prof. C. URBAN SMITH, M.D.
Prof. WM. HERBERT PEARCE, M.D.
Prof. Ricuarp lL. MCNEER, M.D., Pathologist.
Prof, I,. H, Gunpry, M.D., Neurologist.

Resident Pbysictans,

H. C. Jounson, M.D., Resident Physician.
©. H. McNxman, Associate Resident Physician.

Ry

Alumni Hssociation. :

All Alumni in good standing, the Faculty and the ad
Faculty, are eligible to membership. The objects of
Association are as follows: To advance the influence of
Maryland Medical College, to advance higher educatie
methods, and to secure intellectual, social and prof
benefit among its members.

The annual meeting will be held on or about Comm
ment Day, on which occasion an address will be delive
one of the members, selected by the Executive Commi!

The fee for membership is seventy-five cents per ant
payable in advance.

The following officers were elected for the current

H. C. Hgss, M.D., tae sig debate CSTR GEcPe ascoss neo ye EI
E. D. TOWLE, M.D., Mass.o.es. seccccccescossosoce Vice-Presi
GrorGE HuBBarp, M.D., PRO tii P eens, sracsvetienms ee
W. J. Sutnivan, M.D., Beet aresy devivew Wak sstresvot eee

Executive Committee:

C. H. Brxren, M.D., Md., Chairman.
G .C. BLADES, M.D., Md., L. C. ALDRICH, M.D., N.

Calendar 19903-1904,
Sept. 45, 1903—Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin.
Sept. 30, “ —Introductory Address, 8 P.M.
os aed —Regular Session begins.

Feb. 22, “ —Washington’s Birthday,

April 1,“ —Good Friday.

April 15, “ —(about)—Final Examinations begin.
May 1, “ —(about)—Graduation Exercises.

32

| MARYLAND
MEDICAL
COLLEGE

|| OF BALTIMORE

CATALOGUE FOR
1903-1904.

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR
“SESSION |

1904-1905

NEAR CARROLLTON AVENUE

oun 1114-20 West BALTIMORE ST. ee
| “ie

MARYLAND

Mepicat CoLLeGE

OF BALTIMORE.

Catalogue for 1903-1904.

Announcement of Session 1904-1905.

1114 To 1120
West BALTIMORE STREET.

a a se a ee .

~

—_ 4 a Oo ae

Calendar 1904-1905.

1904,
June 1. Matriculation books open Wednesday ......... June 1.
Sept. 15. Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin............ Sept. 1
Sept. 30. Introductory Address,8 P. M...........ss00e0 Sept.
Oct. 3. Regular Lectures begin, Monday .............. Oct. 3.
Nov. 10. Entrance Examinations begin...............-- Nov. 1
Nov. 24. Thanksgiving Day (Holiday), Thursday ........ Nov.
Nov. 25. Examinations on Conditioned Branches begin. . . Nov.
Dec. 23. Christmas Holidays begin, Friday, 2 P. M....... Dec. 23-
1905.
Jan. 3. Lectures Resumed, Tuesday, 9 A. M. ..........- Jan. 3.

Feb. 22. Washington’s Birthday (Holiday), Wednesday . . Feb.

May 10. Alumni Association Meeting, Wednesday, 8 P. M..May 10.
About (Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M

May 11. { Annual Banquet, 10 P. M.

tee ewe wen ene

er a

Cot_ece Buriprnas,
1114 TO 1120 W BALTIMORE STREET.
BattTmorE, MARYLAND.

Lerrers, TELEGRAMS, Monry OrpERS AND Express PACKAGES T
STUDENTS SHOULD BE ADDRESSED AS ABOVE.

For any information, address
THE DEAN, J. B. Schwatka, M. D., Maryland Medical College,
Baltimore, Md., U.S. A.

2

BUILDING.

COLLEGE

THE

_ ie i ii ee a ee —___ ————— ——<—_— —— i

ACTS.
JANUARY SESSION, 1902.

CHAPTER 560.
ADVACt to enlarge and extend the powers of the Maryland Medical
College of Baltimore City.
HERES, The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, a pros-
Perous and progressive Medical College, incorporated under the General
8 of this State, desires to have its powers thereunder enlarged and
led; therefore,
-Skerion 1. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland,
t the Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorporated
the General Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved and
among the Charter Records of the Superior Court of Baltimore
“ity in Liber R. ©. No. 37, folio 33, ete., of which College Bernard P.
» John B. Schwatka, J. William Funck, Joseph H. Branham, G.
1 Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William S$, Smith, C. Urban
th J. Charles Linthicum and Harry Gross are the Directors, being
TS of the incorporators thereof, they and their successors shall
Ve perpetual succession as such, and they shall be and are hereby
to annex schools, confer degrees and to have and to hold by
Purchase, gift, or otherwise, suitable grounds and buildings thereon for
piveational, scientific and hospital purposes not exceeding three
“dred thousand dollars, subject to the riglit of the General Assembly
“er or amend this Act, and subject to all the laws of this State (
, — to corporations applicable thereunto.
Be. 2. And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take effect from
of its passage.
Approved April 11, 1902.
Joun Watrer Sirs,

Nosies L. MircHe.y,
Speaker of the House of Delegates.
The Great Seal _ ;
Cs)
Maryland,
3 ;

—
P

FACULTY.

Bernarp Purcett Muse, M. D.
Professor of Obstetrics.

J. B. Scuwarxa, M. D., Dean,
Professor of Dermatology.
Josera H. Branuam, M. D.,
Professor of Principles and Practice of Surgery anil Abdominal S
Frep. Carutuers, M D.,
Professor of Anatomy and Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Pror. J. Wm. Funcx, M.D,
Professor of Diseases of the Eye.

G. Micron Livraicum, A.B., M. D.,
Professor of Proctology, Histology and Physiology.

W. Waytanp Frames, Pu.G., M. D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.

W S. Smirx, M. D.,
Professor of Diseases of Women.

C. Ursan Siva, M. D.,
Professor of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Gastroenterology
Pror. Harry Gross, M.D.,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.

Ernest E. Quanpt, Pu.G.,
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology.

J. Caartes Linraicum, LL.B., M. D.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.

L. H. Gunpry, M. D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System and the Mind.

A. D. McConacute, D. D.S., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.

Wiiuiam Hersert Pearce, M. D.,
Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine.

Grorae B. Scnotn, A.B., M. D.,
Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology.

Cuartes E. Smmon, M. D.,
Professor of Clinical Diagnosis.

Pearce Kinrzina, B. Sc., M. D.,
Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Clinical Medicine.

4

Ricnarp L. McNzer, M. D.,
| Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.
, Tuomas H. Braysuaw, M. D.,
Associate Professor of Climatology
’ Gustavus Cuaries Doume, A. B., M. D.,
Associate Professor of Chemistry.
H. C. Hess, M. D.,
Associate in Hygiene.
: C. P. Erxenprack, M. D.,
Associate in Medicine and Lecturer on Osteology and Ligaments.
L. E. Bracn, M.D.,
Associate in Obstetrics.
C. L. Lesnert, M. D.,
Associate in Materia Medica.
Guman P. Evans, M.D.,
Associate in Surgery.
Tuomas J. Tatzort, M. D.,
Associate in Gynecology.
Tuomas J. O'DONNELL,
Associate in Surgery.
C. N. Branin, M. D.,
- Lecturer on Bandaging and Minor Surgery.
Jacos S. Parr, Pu.G.,
Lecturer on Practical Pharmacy.
James Baxer, D. D.S., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Dental Surgery.
W. B. Srevens, M. D.,
; Chief, Clinie Nervous and Mental Diseases.
> A. C. Sminx, M. D.,
Chief, Clinic Operative Surgery.
F. N. Tannar, M. D.,
Demonstrator of Special Surgery.
J. C. Hopers, M. D.,
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.
'W,A, Ooz, M.D;
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.
L. C. McNesgr, M. D.,
Assistant Demonstrator of Histology.
F. W. Hacuren, M. D.,
Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Diagnosis.
5

Franklin Square Hospital.

Visitine Srarr.

Surgeons. Physicians,
Prof. J. H. Brannam, M D. Prof J. B. Scawarxa, M. D
Prof. J. Wm. Funcx, M. D. Prof. C. Ursan Smirn, M. D.
Prof. F. Carurners, M. D. Prof. Wa. H. Pearce, M. D.
Prof. G. M. Linraicum, M. D. Prof. Pearce Kinrzrne, M. D.
Prof. W. W. Framss, M. D. Prof. L. H. Gunnry, M. D., .
Prof. WM. S. Samira, M. D. Neurologist.
Prof. Harry Gross, M. D. Prof. Gro. B. Scnoun, M. D., p
Prof. A. D. McConacute, M. D. Pathologist
Prof. Ricarp L. McNrewr, M. D. Prof. Cuas. E. Smion, M. D.,

Clinical Microscop

Resiwent Puysicrans.

Dr. J. A. Grumr, Resident Physician.
Dr. Frank W. Hacuret, Associate Resident Physician.
Dr. Cus. Epcar Benson, Associate Resident Physician.

West Env Marernirs,

Prof. B. P. Muss, Visiting Obstetrician,

Dr. L. E. Beacu, Demonstrator of Obstetrics.
| Dr. J. H. Russet, Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics.
fe Dr. R. Ricumonp Hiacrsorsom, Resident Physician.

Dispensary Starr.

E. L. Morrmmr, M. D.,
Dispensary Physician.
A. T. Von Scnuutz, M. D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chairs of Dermatology and Diseases of Childret

E. L. Morrmer, M. D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Surgery.

T. J. Sarrn, M. D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women.

J. C. Hopexs, M. D., C. A. Scuanrer, Pu.G., M. D.
Chiefs of Clinic to the Chair of Principles and Practice of Medicine

J. H. Russert, M. D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat

T. J. O’Donnett, M. D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Operative Surgery
6

Maryland Medical College.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

Announcement for 1904-1905.

The next Regular Session of the Maryland Medical College will open
n October 3rd, 1904, and will conclude about May 15th, 1905, at which
time the Public Commencement Exercises will be held in one of the
large theatres of this city.
ka is a preliminary clinical course beginning Thursday, Sept. 15,

im the Clinical Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine are
and for which no charge is made.

INTRODUCTORY
The

ca Maryland Medical College was chartered under the laws of Mary-

in August, 1898, for the purpose of teaching the Science of Medicine

hea it January, 1902, by an act of the General Assembly of Maryland

Powers enlarged and extended, giving it all the authority and
Privileges of a modern school.

# the time of the establishment of this College, systems of education
Were in a transitional state; old methods were being cast off, and new
The Were being discussed and introduced.

@ tho Faculty believed that « need existed for a school of medicine with
f Tough and comprehensive curriculum, and being unbiased by
by th customs and untrammeled by traditions, nor yet carried too far
© untried new ideas, a curriculum was adopted in which the care-
ats Prepared didactic lectures are given the prominence to which they
entitled, still retaining the “old-fashioned” recitation, and supple-
Vina these with modern clinical and laboratory means: by thus com-
these several advances and ways of teaching medicine all the

=" of the student are brought to hear upon the subject.
+, V88 also believed by the Faculty that under its old system its
ep term of study was sufficient to meet ull requirements of the
~ ssion for a full and complete education; but there was a demand,
Pour to medical advances, on the part of the Medical Profession for a
~*€ar Course; hence, with the session of 1902-1903 an obligatory
Loos tents of an

. will be eligi ¥ reputable college who have matriculated prior to Uctober eS

ble for graduation under the three-year graded course.
7

graded course of Four Years was inaugurated, with annual sessions
seven months, the Faculty believing the shorter sessions as is required
in most institutions, with the frequent vacations, was not to the advan-
tage of the student.

The cost to the student being a trifle more for board only, and its
benefits during four years are quite apparent to the student who desires”
to obtain a thorough training in his chosen profession, and not simply
a diploma.

It is gratifying to the Faculty to see their efforts rewarded, and their
wisdom—justified in the large numbers of matriculates which have
enrolled from all parts of this country, as well as from many of the more
distant countries. The necessity of enlargement of its equipment
became apparent upon the close of the session of 1902-03, and arrange-
ments were perfected for increasing the size of old laboratories and &
new one established, thus providing the institution with modern means
of teaching students by practical laboratory work, which is now 80
essential to a scientific and accurate graduate in Medicine.

The Faculty therefore takes great pleasure in calling special atten-
tion to the detailed clinical and laboratory courses required, and to the
facilities with which each department is so well equipped.

‘Didactic teaching is a profitable source of knowledge to the future
physician and it should be used as the primary means of instruction
for it enables the student to get a comprehensive idea of his subject at

hand, yet it needs must be supplemented with laborgtory and bedside
instruction.

The earlier part of the Course will be devoted mainly to the funda-
mental Medical Sciences, while the latter part will deal chiefly with the
study of practical Medicine and Surgery.

The Medical Sciences will be largely studied in the Laboratories,
while Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and the various specialties will be
studied in the Dispensary, the wards of the Hospital and the Clinical
Laboratories. Recitations upon the various courses will be regularly
&tven oy their several professors.

The superior clinical and laboratory methods of this College, together
with means of fixing the essentials of the various branches upon the
minds of its students have been amply demonstrated by the success with
which its students have passed the various State Boards of Examiners.

Location.

Baltimore, the gateway between the two sections, is still regarded a8
the metropolis of the South, and offers unsurpassed advantages to the
student of medicine, being conceded all over the world as the medical
center of this Continent; there is an atmosphere in which the student
lives owing to the great number of his fellow workers attending various”
medical institutions, that stimulates and encourages him to use every

endeavor to grasp every opportunity offered; there being also a mild
form of rivalry among the students of the Baltimore schools to stand
in the mental tests which they not infrequently meet.
The clinical advantages of this city are obvious, by virtue of its being
S large shipping and railroad center many rare diseases are brought here,
7 a Many unusual surgical injuries obtained for class demonstration.
‘8 great abundance of clinical material enables the College to demon-
Strate almost every disease.
= The living in Baltimore is proverbially good, and obtained at a most
reasonable rate, the location of the college buildings enables students
ben find hospitable and moral homes, where their moral as well as
Physical well-being is cared for by refined people, and yet contiguous to
lecture halls.

it The College Buildings are set well back from the street, which guards
from the noise of traffic, thus insuring quiet and tranquillity for study.
* College Building contains two lecture halls, one with a seating
®pacity of four hundred, the other with a seating capacity of one hun-
p and fifty. Also Histological, Pathological, Bacteriological,
Chemi cal and Anatomical Laboratories, all of which are thoroughly
*quipped with all the modern appliances, and offer every facility for
is 4) work in these branches of study. The Anatomical Laboratory
tifully supplied with material, which is obtained in abundance in

Such a large medical center as Baltimore.

Requisites for Admission.

be fer October 1, 1902, all students matriculating at this College will

to take a four-year course. *
All Matriculates under the four-year graded course will be required
t credentials showing that they are matriculates or graduates
mal colleges of literature, science or arts, of high school, nor-
* ro Schools, academies or equivalent schools, or the regents’ certificates
; n. eduired by the statute of New York, or those of any State Examining
4 bard covering the work of the following entrance examination.
ulates not presenting such credentials will be required to pass
1 examination as follows:
2 An English composition of at least two hundred words.
% Translation of easy Latin prose.
ae elementary arithmetic, algebra and physics.
- dents failing in one or more of these subjects may register and
seas studies for one year, but must meet the entrance require-
ents before th a
~ Seiad e second course of study

. i a

*
sa, pho? students matriculating ‘prior to October 1, 1902, will be considered

"Note on p, Ao graduation after passing the examinations of this year. (See foot

9;

Students having the degree A.B. or B.S., or equivalent degrees from
reputable literary colleges, also graduates of dentistry, pharmacy or
veterinary medicine, will be given one year advanced standing.

Graduates or students of homeopathic or eclectic medical schools will
be allowed as many years as they have attended such colleges, provided
they have met the requ'rements of the entrance examination and pass —
an examination in Materia Medica and Therapeutics.

The right is reserve to make such alteration in the course of instrue-
tion as experience or expedience may prove to be necessary.

Students who have attended one or more courses of lectures in any
accredited medical college or colleges are placed upon the same footing
with our own students, and the same privileges as regards examinations
(as previously described) for advanced standing are extended to them.
Examination will not be required on subjects for which proper creden-
tials are exhibited.

Practical Instruction.

The Franklin Square Hospital is beautifully and ideally situated at
the corner of Calhoun and Fayette Streets, facing Franklin Square—
an open park—thus affording the inmates an abundance of fresh air and
a pleasant outlook.

A Clinieal Amphitheatre and Dispensary adjoins the Hespital on the
west The Amphitheatre, with a seating capacity of one hundred and
forty, together with the Hospital and Laboratories, gives us clinical
facilities second to none. The Hospital is so arranged that patients
may be brought from the watts directly before the class in the Amphi-
theatre.

The Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in large numbers,

and will furnish an abundance of clinical material for the instruction of

students. In the Outdoor Department of the Dispensary advanced
students are permitted to visit patients, make diagnosis of and treat
diseases under the supervision of the Dispensary Physician.

The Hospital is situated in a part of the city which furnishes a super-
abundance of clinical material, being the only one located in the western
section of the city.

Baltimore is the medical center for a vast section of the country,
and the enviable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted large
numbers of persons in need of high-class medical service. The Franklin
Square Hospital is eminently fitted to fill all the offices of well-equipped
hospitals,

The West-End Maternite Hospital of Baltimore City.

This institution is situated in close proximity to the Maryland Medi-

cal College, and is under the supervision of its Faculty. Ample
tunity will be furnished the student for bedside instruction in

10

>

1

Obstetrics.

Instruction in Clinical and Operative Obstetrics is given to advanced
‘Mudents under the personal supervision of the Professor of Obstetrics.
<5 course embraces instruction in anatomy of pelvis, embryology
af = bedside instruction in diagnosis of pregnancy, presentations and

[ Po “8, Management of labor, and the puerperal state, abdominal
Palpation, pelvimetry, ete. :
: “Solera Dispensary clinics and the outdoor service offer unusual ;

for the study of practical obstetrics.

4, J¢ Various obstetric operations, both instrumental and manual, are
taught by means of demonstrations and practice upon the cadaver and
lying + Supplemented by clinical demonstrations of the same in the .
_ ¥0g-in chamber, .
_ Confinement cases are assigned to members of the class. For this |
— the class is divided into sections, so that each student receives |

_ ~-* Personal instruction,

*
5

st Diseases of the Skin.

eee advanced students are given exceptional advantages for observ-

8 affections of the skin. The Dispensary service and the wards of the

Hospital furnish an abundance of material, which is exhibited to the

4. *t the clinics, An acquaintance with the manifestations of the

Ren S88 only be obtained by frequent inspection of patients. »
dan "8 this fact, it is the aim of the teacher to furnish a thorough

trill in symptomatology and diagnosis.

Diseases of the Eye.

| The Study of the Anatomy, Physiology and Diseases of the Eye will

} “© practical and comprehensive, not only by regular didactic

» but practical demonstrations will be given in the College

neatre, Hospital and Dispensary Clinics, which will furnish an

‘inter, °°, 0 illustrative material. Frequent quizzes and several
5 All, ediate examinations will be held.

2 the eye cases are entirely under the care of Prof. Funck, who gives

3 Students’ of the College every possible opportunity for personal

ay vation and examination of cases In this way the student comes

£4, 0% Felation to the patient, and of necessity familiarizes himeelf in

r f eye Practical manner with the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment

ll

Surgery.

In the course upon this eminently practical branch, the constant aim
will be to make the student thoroughly understand the broad principles
of this science, and thus fit him for a successful practice of the art.
Two didactic lectures each week will be given to the second and third
year students in this branch; in addition, frequent quizzes and inter-
mediate examinations will be held. This’ will insure a thorough under-
standing of the subject by the students.

Clinical Surgery will be taught in the Amphitheatre, Hospital Dis-
pensary and in the Outdoor Department. All advanced students will
be given opportunities to diagnose surgical cases, to assist in operations
and to dress wounds. Careful attention will be given to the method of
preparing patients, sterilization of instruments, dressings, ete.

Operative Surgery will include a regular course of didactic lectures,
reinforced by demonstrations of bandaging, application of splints on
the living subject, and a course of operations on the cadaver, the opera-
tions being performed by the students, under the supervision of the
professor in charge.

Anatomy.

The instruction in Anatomy extends through two years, with an
examination at the end of each year. The teaching is by lectures,
dissections, models and recitations. The wet and dry preparations in
the museum are important aids in instruction. The idea is to illustrate
the application of anatomy to practical medicine. The dissecting room
is amply supplied with material for dissection. The students dissect
under the guidance of their Demonstrators. Each student is examined
thoroughly upon the completion of the part dissected. Lectures are
given upon the brain and spinal cord in regard to localization.

Physiology.

Physiology is now recognized as one of the most important branches
in the study of medicine, and a thorough conception of it is absolutely
necessary as a foundation for the understanding of the great advances
made in medicine during the past few years. Especially is it so in the
new treatment of disease, “serumtherapy,” which development has
been brought about through physiological research and investigation.

Thus especial emphasis is laid upon this branch, which will be taught
by two lectures weekly, illustrated by charts and plates, together with
experiments upon the lower animals, and reviewed by quizzes and
written examinations.

The physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, meta-
bolism, secretion and excretion, muscle tissue, the peripheral and central

nervous systems, the special senses, generation and development are
considered in detail.

A PART OF THE LABORATORY OF HISTOLOGY.

ee eS —=——SEOEeeeeeeeeeeel,”l eee
“MYAAISIWAND AO RUOAWVNOANT AMA AQ SANA WV

This course is intended to be such as will be of special value to the
in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. It will extend
throughout the year, and will be obligatory for students of the first and
Second years, with an examination at the end of each year.

Proctology.

Recognizing how prevalent and frequent the lower bowel is diseased,
and how closely the normal condition of the human system is dependent
“pon this region, a special chair has been created to teach its diseases
4nd abnormalities. Students are taught the value of the proctoscope
and colonoscope as a means of diagnosis and treatment. The course
Will be taught and illustrated by clinics and didactic lectures.

Histology.

The course in Histology will be both theoretical and practical. Lee-
will be given on the subject, illustrated by drawings, charts and
alee Specimens. It is endeavored to cover all the important points
hormal Histology. The first few lectures will be devoted to the
mictosco) » methods of fixing, staining and mounting specimens, the
Nest of the session will be taken up with the consideration of the normal
and fluids of the body.
ie; Practical work in the Laboratory will be made a prominent fea-
_. 0 the course, and will be under the charge of the Demonstrator and
ts.
vides tticient number of microscopes of the best make have been pro-
a. to give an instrument to each student. A private locker, furn-
with a complete outfit of glassware, staining reagents and instru-
fant? is assigned to each member of the class, and he is held responsible
\ _ material while in his possession.

first, few laboratory exercises will be used to demonstrate the
a and manipulation of the microscope, the uses of the different por-

of the outfit, the examination of simple cells and fibres.
Soon as the student has familiarized himself with the uses of the
4 » he is supplied with material of the simpler forms of tissues
* a 80 to make up the human body, reserving the higher organized

More complex tissues for the latter half of the term.

; ey examination at the end of the session will be written and prac-
4nd is final for first-course students.

” Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.

an Presenting this subject, the aim will be to view it from the stand-
will t of the general practitioner. A regular course of didactic lectures

be given, supplemented by clinics and practical instruction in the
Me of the otoscope, laryngoscope,

i.

13

To better accomplish the latter purpose, the class is divided into small
sections, thus insuring to each student the personal supervision of the
instructor.

Diseases of Women.

The course in Diseases of Women will be thorough, comprehensive
and practical. In addition to the didactic lectures, which will cover the
whole subject of gynecology, weekly operations will be performed and —
demonstrated in detail. The routine of office work—comprising the
use and application of the technical therapeutic resources of this impor-
tant branch, such as douches, pessaries, tents, tampons, dilators, vaginal
and intra-uterine medication, etc.—will be fully and carefully exempli-
fied.

Special opportunities will be given to advanced students to practice
for themselves the various manipulations necessary in the diagnosis and
treatment of diseases of women, individual work in this line being re-
garded as of the highest importance and greatest value.

Practical instruction will also be given in the Gynecological Depart-
ment of the Dispensary, and students will be afforded opportunities to
witness operations in the Hospital on other than the regular clinic days-

Principles and Practice of Medicine and Diseases
of the Stomach.

The teaching of theory and practice of medicine will be by didacti¢
lectures, recitations, clinics and bedside instruction, augmented by mi-
eroscopical and bacteriological investigations.

By bringing the students in personal contact with the patient in the
hospital, dispensary and at the bedside, they will individually receive
thorough practical instruction in Physical Diagnosis, and be required
to recognize, differentiate and treat the many different diseases coming
under observation during the course.

In diseases of the stomach, this important branch of the practice of
medicine, the student will be instructed in the modern methods of diag-
nosis and treatment, embracing physical, clinical and microscopical
analysis of test meals, stomach contents, ete.

For purposes of bedside and special clinical instruction the class will
be divided into suitable sections,

Chemistry and Toxicology.

The instruction in Chemistry will extend throughout two sessions;
and be divided into a Junior and a Senior course. Junior Chemi
will be taught in the first year, comprising the study of Chemical Phy
sics, Chemical Philosophy and Inorganic Chemistry and Labora
Exercise. At the end of the session the student is examined for

14

~~ ™

on to the next class. Advanced Chemistry will be taught in the

id year, comprising the study of the Compounds of Carbon or
Organic Chemistry, Physiological Chemistry and Chemical Analysis.

|, The methods of instruction will consist of lectures, recitations and

laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the student throughout

‘the Session will be utilized in estimating his fitness for advancement or
a n.

ee At the end of each session the student will be examined for gradua-

___ tion in the work of that year.

__ 2he study of Toxicology will embrace the symptoms and treatment of

Poisoning, and also the methods of chemical analysis for detecting the
» Various poisons.

Materia Medica.

’ The crude drugs and their various preparations will be exhibited, in

_ Order that the student may familiarize himself with their physical
“and les. The course will embrace a study of all the official drugs
: their Preparations, together with many of the newer remedies. In

_ Stating the doses, the quantities will be expressed both in apothecaries’

= the metric systems.

- prominence will be given to prescription writing.

". Therapeutics.

Tot com of study in this branch will embrace Pharmacology,
* ogy and Therapeutics proper.
¥ Special Prominence will be given the physiological action of drugs and
the study of their effect upon the lower animals, while the practical
eitcation of remedial agents to disease will be thoroughly and sys-
= Y taught by lectures and recitations.

Pharmacy.

ing tures on this subject will be given showing the methods of weigh-
Solutic ns 88d compounding drugs; how to make powders, pills and
Stee 824 on all those practical details so essential to a physician’s
“cess, especially those intending to locate in rural districts.

Medical Jurisprudence.

The lectures on this important branch will be general and practical,
1 's being taught how to conduct themselves in Court, and to
both under direct and cross-examination; how to answer hypo-

“*" Questions in giving expert testimony, and the existing legal

°ns between the physician, his State and his patients.

15

a.

Diseases of the Nervous System and Mind.

A systematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is given, con-
sisting of one lecture each week throughout the College year. A weekly
clinic is also given, at which cases of all the familiar and many of the
rarer forms of these diseases are presented to the class, and at which
opportunity is given to the student to personally examine the cases.

Frequent quizzes upon both the didactic lectures and clinical cases are
also held.

Pathology and Bacteriology.

The instruction in the departments of Pathology and Bacteriology
will consist of a series of didactic lectures upon the subjects embraced,
illustrated by the demonstration of gross lesions whenever practical.
In addition to the above, two periods weekly during the second and
third year are devoted to the preparation and study under the micros-
cope of more common lesions of the various organs.

The student will also be instructed in the newer methods of clinical
diagnosis, the consideration of the blood, the urine, the feces, the spu-
tum, the gastric juice, and the various exudates and transudates, being
taken up in detail and the teaching thus gained applied to the diagnosis
of disease.

The methods of cultivating, isolating and identifying micro-organ-

isms will be considered in connection with their bearing upon Clinical
Pathology.

Genito-Urinary Diseases.

The course in this department will consist of a weekly clinic, which
will illustrate this branch by bringing before the student a large number
of cases and operations of various kinds.

As it is especially essential that the student be brought in direct
contact with cases of this department, each will be thoroughly drilled
in the use and manipulation of the various instruments. Special atten-
tion will be given to the study of diagnosis with all kinds of urethral and
bladder instruments, including the eystoscope and endoscope.

Diseases of Children.

This important subject will be taught in the most attractive manne
possible, both in didactic and clinical lectures.

The students will have ample opportunity in the large amount of
material presented at the Dispensaries to become thoroughly familiat

with diagnosis and treatment of the various diseases taught in this

16

Hygiene.

pave will be considered in its relation to the individual, the home
ee ee ommunity at large. Lectures will be devoted to the principles of
Sanitation as bearing upon the management of public institutions,

, infection, quarantine regulations, the drainage and cleanli-
ness of cities, towns, etc.

Practical Anatomy.

“thy Dissecting Room is in charge of the Demonstrator, who superin-_
: And directs the classes in their dissection. The rooms are con-
*pempa well warmed, ventilated and lighted. The Demonstrator and
a * 3 Sssistants pass much of their time in assisting the students and in
; oe their labors. Access may be had to the rooms at all hours of the

pe 4nd until 10 o’clock P. M., when they are closed for the night.

tickets must be countersigned by the Demonstrator as an

_ Svidence of satisfactory dissection.

* Dissecting material is furnished in abundance.
aA

do “" Clinical Diagnosis.

P edhe the most important additions to the student’s work is em-

C studies the new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of all laboratory

Here laboratory work and methods are employed entirely

' pe clinical standpoint. Special courses are given upon the blood,

= Mi dejecta and stomach contents in their chemical, micro-

| ee 4nd bacteriological relations. Each one of these courses is
the

the } charge of a demonstrator who has given special attention to
: Clinica h. This course is designed to fit the student for the practical
’ work of the fourth year.

Physical Diagnosis.

[cochrsnge effort, will be made to impart to the student a thorough
disenc. =” © the value and methods employed in the diagnosis of
“appli, PY their physical signs, to familiarize him-with the various
from the used therefor, and to teach him to draw logical conclusions
, on elicited. The method of teaching employed will

; Y by direct demonstrations upon the abundant clinical
furnished by the Hospital and Dispensary.

Dental Surgery.

we teed students will receive practical instruction in Dental
Y by demonstrations in extracting and other minor dental

17

= ae are, Ps a
‘

Outline of the Curriculum.
First YEAR. 1
Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Materia Medica, Histology,
Therapeutics, Osteology, Chemical, Histological and Anatomica?
Laboratories.
Sreconp YEAR.

Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Pharmacy, Therapeutics;
Pathology and Medical Jurisprudence, Bacteriological, Chemic
Pathological and Anatomical Laboratories.
Tuirp YEAR.
Medicine, Surgery, Proctology, Obstetrics, Gynecology, Clinics!
Medicine, Diseases of Eye and Ear, Diseases of Nervous Systems
Genito-Urinary Diseases, Diseases of Stomach, Surgical Anatomyr
Dermatology, Physical Diagnosis and Clinical Laboratory, Ped
atrics.
Fourtn Year.

Medicine, Surgery, Proctology, Obstetrics, Preventive Medicint
’ and Hygiene, Gynecology, Clinical Medicine, Operative Surge
Daily Ward Class and Dispensary Work in Medicine, Surgery:
Obstetrics, Gynecology, Nervous Diseases, Diseases of Eye an@
Ear, Diseases of Stomach, Pediatrics, Laryngology, Medic z

General clinics are held at the Franklin Square Hospital.

Examinations.
First Year.
Osteology and Anatomy, Histology, Materia Medica, Chemist}
Elementary Physiology.
Seconp Year.
Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Bacteriology, Pathology, }
cal Jurisprudence, Pharmacy, Embryology, Therapeutics.
Tuep YEAR.
Pediatrics, Surgical Anatomy, Diseases of Eye and Ear, Phys'
Diagnosis, Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Nervous D
Gynecology.
Fourra Year.
Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Gynecology, Clinical Dermatolo
Operative Surgery, Clinical Examinations, Mental Diseases, P
Medicine and Hygiene.
18

os

Fees and Regulations.

ents Must Matriculate When They Commence Attendance at the
“ees Are Payable in Advance.at Time of Entrance and Are Not

eR Sry Perel 75 00

Laboratory Fees.
Ast Year—Chemistry ........6..0..0.ceceecee- $ 5 00
NOES <5 oon ise Vio eenwpen eels Ne
J Practical Anatomy ..........:...... 10 00
2d Year—Chemistry ey tere cr ree 5 00
BARDON soa 22 oe: phe 5 00
_ Practical Anatomy ................. 10 00
3d Year—Clinical MEStORD Di Fike eas Hv Se re 10 00
Year—Advanced Microscopy ............... 15 00

"S completing three full courses in this College will not be
a. Pay lecture fees for the fourth year. :
deposit of $2.00 for each laboratory course pursued will be required
Students. ‘This deposit will be returned at the close of “the
amount charged against it for breakage.
fee for any of the departments may be taken out separately.
for these branches is $25.00 each.
te " ‘tory courses may be taken by matriculates not following
$5 courses. The fee for these is double that of the regular
FY fee for the same course.
*) uktes who have not received their degree from tltis College
z. to pursue special courses will be expected to register and
the Matriculation F ee of $5.00 as well as the fee for the spevial _
ent in which they wish to work. —
ans who are graduates of medical colleges in good standing are
“« to enter any course of study given in the institution and a
__ W€ of actual attendance upon such a course will be given upon
Same. Those who are desirous of becoming familiar with any
“ial departments will be afforded opportunity for a course of
duration at any time during the year provided due inquiry
* Previously concerning the same. The facilities for acquiring
Ze of laboratory technique, as well as operative skill, are unex-
nd worthy of consideration.
wate quizzes or classes are held by any member of the Faculty
, _8@, nor by any member of the adjunct Faculty on the branch
“pon which he conducts final examinations.

19

Graduation.

Candidates for examination must be of good moral character,
in deportment, twenty-one years of age, have attended four full courses”
of lectures,* the last of which must have been in this College; have paid
all fees due the College, and passed a satisfactory examination bef
the Faculty.

All tickets must be taken out at the beginning of the session. Ticket

session. Laboratory tickets and tickets for practical anatomy must be
countersigned by the proper demonstrators and directors. Unless”
properly countersigned a ticket will not be accepted as evidence of #
completed course.
Every candidate must have passed examinations in the v
branches of medicine taught in this school or show satisfactory evidence
of having done so in other accredited schools and also produce eviden¢
of satisfactory work in practical anatomy and the various laborato
Attendance upon all clinical lectures is obligatory.
The final examination fee, which is $30,00. must be deposited
the Dean before the candidate can be admitted to an examination.
Examinations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are conducted b;
the several professors. Candidates failing to graduate are not required
to again appear for examination in those branches in which they hav@
attained the required percentage, except in the major branches, whic
they will be required to take again. The judgment of the Faculty upo®
the fitness of a candidate is based upon their knowledge of his‘gener™
attendance and industry, character and habits, as well as upon the resul
of his final examination.
Candidates rejected at the final examination will not be re-exan
until after having taken another course of lectures.
The degree will not be conferred upon any candidate who ab
himself from the Public Commencement without the special perm
of the Faculty.
In the appointment of officers, assistants and additional teacher
other things being equal, our own graduates shall have the preference.
These regulations will be strictly adhered to.

Prizes.

The Faculty believing that a reward to the candidate for graduation
standing highest in his studies at the end of the year, stimulates the
entire class to greater effort, offers the following prize.

Highest General Average, a Gold Medal.

Prof. Wm. S. Smith offers a prize (case of instruments) to the stud
passing the best examination in his branch.

* See foot note on page 7.

20

“DNIGTIONG TVLIdSOH INESSUd AHL

> ——- - *

4
Prof. Harry Gross offers a prize (case of instruments) to the student:
Passing the best examination in his branch.
Prof. B. P. Muse offers a prize (obstetrical forceps) to the student
Passing the best examination in his branch.
all th didates for the degree, to be eligible to the above prizes, must take
‘¢ studies of the last year.

General Information.

At the close of the session the following appointments are made from
Braduates of this school:
A Resident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital.
A dent Physician to the West End Maternite.
number of Dispensary Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital

Son eral “ppointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are annually

dligibie which graduates from the Maryland Medical College are

to Dispensary is open throughout the year, and students remaining

which ip! are privileged to avail themselves of the many advantager
offers,

y 88 in Personal expenses of the student are at least as low in Baltimore
$3.00 ond other large city. Students can board comfortably for from
Willing $5.00 per week, fire and light included; and those who are
“of hn © “lub together in lodging-rooms can live at lower rates, A list

Studen houses may be had at the Dean’s office or from the janitor.
Remit ts are advised to pay fees by check for the exact amount.
Dotes tances for other expenses should be in postal or money orders, or
"expense, express, as the College will not endorse checks for private

ainntdenta are requested to report to the Dean and to register imme-
ment a “pon their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate their assign-
Visiti Seats, arrangement in sections, ward classes, etc.
Reece Physicians are always welcome, and are cordially invited to
the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheatre at any time.
Pror. J. B. SCHWATKA, M. D., Dean,

1003 N. Broadway.

‘ Young Men’s Christian Association.

Inge ranch of the City Y. M. C. A. is maintained in this College. An
f the egiate Secretary is employed to devote his time to the welfare

‘ The vidents of the city.
= +] Teligious activity of the students is directed by the Association,
; Classes for Bible Study and devotional meetings are regularly held.

“A 21

The Association also welcomes new students at the opening of the tern
and lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for reference.

The Association Hand-Book, containing much information of val
to the students, is issued at the opening of the fall term.

The City Association, with a fully equipped and central propert, ye
and the West Branch, which is situated within one square of the Colleges
extend a very cordial welcome to the students.

Athletics.

The great number of studies and the limited term and cou!
formerly compelled the student to neglect proper exercise, but thi
greater time which is now used for the completion of his medical cour
allows the student ample time to indulge in outdoor athletics in the ope®
and gymnastic work in the closed season. There is a college footb
and baseball team formed each season, in all of which projects the Fae
ulty encourages the students to participate, believing a well round
body will carry an evenly-balanced brain. .

The “Athletic Association” has made arrangements to carry thé
football team to the seashore in September for two weeks’ prelimin

Alumni Association.

All Alumni in good standing, the Faculty and the adjunct Fac yr
are eligible to membership, The objects of the Association are
follows: To advance the influence of the Maryland Medical College, t
advance higher educational methods, and to secure intellectual, soc’
and professional benefit among its members.

The annual meeting will be held on or about Commencement Day, 08
which occasion an address will be delivered by one of the member
selected by the Executive Committee.

The fee for membership is fifty cents per annum, payable in advar

"Pext Boles

Anatomy.—Gray, Morris, Holden. -
Bacteriology.—McFarland, Novy, Abbott.
Chemistry.—Simon, Fownes, Atfield.

Children.—Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.
Dermatology.—Stelwagon, Crocker, Jackson.
Dictionary.—Gould, latest edition; Dunglison, Dorlands.
Ear.—Bacon and Blake, Dench, Burnett.

Eye.—Ball, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May.
Genito-Urinary Diseases.—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis and Cabot.
Gynecology.—Penrose, Davenport, Garrigues, Byford, Dudley.
Histology.—Schafer.

nce.—Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.
Medica and Therapeutics.—Cushny’s Pharmacology; Butler.
Du * System and Mind.—Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peterson,

' nd Throat. Grayson, Coakley, Knight, Ingals & Newcomb.
*s.—Hirst, Edgar, Jewett.
Surgery.—Zukenkablin, Whartona, ;
sy.—Green, Ziegler, Stengel.

: —Tyson, Musser.
lc 0g) (st year).—Collins and Rockwell. :

year).—Stewart’s Manual, Kirke, Foster, Ott.
*s and Practice of Medicine.—Anders, Tyson, Thompson,

n ery.—Park, American TextDouk Sugary, International Text-
Surgery, Dacosta.

urg 'Y of Rectum.—Gantt, Kelsey.
in See ar Subjocta.—Jennings’ Color Vision and Color Blind-
y Clinical Diagnosis,

Matriculates, 1903-04.

NAME.

Ballard, Clem Campbell

STATE. PRECEPTOR.
1 ere er aera Dr. Joseph H. Abbott.

Barrett, Wm. J., Ph.G. ....... INotish ere At seas ws
Barton, Blaine Berthold eae MG sae ismakisstaclemet
Beauparlant, Jos. D.......... Eee Dr. A. L. D
Bedingfield, Walter Eli ...... eet ndan dx wake 780 v ice
Bell, WASP Viti Aa BIOs: 665;00 VORDEGR, 55 iio cecclay cma s
po Ey i Nd 8c 65.25 Sand 28 . Dr. W.
Benson, Chas. Edgar ........ | (SER a Pa Prof. G. M. Linthie
Pies BONS, 2. tern ih oe oien Wee Messines ass Dr. D. H. Tho’
Bs CO Ble ee iy ns osly ote 3 ke eer Dr. J. R. Vermill
Bishop, J. W Sead ence raat ee vie af
Hohnson, Ind, Gy; isc. ces es Maly 0s ea tae Dr. C. R. And
eee LET AD oA: A CSR eye ee Dr. M. L.
Bordenski, Nathan. ......... i RT ere Dr. A. G. Hubb:
TROT EADS Ds «ioe resis 9 xe 5 Ses. Po aketearet te Dr. B. K. Stumbe
Boylan, F A. PeWig csi doark sine Ve tw ota. Wiv ines ep
Branham, Henry G.. ts a ee ee oe Prof. Bi
Braswell, Benj. Darius B. Ss. Xe Ree Rete e Dr. E. 8. P
Brenner, Wm., Jr.. Be, | a ees
SOT MARIE 5 i Wow onace PR, ce cstv is betiwass 19 ata
Bruce, Francis Marion....... eee Perna Dr. W. Windh
RENN SS OR ian's sy sicieds s-iesly De Sls ie Pie Sig ura vine yb ise
Callahan, T. Edward ....... bf) ee epee pap =, =
Carter, Wade H............. 0) AR Bet he eet ’
Ghedel Leon Jas. cacy. act sorae sc cake tik Dr. J. E. Job
Choate, Alton J. ........... MAME omats xees inch x
Choquette, Hormidas ....... MRRP 3:5 5 ices Dr. J. H. Chog
Claxton, Eddie B. ............ pS ee aetna
Clinkscales, J. Furman ........S. C.

Drs. C. L. Kennedy and E. O. Jen!
Coffman, Lafayette... 35005... V8 inca cece eats Dr. W. E. Fahro
Coll y Cuchi, Victor .......... BP Mscias Pana vn cps A
Odie, Rania Ls oscil 3s 55 Gang anvcs eee Dr. H.
Conn iteing Oia Sees Ke Ws, vinci Cot witeerca meee
Core, Amada Raymond, B.S. ..Pa.......+.+++0++++-+Dr. B. J.

24

n, Ernest A........... Mectzinc: ....Prof. G. M. Linthicum
d, Harry Mark........ Wr Ke Dr. W. A Bumps
Sa i io a are or me Dr. J. L. Truax
_. a MES res Acc tetera es Dr. J W. Davis.
ae po =e Dr. H. Gilbert
Sey, WalterG........... Wess. bans oe Dr. J. L. Burroughs.
See MATa, - 123 Dr. Henry Richardson
a Niketan fe. Dr. F. W. Devitt.
| een Dr. T. P. Lloyd.
= “Y: Walter Pettus... ys, ee eee Dr. Jno. C. O’Gwynn
Dickey i | Le ae ee = 5 Dr. A Barrall.
De herd G., Ph.G.. 2... Md............0..0.. Prof. Branham.
ao Sts eee Sh ae fo ee Dr. J. F. Lunsford.
"Oscar Otas............ W. Va.

Drs. M. T. Morrison and W. P Newlon.
- Con 73525. Oe is ce Dr. H. J. Dever
Sa 0) Be Soe a ae Dr. T. M. Hall,

SS WHAT scares ete Dr. R. G. Kellner.

ae Chas. Henry .......... i apres ae Dr. E. B. Bradford.

. ems eee Wile ie es.cnc5 Dr. E. J. Mossman.

“Fitts, 7 h, Floyd F...........W Va Dr. S. C. Rusmisell.

Se 1 Dr. C. B. Walling.

ST AGapiioc®...... PStiernintce, eee Dr. A. C. Fox
LS a Wa Wms

Drs. M. J. Fansler and M. D. Powell.

BMAxwell 8”... 6... iM LE eee Dr. J. 8. Geiser,

Gilbert D, ........... tt. eee as ee M. M. ©

ourk, David H......,.. } Al: as 2 ee Univ. Ga

SS ae Wie; 2. Seis, Dr. D. H. Thornton.

ae 1 ON peenige ca ee ae Dr. E. E. Simpson.

Jno. Michael.....,... Picideen tae eee Dr. G. G. Groff.

»J. Axley.. Wikis, ce Dr. Geo. C. Gilmer.

SM MD,... Sy Se a Dr. T. O. Burleson.

Arthur P.. SES Cee Dr. A. Geo. Hubbard.

Raymond Vernon. OS ER a Dr. A. J. Brown.

ee Waves: ccassest Dr. A. J. Hatfield.

ey ee ST Lae Dr. A. G. Hubbard.

EdwinB. ........... ee ae ae Dr. E. G. Annable.

Rufus Elliott ........ ers ee Dr. E. W. Griffin.

Arthur Burt........ pS Se a ee Dr. J. W. Gramling.

ugh D.. | Se are Sl 9 M. M.C

Courtland Pp. Ye ee Dr. W. W. Thawer.

Lycurgus Martin... A aa ees M. M.C.

Beran We. os... er ‘.....Prof, Branham.

*s dad U. P. Peete ames cvese Tex ee ee ee a M. M. Cc

yes tall ee

Hairston, Wm. Geo. .......... HO Se eee ere Dr. W. B.
Hale, Stephen F., Ph.G,........:Alaiessecs.isecesees's Dr. 8. S. F
Bremond; OF" ccc sce ) DS ee Dr. Chas. W. Diden
Hamrick, Sho: Aa. . 6 eet ene pe oS ee re Dr. T. G. Ham
REMERON: Pics os 'nd-a>.-% es ohms Wir UEC baat dean Deas Dr. J. H. E
Hare, J Hampton............ ih Pah Whe rer cc Dr. J. H.
APM OW ote ois Gee cea ces je See Sn ara M. M.
Harrison, W. F.. ap oe ei ee Dr. E. L. Wilkins
SS Sa Sk eee er 5 ks Dr. H. P. Smii
TNs no : Se n a SOR e hse Dr A. P. Phichet
Haselden, Jos. Fleetwood ..... Ua 15. gas oti Dr. J. W. Haseld
Hazard, ElmerC. ............ Se Sry M. :
Hazell, Benj. Woodward....... | Ee Bape Prof. MeConae
PRORET) A IOR- CONOR css ie <0 oo 5 Seed ek a nanne mie Dr. R. W. P. B
Henning, Fred W.............Md...Prof and Dr. Wm. H. Sehy
Higinbothom, Rich’d Richmond. . Bermuda....... Dr Eldon H
EN Ne A a tn dig. 0 a Saal are' ore CONN yl nlc acrik ao Dr. McClain Roge®
Hipsh; Jasob Bo... he vias SPE fis sik wna sia is.xf9 Dr. L. Sheddat
pO, Ee i. ae eee GO. Sins eds is a,s sn RE AS M. M.
Houser, Burton C............. a SRE ne M. M.
TAG FENU., w Pr haaiincasa aged h 2h SPE ey ee Dr. J: F
Hughart, Jos. Robt .......... WL NOG: veges vitnaleh ee M. M.
Hughes, Reese W. . FY Ch eer Dr. Thos M. Hasku
Bunter, Jaa Riis ss aesnt as be, ee Drs. Trotten and Weeke
Irwin, Robt. Sloan ........... | ee Sere 8 M. M.§
Sarat Ps WM, oi ses ceca PA itssie hace Dr. W. 8. Newcom
(OSTEO SS Sg ge BURY ocidly tinsate. oui Dr. W. D.G
Jones, Albert Bates, Ph.G. jt Ot eee re FS Dr. J. H
Jones, Emory E.............. Me aia asa i hte Dr. C. M.
Jones, Maurice H. ........... ERE dice fn Sawn via eb ate Prof
Joyner, Albert S............... Ge aves tk ps eaeonah Dr. A. D.
je OS 1s rrr he CORRES ncn stan © aie Dr. T. G. O'Co!
Kennedy, BoD. is. sci elescs: BBE Rin one Kudo no) M.
i Ss a er ae NIG Nie vs cs whey a Dr. C. N. W:
Kimble, Jos. Uriah ........... DRO ssn sxe eek Dr. H G. Me
Kinard, Drayton Duncan ..... OT =o Rai asa s owen M.
Koch, Geo. Jno P.. Soe ACE rae i a deg ead ie Dr. W B.E
Koldewey, Theodore Ww. Ph. G. DRG. Gad oaivariechs Dr. A. Geo. Hubba
Lee, Sanders P. Jethrew, DED:SN: Os <0... csedeee: Dr. L. E. Beat!
dpe, Walterii.; PRer. De 6, vc.< Noites'ss.ceino.co ute Dr. J. M. Slaugh
LeGhard, Ono; Bo. wen sacicSs « «COMBS wuss cckay Dr. H. J
Bewis As Bk seb sees ae MOND. « i10.5:2,0\c'0s,0'sinr eae M.
Lilly, Milton. J. oo. vac scscccse Va

Drs. W. S. Magill and W. A. Cald
MacQueen, Geo. A. ........... bs PA SEES Maree yer

26

—— ——————
—

oe on ie Dr. J. A. Rusmisell.
im, Luther Gwaltney, Ph.G...Ala............ Dr. W. G. Ward.

5 — Rxiipy, MD Wil is Sa. 5\ wks eet M. M. C.
eS. a ee We VE. os cates Dr. W. B. Evans
. , Arthur MOAR ch sels Ny Gis aah car ete Dr. C. Cotton.
we, Thos. Edw......<....W. Vai............ Dr. A. F Haynes.
Sees Win. 8. ........., BO 6a os ans: ede Dr. D. G. Thompson.
aeeewis., Jr. ......... Mid el? oe. DRE Prof. McNeer.
. eer eS Fa dail pin vx sores Dr. J. P. Lowery.
OS ee De Ba eiceet oo Dr. C. M. Menville.
l, Nelson B. ........... W. Va....Drs. J. F. and W. 8S. Michael.
eee WP Vie ck cxtinc cts Dr. W. R. Curtis.
IY ons ccc cc. ; 44 SSS Ne eee Dr. W. F. A. Gillan.
Sine... Ds pics See Srarectolen Med. Col. of Ala
MartelleF............ Bei Pndiys wii ete Dr. W, G. Sawyer
ict. 4. | ip POE ee er
Leon Graybill See Dr. Thos. L. Harris.
Rg; De iepeetie ae Dr. Joseph FE. Muse.
as | Fee Behe asa Dr. J. D. Waters.
» Carlisle ......... RD. Sr xf Aarti nia ace Dr. G. P. Moore.
7 Rep ee 5, Re, A Dr. Z. T. Kalbaugh.
Andrew ............. \ of OR eet Dr. P. A. Larkin.
ae be aviinwnes hci as amas ted oee kent Dr. J. Nisbet.

BINS Sie ecg rcv coos WY, Socyics

Drs. 8. J. Ermentraut and D. A. Currie
Mem PhG............, EO tee Dr. J. Chas. Beck
RB, Bs ieee. pos too Dr. J. Chas Beck
ord Cugne... ..... FOr asi: ees Dr. H. L. MeNew.
: a ae at Dr. H. C. Hess
=e ae W. Va.....Drs, Holroyd and Holroyd
Ernest FE. Ph.G.....__ MG. Goi woot ets ah ce Se M. M. G
) ee ee MOR. Puvcnastes.: Dr. H. H. Choate.
RS 5 c08 a WYER: thins coerce Dr. D. J. Long.
SSS se Ree eae Dr. M. C. Reeves.
reba Ph.G. «4; en Dr. B. D. Bronson
Rok et, Mee Ala...............Dr.W R Belcher
7 DPE NGS sss viace Mags.,........... Dr. Benj. Schofield
aS Mage + 3738: Soe M M.C
memes... See a Dr. F. B. Smith.
ely Artau, A.B., BS., SPS os oe sss Dr. O. H. MeNemar
27

po

. 2

Rosenstein, Jacob L. ......... ety ine Dr. A. Geo. Hubb
Mocker, MPs. crak acces N@i cuss cae ven ose Dr. 8.
pO ES Sree i eee ee Dr. 8 C.
Rusmisell, C. C. ....5...0.208 \ SS ere Dr.S C
Russell, Jomo H......ccs--05s BEG iadin ower wes Dr. W.
Rysanek;Wo.d. <..5..5.5... Md.....

Drs. E. C. Lehnert and A. G. Singewald.
LAS: BR: 3 5x 5:0 eee Dr. J. J. Thomp
Schaefer, Chas. A., Ph.G. 5). fag Mire meee ene ee eee
Scliliader, JW... 5.65 ses we BESS Shs oan Dr. O. G. Harrington.
Schwartz, Wm. F ne” US fad Ser ee Prof. Schwatka-
Shannon, J. B. eR Sa szganraere tsa erare
Sheppard, Alfred G Seo oy Sere Dr. Frank M. Bateman-
Shriver, Geo. W. ............. We We aioe Cou oun e Dr. H. G. Meek-
Smith, Eugene R............. BO cae aes ote geeees Med. Col. of Ala.
a Se a Sh ee Va...

Drs. E. W. P. Downing and C. P. Erken Brack.
Snyder, Henry F. R., A.M., D.D.S., Md

Stainbock, Fred. W., D.D.S. ...Pa:......25...0-- Dr. J. L. McDowe
So Se Oe aE a DR erties: core Dr. 3. P68
Meewathoy. Aor... daoewests Se ee ets oy eg ey
Stickley, Chas V.............. MMs tints Ges aoa hac em wore
SGring, J: Page. of e2 sss. MG Pe iesis Shas Dr. W. O. Selby+
OR a A ee Canadas 0s: cere Dr. A. Sulli
IWURS, NOIRE Wises ec resto ce We VON. cece eens Dr. L. A. Koont
Tabler, Homer E.............. Wee 35 600 RG Prof. McConachie.
MBL. S96) so cic Wvawasres ¢ Mra ied eri hcss Pardes
Thompson, W. P. ............ bo ees wae Soe Gs es Dr. J. P.
Thompson, J. McK. .......... oa Soy Bree Dr. J. P
Thompson, E. Herbert ........ 4 Sh fae ee Dr. J. R. Vermilli
ELUM On cee. Conia ma 0 « Ry a 6 eg aaa = Dr. T. C.
AUP DES Ad sac ec hax wha Wa. owen ae Dr. Geo
Truitt, Jas. H., PRG... .:. 2... MGs ss ee Dr. C. R. Truitt.
Uffieman, H. W............... PS2 coy eee Dr. W. H. Minnich-
ee Oey an eee Geiser chs coc eeoan ore
SN hak cwe caGeloarcs cm es < bP, eee ee ee
Vermillion, Elbert. . A DUOME coke te Dr. J. R. V
Von Schulz, A. T., BSe., M.Sc. A Re reer ek Prof. Sch
Walker, Everett, M.D. ........ Mic ecsha tee Prof. F
Watlington, F. W., D.D.S. ....Bermuda........ Dr. Geo. V
WER, CPOs Ge wi tweneuiee se oe ret Dr. J. P. Bue
Weil, Jn, Ei PRG: 5c. 3% 5, We ctl canst ee Dr. R. H.
Whaland, Chas. T. ........... Maret. vere Dr. C. W.
Whitehead, Wiley Leon ....... CO ONew asa va oes Dr. J. D. W
ET sa iy a gy ea Giant ven ete Dr. J.

28

—— ee ee
if ot = = f
om

Ree 3. Res Re ea SS %
2 ee ere 2 ee eee aided ora BO
Se ie aie ee os ogaseee de Ol, Pordy:

Dr. Hirschman.

»
~ .
. -
4
ee
bd
ae
aa
a +
Sia i is
a a.

Graduates of 1904.

Adler, Henry I., Russia.

Baker, James A., W. Va.
Barrett, Wm. J., Ph.G., N. Y.
Beauparlant, Jos. David, Mass.
Bedingfield, Walter Eli, Ga.
Benson, Chas. Edgar Md.

Bird, Benj W., W. Va.
Bordeaux, George W., B.S., Ga.
Bajandas, Juan Gualberto, P. R.
Born, Frank J., Md.

Braswell, Benj. Darius, B.S., Ga.
Bruce, Francis Marion, Ga.
Callahan, T. Edward, N. H.
Chedel, Lewis Julian, Ga.
Choate, Alton J., Mass.
Choquette, Hormidas, Mass.
Cone, Rufus Lester, Ga.

Conn, I. C., Va.

Core, Amada Raymond, B.S., Pa.
Crossland, Harry Mark, Mass.
Dent, Jno. Allston, Md.

Dey, Walter Pettus, Ala.
Dickey, Ezra A., Md.

Drew, Clarence Lorraine, Ga.
Eackel, Oscar Otas, W. Va.
Ellison, William A., Ga.
Farnsworth, Floyd F., W. Va.
Fitts, Thos. Bayard, S. C.
Funderburk, David H., N.C.
Gautier, Wilson I., W. Va.
Giffin A. M., M.D., N. Y.
Gilmer, J. Axley, Va.

Gimpel, Arthur P., Ph.G , Md.
Glann, Raymond Vernon, N. Y.
Graham, Rufus Elliot, Ga.
Gramling, Arthur Burt, Ala.
Grant, Hugh D., Mass

Gray, Courtland P., La. _
Hachtel, Frank W., Md.
Hairston, Wm. Geo., Ala.

Hale, Stephen F., Ph.G., Ala,
Hamrick, Jno. A., N.C.

Hare, Oaka Sheridan, W. Va.

»

Haselden, Joseph Fleetwood, S.C. Schaefer, Chas. A., Ph.G., Md.
30

Hazard, Elmer C., Phar.D., N. J.
Hearn, Thos. Oscar, Ala.
Higinbothom, R. R., Bermuda.
Hipsh, Jacob F., Tenn.

Houser, Burton C., Pa.

Huff, Ford, W. Va.

Hughart, Joseph Robert, W. Va.
Irwin, Robert Sloan, Pa.

Janisch. Frederick Wm., Pa.
Jarrell, Geo. Ernest, Ala.

Jones, Albert Bates, Ph.G., R. I.
Jones, Emory E., W. Va.
Joyner, Albert S., Ga.

Kane, Jas. Hugh, Conn.

Kinard, Drayton Duncan, S. C.
Lee, Sanders P. J., D.D.S., N. C.
Lilly, Milton J., W. Va.

Maneely, Raymond §., Fla.
Mason, David A., Ala.

Massoud, Mittry Abi, Syria.
Maynard, Arthur, Mass.
McCollum, Luther G., Ph.G., Ala.
McComas, E.C., M.D., W. Va. ,
McGuire, Thos. Edward, W. Va.
MeNeer, Lewis C., Jr., Md.
Menville, Leon J., La.

Michael, Nelson B., W. Va.
Miller, Lester, W. Va.

Moore, Gilmer H., Ala. >
Morrill, Martelle Flint, Me.

Moye, Leon Grayville, Ga.

Muse, Alex. E., Ph.G., Cal.
Nicholson, John C., 8. C.

Offner, Jno. E. W., Va.

O’Neill, Andrew, Pa.

Quimby, Chas. Morris, Mass.
Richards, Albert Morse, Ala.
Roses, Y.Artan M.,A.B.,B.S., Spait
Rosenstein, Jacob L., Md.
Rucker, Moses P., Jr., Va.
Rusmisell, James Adam, W. Va.
Russell, Jesse Harris, Me.
Saunders, Thos. Henry, Mass.

PRIVATE ROOM.

PUBLIC WARD.

:
i

x

o. W., W. Va. Von Schulz, A. T., B.Se., M.Se., Md.
ne R., Ala. Walker, Everett, M.D., W. Va.
Fred Wm., D.D.S., Pa. Watlington, F. W., D.D.S., Ber-
Wilkin B., Ma. : muda.
Chas. V., Va. Webb, Oscar Clinton, Ga.
n, John T., Canada. Whaland, Chas. Thomas, Md.
Homer Edwin, W. Va. Whitehead, Wiley Leon, S. C.
John Arte, Ga. Wykel, Wm. A. Alexandrew, W. Va.
Hon, Elbert, W. Va. Younger, Robert N., Va.
Prizes.
College DAL a. oe Frank W. Hachtel, Maryland
i College Prize.............. George W. Shriver, West Virginia.
W, S. Smith Gynecological Prize...... J. A. Baker, West Virginia.
» B.A. Muse Obstetrical Prize.............. J. H. Russell, Maine.
‘of, Harry Gross Surgical Prize... Oa bcs Abi Massoud, Syria.

O. O. Eackle, West Virginia.

Entitled to Honorable Mention.

py ate West Virginia. J. A. Gilmer, Virginia.
New York. F. F. Farnsworth, West Virginia.
. Hare, West Virginia J. A. Rusmisell, West Virginia.
; M Av ud, Syria, E. E. Jones, West Virginia.
Maine. Clarence Drew, Georgia.

31

Maryland Medical College Directorate.

Joun B. Scuwarxa, M.D., President. Joseru H. BranwaM,

Frep. Caruruers, M.D., Vice-Prest. G. Mitton Linraicum,

B. P. Muss, M. D., Secretary. C. Ursan Smira, M.D.
Harry Gross, M. D., Treasurer. W. W. Frames, M.D.

J.C. Lintuicum, LL.B., Counsellor. Wm S Sars, M.D

Franklin Square Hospital Directorate. —

Calhoun and Fayette Streets.

S Jos. H. Bran am M.D., President Frep Caruruers, M.D.
Harry Gross, M.D. Vice-President, |G. Mivton Lintaicum,
W. W. Frames, M.D., Secty.-Treas. B. P. Muse, M.D.
J. B. Scuwarxa, M.D. C. Urpan Smiru, M.D.
J. Wm. Funcx, M.D. Wm. S. Smrra, M.D.

J. Cuas, Linrarcum, Counsellor,

la ee os 4 tJ? oe

CATALOGUE FOR
1905 -1906

ar :

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR
SESSION
1906 - 1907

114.20 W. BALTIMORE ST.

NEAR CARROLLTON AVENUE

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE.

Catalogue for 1905-1906.

Announcement of Session 1906-1907.

1114 to 1120
West Baltimore Street.

June 1.

Sept. 1.
Sept. 14.
Sept. 15.
Oct. 1.

Nov. 28
Dec. 1.
Dec. 21.

Jan. 2.
Feb. 22.
May 10.

About
May 25.

Lerrers, TELEGRAMS, Money Orpers AND EXPRESS PACKAGES

THE DEAN, J. B. Scuwatxa, M.D., Maryland Medical

CALENDAR 1906-1907.

1906.

Matriculation Books open, Friday.........+++0++-Jume w
Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin..........+. -Sept

Introductory Address, 8 P. M......--.+seeee eee .. Sept.
Regular Lectures begin. .....+..++eseeeeeeeeeeeees Sept.
Entrance Examinations begin..........+.++++0: .. Oct. i
Thanskgiving Day (Holiday), Thursday. . seco NOVe

Examinations on Conditioned Branches Sait) ve ee Dec. 1
Christmas Holidays begin, Friday, 2 P. M...+.s0.0«Dee

1907.

Lectures Resumed, Wednesday, 9 A. M.......+.++-Jam 4
Washington’s Birthday (Holiday), Friday.....--- Feb, ‘
Alumni Association Meeting, Friday, 8 P. M....- -May
Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M.......++++++¢ te ;
Annual Banquet, 10 P. M.......seeeeeeeeecees . § May

CoLtece BuILpINcs.
1114 TO 1120 W. BALTIMORE STREET,

BAttimorE, MARYLAND.

Srupents SHoutp Be Appressep AS ABOVE.

For any information, address

Baltimore, Md., U. S. A. D
2

ACTS.
JANUARY SESSION, 1902,

re CHAPTER 560. :
Act to enlarge and extend the powers of the Maryland Medical,
College of Baltimore City.
es the Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, a pros-
‘Le wierd Progressive Medical College, incorporated under the General
WS of this State, desires to have its powers thereunder enlarged and
ded ; therefore,

the 4 ON 1. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland, That
nw tyland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorporated under
tral Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved and recorded
oa Charter Records of the Superior Court of Baltimore City in
John bs O. No. 37, folio 33, etc., of which College Bernard P. Muse,
Linth; » Schwatka, J. William Funck, Joseph H. Branham, G. Milton
et Frederick Caruthers, William S. Smith, C. Urban Smith, —
Sors Age Linthicum and Harry ‘Gross are the Directors, being succes-
alba Mcorporators thereof, they and their successors shall have
i ‘é al succession as such, and they shall be and are hereby author-
Chase rae Schools, confer degrees and to have and to hold by pur-
educate, t, or otherwise, suitable grounds and buildings thereon for
a nal, scientific and hospital purposes not exceeding three hun-
cy dollars, subject to the right of the General Assembly to.
0 ws gy this Act, and subject to all the laws of this State relating
iam applicable thereunto.
the % And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take effect from
5 ate of its Passage,
PProved April 11, roq2.
Joun Water SMITH,
Governor.

Noste L. MITCHELL,

The Great Seal Speaker of the House of Delegates.
° k
Maryland, }

FACULTY.

Bernarp Purcett Musez, M.D,
Professor of Obstetrics.

J. B. Scuwatxa, M.D., Dean,
Professor of Dermatology.
J. Wm. Funcx, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Eye. -
Joseph H. Branuam, M.D.,
Professor of Principles and Practice of Surgery and Abdominal S
Frep. Carutuers, M.D.,
Professor of Anatomy and Genito-Urinary Surgery.
G. Mitton Lrntuicum, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Proctology, Histology and Physiology.
W. Waytanp Frames, Pu.G., M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.
W. S. Situ, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of Women.
C. Ursan Situ, M.D.,
Professor of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Gastro-
Harry Gross, M.D.,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.

J. Cuartes Lintuicum, LL.B., M.D.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
L. H. Gunpry, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Nervous Satin and the Mind
A. D. McConacutr, D.D.S., M._D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and Clinical P:
of Diseases of the Eye and Ear.
Wittram Hersert Pearce, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine.
Pearce Kintzinc, B.Sc., M.D.,
Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Diseases of the Heart
Georce B. Scuott, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Pathology, Bacteriology and Clinical Microscopy:
Gustavus CHartes DoHME,
Professor of Chemistry.

Ricuarp L. McNeer, M.D.,
Professor of Orthopedic Surgery and Surgical Anatomy:

CuristiAn Deetyen, M.D.,
Professor of Wiedtee Therapeutics:

4

THE COLLEGE BUILDING

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMORE

eo;

Tuomas H. Braysuaw, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Climatology.

P H. C. Hess, M.D., ;
Associate Professor of Hygiene and State Medicine.

Crarence P. ERKENBRACK, B.S., M.D.,
Associate Professor in Medicine.
L. E. Beacn, M.D., y
Associate in Obstetrics. Pa
Ernest C, Lennert, Pu.G., M.D.,
Associate Professor in Materia Medica.

Tuomas J. Tarnott, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Gynecology.

' ‘ A. G. Barrett, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.
_ Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D.,
Associate in Histology, Biology and Embryology.
Henry M. Baxtey, Px.G., M.D.,
Associate in Ear, Nose and Throat.
Epwarp Grempter, M.D.,
Associate in Surgery.
Writ §S. Love, M.D.,
Associate in Surgery.
Cuas. R. Davis, M.D.,
Lecturer on Bandaging and Minor Surgery.
Jacos S. Parr, Px.G.,
Associate in Practical Pharmacy.
B. A. Knorr, M.D., .
Demonstrator of Clinical Diagnosis.
James Baxer, D.D.S., M.D.,
Demonstrator of Dental Surgery.
A. C. Smrnx, M.D.,
Associate in Operative Surgery.
F. N. Tannar, M.D.,
Demonstrator of Special Surgery.

Chief op @:.. © =F. W. Hacurter, MD.,
°f Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.

ASsocia : Tuomas J. O’Donnett, M.D. ;
te in Surgery and fives of Clinic to the Chair of Operative

Surgery.

_ H. Lee Franks, M.D.,
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.

Associate F. W. Hacutet, M.D., f
in Physical Diagnosis and Assistant Demonstrator of |
Clinical Diagnosis.
Exprince Baskin, D.D.S., M.D.,
Lecturer on Dental Histology and Pathology.
C. L. Mortrwer, M.D.,

Assistant to Chair of Surgery.
5

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL,

Visttinc STAFF.
Surgeons. Physicians.
Prof. J. H. Brannam, M.D.
Prof. J. Wa. Funcx, M.D.
Prof. F. Carutuers, M.D.

Prof. J. B. Scuwatxa, M.D.
Prof. C. Urnan Satu, M.D.
Prof. Wa. H. Pearce, M.D.

Prof. G. M. Lintuicum, M.D. Prof. Pearce Kintzinc, M.D.

Prof. W. W. Frames, M.D.

Prof. Harry Gross, M.D.

Prof. A. D. McConacuig, M.D.

Prof. Ricnarp L. McNeer, M.D.
RESWENT PHYSICIANS.

Water A. Weep, M.D., Superintendent of Hospital.

Henry G. Brannan, M.D., Associate Resident Physician

James A. Lyon, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.

Cuartes J. Wetts, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.

West Enp MATERNITE.
Prof. B. P. Muss, M.D., Visiting Obstetrician.
B

L. E. Beacu, M.D., Demonstrator of Obstetrics. :
J. H. Russet, M.D., Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics:

DispeNSARY STAFF,
E. A. Dickey, M.D.,
Dispensary Physician.
E. A. Dickey, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Eye.

C. L. Mortmer, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Surgery.
: F. N. Tannar, M-D., -
Chief of Clinic to the Chairs of Proctology and Genito-Urina

J. C. Travers, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women.

C. H. Roserts, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Principles and Practice of Mee

FRANK W. HacuTet, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Ear, Nose and .

T. J. O’DoNNELL, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Operative Surgery-

6

Prof. L. 1H. Gunpry, M.D.

Prof. Wm. S. Smirn, M.D. Neurolog®
Prof. Geo. B. Scnoit, M.D. _
Patholog®

|

» the lar

Maryland Medical College.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1906-1907.

mee ext Regular Session of the Maryland Medical College will open
Which iy September 14, 1906, and will conclude about May 25, 1907, at
ime the Public Commencement Exercises will be held in one of
hy theatres of this city.
the Clini. a preliminary clinical course beginning September 1, held in
e are Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine are wel-
for which no charge is made.

GENERAL STATEMENT. .

<r {Maryland Medical College was chartered under the laws of wey
Cine, and eee 1808, for the purpose of teaching the science of Medi-
rescribed cores were conferred upon the first class to complete the
ee os May, 80)
the eauary 1902, by an act of the General Assembly of Maryland,
The ers of the institution were enlarged and extende E
of far sone 7 study required in this school for the degree of M.D. is
rs’ duration.
ends ha academic year of the College begins September 14, 1906, and
n ete May 25, 1907, at which time a public commencement 15 held.
waa that the time of study shall count as a full year, students of
es a ust present themselves before September 24 and register their
* With the Dean.
January ny a recess at Christmas, beginning December 2

A ;
ing of thangement of the subjects taught went into effect with the open-
ranger Session of 1905-1900. Experience has shown that a logi
8roups in te of the subjects in such a manner as to place the correlat

des € same periods greatly increases the amoun
Centrate ee to such subject, and likewise permits
18 divided S energies to much greater advantage than when Dr
Schedule among numerous diverse subjects. An examination of he

2 and ending

£ach branch,

of 1000 hae of 1000 hours’ work is required of each
Tequireq 7. is required of each second-year student; of 1) :
each third-year student; of 1360 hours js required of eac

‘ t “el student.
' Senera ill be offered adapted to the student who desi
become Sse ractitioner, and also courses adapted to those

res to become
who desire to

7

A series of written and practical examinations on all the required
subjects of medical instruction are distributed throughout the om
ee course of study. Every candidate for the degree of Doctor 0

edicine must pass these examinations in a satisfactory manner as We
as fulfill the admission requirements and all the requirements of the
curriculum. In addition to the regular courses, a preliminary course 0
clinical medicine is given each year, which is open to all students an
practitioners of medicine and for which no charge is made.

ENLARGEMENT,

The necessity for enlarging the equipment of the College became
apparent in 1902, and at the close of that session arrangements wer
made for increasing the capacity of the laboratories and for the addi-
tion of new facilities, which work has been completed, and places with
reach of the student ample and complete facilities for the extens!
laboratory work now recognized as the primary essential in the acq
tion of a modern medical education,

Laboratory technique, clinical teaching and research work, combined
with didactic teaching and stated recitations upon each subject for
nish the basis of the teaching methods employed in this College. In in
vidually and collectively the Faculty stands ready to advise students
regard to the studies which they should pursue and the best mi
of attaining the ends sought. ‘

The degree of Doctor of Medicine cum laudi is given to candidates
who obtain an average of 95 per cent. or over in all the required exami

nations,
LOCATION.

‘The geographical situation of Baltimore, combined witt. unsurpassed
climatic and natural advantages, have made the city the metropolis
the South and one of the leading cities of America, easy of access bot?
by the great trunk lines which radiate from her center and the wate?
ways, which bring numerous coastwise and ocean-going steamers to he
wharves. ‘

The supremacy of Baltimore as a medical center is conceded throughs
out America and acknowledged abroad—a fact which should not
underestimated by the student contemplating the study of medicine. -

To live in such an atmosphere, surrounded by thousands of felon
workers whose ends and aims are identical with his own, stimulates
student to perseverance in his endeavors and to put forth his eve
effort to reap the advantages of his opportunities. On the other ed
the college which occupies an isolated situation, stultified by a ilege
sense of security, is prone to be unprogressive, whereas the © {0
placed in close contact with similar institutions, exposed continu ty.
the strong light of comparison, must progress or retire from the fie

The clinical advantages of Baltimore are obvious. It is a city SUP ot
abundantly supplied with hospitals and dispensaries which attract
oy resident patients, but those from a great distance. The railrog .
and shipping lines supply innumerable cases of accidents, while 1
course with the tropics and distant countries bring to the clinics ee
of rare and unusual diseases which seldom find their way tO
accessible medical clinics. ne

Living in Baltimore is proverbially good and obtained at most reasie
able rates in hospitable homes within easy reach of the College, where id b
moral as well as the physical well-being of the student is cared for 47"

surroundings.
8

lege nearness of the Western Branch Y. M. C. A. Building to the Col-
‘ Pla

i ing-room of that
places the advantages of the gymnasium and reading-r th
te ‘tion in reach of eke who become members, for which a trifling

Hit 3 i i tomic
A Histologic, Pathologic, Bacteriologic, Chemic and ee tesott:
~Aboratories are fully equipped for practical work. A ‘ls are situated
in the cial is supplied. The laboratories and lecture halls
the Co ege building on West Baltimore street.

An REQUISITES FOR ADMISSION.
m

i ired
to atriculates under the four-years’ graded course will be see
of Present credentials showing that they are ecgpertir4 pole oad
ma] o8hized colleges of literature, science or arts, of higt cay ee
certig no's, academies or equivalent schools, or ho edge est
State at®S as required by the statute of New York, or t ee
minx mining Board covering the work of the following

tion,

: . i 3 ss
an fatriculates not presenting such credentials will be required to pa
€ examination as follows:
2 om nglish composition of at least two hundred words.
; Elensiation of easy ase Dee Podteien
: entary Arithmetic, algebra and physics. > d
Durstdents, failing in one oe bet of these subjects may i sei
Tents: ir studies for one year, but must uF ei entran
re entering upon the second course of study. ait
be eTAduates or students of homeopathic or eclectic wediedl soe 4
+ 20 allowance equal to the number of years t ey che: eotranek
exams leges, provided they can meet the requirements ¢ ‘Therapeutics.
The wt9n and pass examinations in Materia Medica an a of teattaee
ion © might 1S reserved to make such alteration = Oe ee
XPerience or expedience may prove to be ni * :
Rs tudents who have attended one oF more courses of “icy fondle
With on°4 Medical college or colleges are placed upon « ec reminations
revicn own students, and the same privileges as regards in at thea
musly described) for advanced standing are exten - cedee
tials iia will not be required on subjects eg age mts A sucii
‘ we .
“amination ibited by the student, showing

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION. .
Mar Fanktin Square Hospital is conducted by the Faculty of th
Medical College. : 2 ae
deve OP ay) os fnstitutborl a iatied epoch in the history
I Of the Maryland Medical College. 4 it
. be ones the ined modern facilities for the care of laste east
ae of’, Its heating, lighting, plumbing and sanitary <a cae
and C © Most advanced order. Its situation, at the corner A ee
the jy tthoun Streets, is ideal, facing a large public sapere ncaly aif at
all an €s @ pleasant outlook and insures an abundance — Se aeties
eso he Hospital contains a number of well-furnis empha ‘dn
‘cuit is prooms and pleasant, well-lighted, well-ventilated Hieeats,
ClinicgPTovided With a well-equipped Operating-Room, an Apparatus
18 of yy’ Pathological and X-Ray Laboratories. The X-Ray ee thes
lint the latest Pattern, embodying the newest prance TS ‘i
e is Superior to any other apparatus in the city 0 netted vide
With, The weary adjoins the Hospital = is oy, Bs stos. a
Ospit ispensary treats indigent pa a lod
Sand fatriahes an ts aero & of clinical material for the instruct

9

of students. In the Outdoor Department of the Dispensary advanced
students are permited to visit patients, make diagnosis of their di ;
and treat them under the supervision of the Dispensary Physiciat. _
The Hospital is the only one located in the western section of the C1)
Baltimore is the medical center for a vast section of the country, 30"
the enviable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted large numDe&
of persons in need of high-class medical service. The Franklin Sg
Hospital is eminently fitted to fill all the offices of a well-equi ‘
Hospital. .
In formulating plans for the development of the new institution care
has been exercised to combine the newest ideas which experience N.-
shown to be advantageous, without resorting to those extremes W? out
may be beneficial from the standpoint of theory, but which are withou
practical confirmation. +
Simplicity, utility and thoroughness have been the factors ket fo ,
view, and it is believed that the new Hospital will serve as a m --
no inconsiderable period of time.

NORTHEASTERN DISPENSARY.

Arrangements have been made by which the students of this dk r
will have the advantages of the large clinic of this Dispensary in a
tion to those already available.

THE WEST-END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMOR}

This institution has recently taken possession of its new build
located at 112 North Calhoun street, in close proximity to both the 4.
lege and the Hospital. The Maternite is under the supervision of Ke
Faculty, and the new edifice has been admirably fitted up to meet cote
advanced requirements of a lying-in institution. The aim of its ™
porators has been to make it a model institution of its kind. +a, a

Ample a hd is here furnished to the students for bedside a
struction. The methods of diagnosis, the care of patients during PP,
nancy and the puerperal state, and the manner of conducting labors *
carefully taught. ned a

The Hospital is so arranged that absolute privacy may be obtain® |.
moderate rates, which vary according to the location and size of r0°™

ANATOMY.

Frevertck Carutuers, M.D, Professor of Anatomy and Genito-U
Surgery.

Cuas, T. Branrn, M.D,, Lecturer on Osteology and Syndesmol0B)”

First AND Seconp YEars.
_ The instruction in this fundamental branch consist of lectures, ©"
sive dissections, demonstration upon the wet and dry preparation
the museum and anatomical models, supplemented by recitations
demonstrations in the atomic laboratory. The preliminary work
braces thorough courses in Osteology, the study of the joints
ments and Anatomic Histology. Dissection is performed.
guidance of the demonstrators, and the student is exhaustively
ined upon the completion of the part dissected. Dissecting M@°™ Vor
liberally supplied, and no limitation is placed upon the amount ©

10

—

Raich the student is permitted to do. The course includes a special
Exa of lectures upon the brain and spinal cord.
Texthoions are held at stated intervals.
ks: Gray, Morris, Holden, McNeer.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.

: Paepercx Carutuers, M.D., Professor of Anatomy.
IcHArp L. McNeer, M.D., Professor of Surgical Anatomy.
; Franks, M.D., Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.

a AND Seconp YEARS.

Ante Dissecting Laboratories are in charge of the demonstrators f£
Dissect>: The rooms are well lighted, well warmed and ventil
Cita ate Performed under the direction of the demonstrator.
The Leon and examinations upon the completed work are fequired
hours boratories are open until 10 P, M. in order to afford ample
Signed od extra and advanced work. Dissection tickets are counter
re y the demonstrator as an evidence of satisfactory dissection.

Eac material is furnished in abundance.

Firstocccent is required to dissect three parts. =m
Second year students are required to devote 420 hours to the w -
this branch: students are required to devote not less than 420 hours

For textbooks see “Anatomy.”

HISTOLOGY.
. Maurice Lazenry, A.B., M.D., Associate-in Histology. f
« 7 > Yon Scuuttz, M.Sc., M.D., Demonstrator 0 Histology.
— ;
‘ & sepecOUFSe in Histology comprises the laboratory work, together wit
the 2° of didactic fanaa ilinisteatiog the subject. ‘The first part of

Cours, ’ I . g
Sli € is devoted to the technique of the microscope, mounting
fe Use of the microtome and peice apparatus of the laboratory. ”
= ‘quainder of the session is devoted to the consideration of the
Issues and fluids of the body.
bs the yee ct Number of microscopes has been provided to allow, one
ished of each student, for which no fee is exacted. A private 1 a
Sach my with a complete outfit of necessary apparatus, is assigne oe
tile in| ber of the class, and he is held responsible for such mate he
Sludes 4 US Possession. The collection in the Histologic Museum a
tises uno. “ty large number of mounted sections, charts, plates an ey
and a 7 on the subject, offering altogether ample facilities for eleme'
; ve ced work and for original investigation. re re
S€Ctions et extends over the first year, and the class 15 divi plese
Ration is hey better to receive individual supervision. A ne capeag rend
eld at the end of the year, and is final for first-course stu \.

G CHEMISTRY.
“Stavus Craies Doume, A.B., M.D., Professor of Chemistry.
11 .

First ANp Seconp YEARS. :
The instruction in Chemistry extends throughout two sessions,
is divided into a Junior and Senior course. Junior Chemistry is ta
in the first year, comprising the study of chemical physics, ch
philosophy and inorganic chemistry and laboratory exercises. 2
end of the session the student is examined for admission to the ne
class. Advanced Chemistry is taught in the second year, comprisife
the study of the compounds of carbon or organic chemistry, physiol
chemistry and chemic analysis.
The methods of instruction consists of lectures, recitations
laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the student throug
the session is utilized in estimating his fitness for advancement
graduation. A
. At the end of each session the student is examined for graduatl
in the work of that year. ae
The study of toxicology embraces the symptoms and treatment ¢
Poisoning, and also the methods of chemic analysis for detecting ™
various poisons.
Textbooks: Simon, Fownes, Atfield.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.

A. D. McConacuir, D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Materia Medica
Therapeutics.

Tt C. Leunert, Pu.G., M.D., Associate Professor of Mate®
Medica. 1
First Year. ;
Instruction in Materia Medica is given by lectures, recitations #%)
demonstrations during the first year. The student is required to fam
iarize himself with the physical properties of the crude drugs and the
Preparation. The officinal drugs and their doses as well as the NeW
remedies are thoroughly studied. Prescription writing is a part of He
special work in this department. The course extends throughout ™
rst year and is concluded by an examination.
Seconp AND Tuirp Years.

The course in Therapeutics embraces Toxicology and Therapeutts
proper, and includes didactic and laboratory teachings, extending °°”
the second and third years, j

Special study is made of the physiologic action of drugs and of 4
effect upon the lower animals, while the practical application of remo
agents to disease is thoroughly and systematically taught by lectu
recitations, — ‘

The recitations and examinations are held at intervals, and @
examination at the end of the third year finishes work in this depart

PHARMACY,

Jaco S. Parr, Pu,G., Associate in Practical Pharmacy.
Seconp YEAR. : ttt
The teaching of Pharmacy is by laboratory instruction combined of ly
lectures. The practical details of the subject are made thorous
_ familiar to the student by the required manipulation, weighing: nine
pounding and dispensing, which are practiced in order to afford trai™ie
ow es Seewek in the = of the art, as well = he} familiariz€ ©
student with the uses of the special apparatus emplo;
Textbook: Caspari’s Dianne: *

12

LECTURE HALL

RAWAM IAM AYEN “SN OLE YAO “AS.

PHYSIOLOGY.

Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D., Associate.

"ST AND Seconn YEARS ’
trated teaching in P hysiology consists of two lectures each mole _
grouped charts, plates and the classical experiments of the: sci vy
illustras: 2 iMstructive sequence. Experiments upon the lower —_

Strating the laws of the science are shown in the laboratory. T =
Phys; et ag are carefully selected in order to show the relation Ps
Ph: iologic processes to clinical medicine and to be valuable aids to

Seca in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. cage
tervals “Nees, recitations and written examinations are held at 1

The the

Studie TY: development and application of serum therapy is specially

Physiology of blood, circulation, digesti bsorption, metabolism,
i n, digestion, absorp ’ :
vouetion and excretion, muscle tissue, the peripheral and central aca
Sider, ae a special senses, generation and development are co
The "pees is obli dents
Of the fouts¢ extends throughout the year, and is obligatory for stu
rea first and second ae, Mienianicens are held at the end of each

Sere year: Collins and Rockwell.
Collar’ Year: Kirke, Stewart's Manual.
‘ral reading: Foster, Ott.

EMBRYOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.

Maurice Lazensy, B.A., M.D., Associate.

ND Year,

i j i The
taystis Subject will be taught by lectures and demonstrations.
we work will Gesend vet the last half of the second year. |, he

Superyie, °*Periments will be carried out by the students under the
Sion of the teachers.

PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY. .
= %. Scout, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology.

AND Turn Y; at
the Work jin cae Genettitcnis consists of lectures and eine
See the second year, embracing general and special wa i

ate give, and Histology and Bastarialoey. Three afternoons
—B.40° Microscopic study. \
culty *teriology : Each eeuaeok is taught the methods of Peds
cultiyacsi® the principles of sterilization and disinfection, ae
biologie ating and staining the more important organisms, aS Pe
thoroug €xamination of air, soil and water. Infection and immun be
Medicine considered in their relations to curative and prev

ie a itati 1d to con-
Sider 4, 2thology: Lectures, conferences and recitations are held t
Reg Various aapects of dhs sbject Laboratory work, in which

j 18

student cuts, mounts and studies microscopically the various lesions 9°
the human tissues. Demonstrations in Gross Morbid Anatomy will B®
held once a week on specimens obtained from the Museum and pos}
mortems. Students of the second, third and fourth years will atte®™
and assist at autopsies. a
Books : Hacteriiogn=Sinic & Ritchie, McFarland, Williams (M@™
ual of Bacteriology). “4
Pathology—Ziegler, Delafield & Prudden, Stengel, McFat*
land, Diirck (A Manual of General Pathological Hist™
ony) Cattell (Post-Mortem Pathology), Mallory & Wi
(Pathological Technique).

HYGIENE.

H. C. Hess, M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene.

SrconD YEAR. : .
Hygiene is taught by lectures in its relation to the individual, Ue
home and community at large. Lectures devoted to the principle>
sanitation as bearing upon the management of public institutions, 5°76
erage, infection, quarantine regulations, the drainage and cleanliness ©
cities and towns are comprised in the course.
Textbooks: Wilson, Parkes, Harrington (Practical Hygiene);
Collateral Reading: Abbott (Hygiene of Transmissible Dis
Mason (Water Supply).

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AND
GASTRO-ENTEROLOGY.

C. Ursan Situ, M.D., Professor of Theory and Practice of Medio™
and Gastro-enterology.

Turrp AND FourtH YEARS. ee
The teaching of Theory and Practice of Medicine is by didactic
clinical lectures during the third year, and by clinical lectures: -
strations, conferences and recitations during the fourth year. 4 d
students in sections visit patients in the wards of the Franklin 98
Hospital and are drilled in the taking of histories, the examination"
blood, urine, sputum and gastric contents. er
The students are brought into pevpctes contact with the p tients :
the Hospital, Dispensary and at the bedside, made to take active
in the clinics and to make records and reports of their observ
They are required to differentiate diseases, and under the direction, st?
the staff are allowed to treat suitable cases, In order to give each ed it
ber of the class individual practical instruction the class is divide? ©
small sections. : 7
Special clinical courses are given in diseases of the stomach, ™ ‘rea
the student is instructed in the newer methods of diagnosis an“ ¢ ¢e
ment, embracing physical, chemic and microscopic examination © —
meals and stomach contents, etc.
Textbooks: Anders, Osler, Hare, French, Tyson. ,
Collateral Reading: Kintzing, Sahl, Strumpeil, Von Leube’s
14 \

a

SURGERY.

ie H. Brannam, M.D., Professor of Principles and Practice of

Urgery and Abdominal Surgery. 3

RucHARD L. McNeer, M.D., Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.

Cyr At? Gremrier, M.D., Associate in Surgery. dagin

Ww R. Davis, M.D., Lecturer on Minor Surgery and Ban g-
MLtAM S, Love, M.D., Associate in Surgery.

— AND Turp YEARS.
‘struction is yiven in this important branch by systematic lectures, —
ing tations, lecture demonstrations, clinical lectures, by sectional es
study the wards and in the Out-Patient Department, augment Ha Boe
are 3°! Surgical Pathology in the laboratories, The didactic | <<
N each week by the Professor of Surgery, supplement by ol
te the pasiotants, associates and demonstrators. Recitations

~ intervals and intermediate examinations are hel .
in theca! Surgery is taught in the Amphitheater, Hospital, Dispenest?:

“d Outdoor Department and at the bedside. Operations and 8
labora: illustrating the didactic teachings and su ee the

ui tory work, are given daily, and afford unusual ES
Hisition of the necessary knowledge and technique of the ori’ e
ear students are given opportunities to examine and a ond
to make (°Y are required to assist in operations, to dress wounes 4)
Professor, POTS upon cases, which reports may, at the discretion 0!
Shey Ts, be discussed in the conferences. ; terilizing
instryrce Technique—The methods of preparing dressings, § eri ing
tion are ts 2nd the necessary preparation of the patient for Pete ®
tions, Vought and made familiar to the student by repeated rng Sure
Bery are «tly and final examinations are held. Elective courses
¥ Pen to graduates and those desiring advanced wor

OPERATIVE AND CLINICAL SURGERY.

Baty Gross, M.D., Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery...
a B , M.D., Associate Professor of Operative and ‘Ciinieal
Tr Urgery, >

0
A. ag. O’Donnett, M.D., Associate in Surgery.
INK, M.D, Associate in Surgery.

One g; .
Su didactic lecture is given each week by the Professor of Operative
ius” which the various surgical procedures are described and

ior regular clinic is given weekly at the Hospital, in which various

nti} tations are performed. «oa bese ae
the Sthigg a2 I, one hour weekly is devoted to clinical instru This
Me T Class in the Hospital by the professors and assistants.

s . r r * . ide
sbiervatign tuction in diagnosis and operative technique and bedsid

‘ . a 1 to
a Of post-operative cases, especial attention being given
Aftect treatment of pict operated Sout at the clinic. +t tH
Sidaver anuary r this hour will be elevated to practical work © 4 to
Perform at the College building, the senior students being eT ice
Texthoot the cadaver various operations and surgical manipula tons.
+ Bryant, McGrath, Kocher, McNeer.

15

OBSTETRICS.

B. P. Muse, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics.
L. E. Beacn, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Demonstrator of Obstetrics.

Tuiep AND Fourta YEARS.
Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, conferences and clinica

teaching. Students are required to take charge of at least five cases ©

labor, to receive clinical instruction in at least three cases, to care )
tients during convalescence, and to make a full written report of

t one case. f

The instruction further includes embryology, the anatomy. of th
pelvis, besides instruction in presentations and positions, abdominal Pp

ion, pelvimetry and the management of labor.

Obstetrical operations, instrumental and manual, are taught by mea!
of demonstrations and practice upon the mannikin and the cadaver ®
well as upon the patient in the lying-in chamber.

Textbooks: Hirst, Edgar, Jewett, Davis, Williams.

DISEASES OF WOMEN.

W. S. Situ, M.D., Professor of Namen
T. J. Tatzorr, M.D., Associate Professor of Gynecology.
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.

Tuirp AND Fourtn YEArs.

The didactic lectures are given in this branch each week throug
the year, in which a general review of the whole subject of Gynec?
is given.

n operative clinic is held in the Amphitheater each week, supple
mented by demonstrations and recitations. -¢ the

The routine of office work, comprising the use and application of th
technical therapeutic resources of this important branch, such as douc™”
pessaries, repositors, tampons, dilators, vaginal and intra-uterine mee@™
tion, etc., will be fully and carefully exemplified. -—

Special opportunities will be given to advanced students to practice
themselves the various manipulations necessary in the diagnos!s
treatment of Diseases of Women, individual work in this line »
regarded as of the highest importance and greatest value. :

tions of the class will be formed to take charge of gyneco OF O
cases in the Hospital,each member of these sections makingexaminatl will
taking histories and assisting in operations. Practical instructio™ ©
also be given in the Gynecological Department of the Dispensat¥:, 5s
students will be afforded opportunities to witness operations in the
pital on other than the regular clinic days. nd

A systematic course in Gynecological Pathology will be conducted
the class will be thoroughly familiarized with the technique of the Yor
ous methods of hardening, cutting, staining and mounting speci
microscopic study and permanent preservation. -. oven

Intermediate examinations are held and a final examination 18 &
at the end of the fourth year.

Special graduate courses gre open to those desiring advanced

Textbooks: Ashton, Hirst Penrose, Dudley. =

16

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.
Wu

Ch Hersert Pearce, M.D., Professor of Diseases of Children and
AT inical Medicine.
+ Von Scuutrz, M.D., Chief of Clinic.

Taro AND Fourtu YEARS.

studen dest is taught by a series of lectures addressed to third-year
— lectures” Supplemented by a course of clinics in the fourth year. The
Of the comprise special topics preparatory for the clinical instruction
Stu dene eeding year.
.>tudents are required to take an active part in the examination and
Selected of the cases. A certain number of recitations on the subject
The ong held during the year.
tagions ut-Patient Department supplies a largé number of cases of con-
nd has Useases. Each student is taught the ee of intubation,
Especial” opportunity to see the operation performed.

The attention is paid to clinical therapeutics.
Texthraminations are held at the end of each year.
. Col ks: Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.

dren), teral Reading: Keating (Cyclopedia of the Diseases of Chil-

DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND MIND.

H Guxory, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System and

Pour Yeap
A

tisting etematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases 1s given, con-
Slinic is sag lecture each week throughout the College year. A weekly
: Tater fo SO given, at which cases of all the familiar and many of the
core of these diseases are presented to the class, and at which

Meng 2, is given to the student to personally examine the cases.

' also held Quizzes upon both the didactic lectures and clinical cases are

nh .
Texpigatory examination is held at the end of the fourth year.
ks: “Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peterson, Berkley.

: DISEASES OF THE EYE.

f Wassax Funcx, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Eye.
> IcKEy, M.D., Chief of Clinic.
in AND Fourty Years.
Teeitationt Oo” consists in didactic lectures,- demonstrations, operations,
of pa Geractice in the use of the ophthalmoscope, and the examina-
H feel for errors of refraction. Ample material is furnished by
Studer’ and Dispensary clinics. Every possible opportunity is given
“ases, of dine examine the cases, make personal observation of the dis-
Examinat ey 2snosing the conditions and making records of the cases.
“Tudent 2 ponte held at stated intervals by which the progress of the
ext] .
Collat ks: Ball, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May.
eral Reading: De Schweinitz,. Packs Swanzy.

17

DISEASES OF THE EAR, NOSE AND THROAT.

W. Waytanp Frames, Px.G., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the E
Nose and Throat.
Henry M. Baxter, M.D., Associate.

Fourth YEAR

The teaching is given in didactic lectures and clinics. One didact
lecture is given each week and one clinic. ;

The subject is presented from the point of view of the general prac”
titioner. instruction is practical, and includes the use of the OF
scope, laryngoscope and other instrumental aids to diagnosis and
ment. ; ;
The class is divided into sections, in order that the teaching may 7
better adapted to the needs of its members and that each individual #
receive personal supervision.

Textbooks; Bacon & Blake, Dench, Bishop.

DERMATOLOGY.

J. B. Scnwatxa, M.D., Professor of Dermatology.
A. T. von Scuurz, B.Sc., M.D., Associate.

Fourtn YEAR, : ae. ing
‘A course of lectures, demonstrations and recitations is given d ?

the fourth year, and a weekly clinic is held throughout the year.
The Outdoor Department and the Hospital wards furnish an abundast
and varied supply of material. : P
The pathologic histology of the skin diseases is fully considered, *
well as the various parasites. ;
Textbooks: Stellwagen, Hyde & Montgomery, Jackson, Hardaw®)
Mracek, Crocker.

GENITO-URINARY DISEASES.

FrevertrcK CArutHers, M.D., Professor of Genito-urinary Surgery:
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Chief of Clinic.

FourrH YEAR,
The course in this department is by clinical lectures and clinical ap

onstrations. One clinic is held weekly, and illustrative operations
frequently performed. - «tly
_ The student is brought in direct contact with the cases, and speciallf
instructed in the use of the diagnostic instruments employed in the do” ;
ploration of the urethra and biadder, including the cystoscope an ts
scope. He acquires dexterity in the use of various other instrum
necessary for diagnosis and treatment by assisting in the
personally performing the different manipulations.

Special and elective courses are open to physicians and post
students.

Textbooks: Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis, Cabot.

a 18

PROCTOLOGY,

G.

Mhiton Laxraicum, A.B., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Colon
F. ‘um, z
: N. Tanwar, M.D., Chief of Clinic.

Te Year.
clinical ranch of medical science is ey to advanced students by
theater, didactic lectures, illustrated by operations in the Amphi-
lower enizing the needs of s jal instruction in the disorders of the
and Me ada a special chair has been established to teach its diseases

Rec rmalities.
are tee and conferences are held at intervals. Advanced courses
©onditions.- post-graduate students upon compliance with the required

T
extbooks: Tuttle, Gantt, Kelsey.

CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS.
Gto, B.

BA Kero, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Diagnosis.

Rw yee M.D., Demonstrator of Clinical Diagnosis.

t - Hacute:, M.D., Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Diagnosis.
Hipp Year

n

¢ of eg most_important additions to the student’s work is em-
Studies, e new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of all laboratory
the clinica ere laboratory work and methods are employed entirely from
io standpoint. “Special courses are given upon the blood, urine,
bacterighosst? and stomach contents in their chemic, microscopic and
of a — relations, Each one of these courses is under the charge
Course fe erator who has given special attention to the branch. This
fourth designed to fit the student for the practical clinical work of the
op and elective courses are offered to graduate students.

Textbook to” is held at the end of the year’s work.

: Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis.

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.

PR NINTZING, B.Sc. M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Meart and

Rw See Diagnosis.

_ ACHTEL, M.D., Associate in Diagnosis.
The waa

Cal dem viect is presented in the form of didactic teaching and by clini-

ered indie conferences and recitations. The students are re-
iT Tes. etally to examine the patients, make diagnoses and report

We req ults. Case-taking is taught in this department, and students

Which Wired to make written reports upon specially-assigned cases,
Recitage™® are the subject of discussion in the conferences,

Progrese os and examinations are held monthly, and the fitness and
A frat the student is gauged by the results, .
oe is held at the close of the third session. .

Physical ks: Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Disease. Musser, €abot’s

5 Diagnosis,
19

SGHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WORK

Monday
Materia
Medica

Histology

Osteology

FIRST YEAR.
Tuesday | Wednesday | Thursday Friday

Materia
oe

Chemical Chemical
Laboratory “itology. Laboratory Histology.

———_—_

= ne

Anatomical ;
Paptemical) Osteology on tere Osteology

A PART OF THE LABORATORY OF CHEMISTRY

AOO'LOLSIM AO AMOI AOA! BHL AO LAVA WN

SCHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WORK.

THIRD YEAR.

Hours

Monday Tuesday Wednesday | Thursday

Children Surgery

_ 7 (ee

1 |G
. yNecology| Surgery Medicine
|

Dermatol-

Medicine
ogy
Wy "Medicine vaste tPhysical — *Medicine
es) iagn —————
“Surgery | *Nervous | Rectal, | “Genlte. *Qpsemitve

Eye

Ear, Nose | Medical Jur-
and Throat | isprudence

*Attendance obligatory.

Gynecology

FOURTH YEAR.

_|__Monday Tuesday | Wednesday | Thursday
> Children Ceepede
Surgery
Mag Ota ~
YAecology| Surgery Medicine bs dame
tol
lay — ogy
‘ “Medicine *Derma- | *Physical | Operative
re ——_-__ | _ tology Diagnosis urgery

Se | “Surgery | » *Rectal | *Genito-
"Y | “Nervous | piseases | Urinary
Bq ————— Se

Eye Clinical Med Special
j Eye
Pe —- ical Confer-| Conference

*D ence with |~Gimical
Surgery Scuterenoe Wow p Para *Special Conference
bs : Surgery | 224 Throat) Conference | Gynecology
. Obstetrics Medical Nervous
. Juris- Gynecology| Niseases
prudence

*Attendance obligatory.

21

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.

J. Cuanues Luvrmicum, LLB, M.D., Professor of Medical Ju i
ence,

Tuirp AND FourtH YEARS.

The lectures on this important branch are general and practical. TBF

legal relations of the ee to the State and to his patient are © a
haustively considered.

he question of expert testirhony and the status

of the medical expert, the nature of the hypothetical question and Ef

manner in which it should be answered, the conduct of the physitt
under direct and cross-examination are all clearly set forth. The ¢x4
nation is held at the conclusion of the course.

Textbook: Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.

DENTAL SURGERY.
James Baxer, D.D.S., M.D., Demonstrator of Dental Sane b

Advanced students receive practical instruction in h ‘
demonstrations in extracting and other minor dental operations.

EXAMINATIONS.
First Year,
eeceey aut Syndesmology, Histology, Materia Medica,

Pediatrics, Surgical Anato Physical Di is, Medicin® ”
gery, Obstetrics, Grastiors, Pathology. Pease
FovMtedicise: S Ob G a
cine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Gynecology, Dermatology, OP.
Surgery (Clinical Examinations), Mental Diseases, Pu ic } ede
and Hygiene, Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat, Ort!
Surgery, Proctology.

FEES AND REGULATIONS,

Srupents Must Martricutate Wuen Tuey Commence ATTEX®
AT THE LEcTURES. -

Aut Fees Are Payasre 1x ApvANCE at Time or ENTRANCE, AN?”
Not Returnaste UNver Any CircuMSTANCES.

PRMCISCUMNSIORA SEES. 55/5 on cartye te uate. Coens da day panna eee <7 ‘
Fees for Full Course of Lectures. ........ccccccccccsecceet® osed

q Students completing three full courses in this College will not be re-
d to Pay Lecture fees for the fourth year. - : :
stud deposit of $2 for each laboratory course pursued is required of all

ents. This deposit is returned at the close of the session, less the
T; t charged against it for breakage.
re ickets for any of the departments may be taken out separately. The
The 5 for each branch, - e
aboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not following
at courses. Under these circumstances the fee for each course
P. uble that of the regular laboratory fee for the same course.
td “8taduates who have not received their degree from this College,
Pay th © desire to pursue special courses, are required to register and to
Ment l¢ matriculation fee of $5 as well as the fee for the special depart-
Ph im which they wish to work. ¥ :
Perma" who are graduates of medical colleges in good standing are
‘certifen’ to pursue any course of study given in the institution, and a
te of attendance, setting forth the facts, is issued upon request.
Speers’, Who are desirous of becoming familiar with the work of the
‘oral partments will be afforded opportunity for a course of study
be 12 Weeks’ duration at any time during the year, provided due inquiry
know! © previously concerning the same, The facilities for acquiring
excel} of laboratory technique, as well as operative skill, are un-
Nee and worthy of consideration.
in thi private quizzes or classes are held by any member of the Facul
OF bra, ge, nor by any member of the adjunct Faculty in the branc
In Buches upon which he conducts final examinations. ,
the Pha that our students may obtain all the advantage possible from
to appre’ Hospital facilities of this School the Faculty has decided
kno int a number of internes from the graduating class. These will
Wn as “Internes of the Franklin Square Hospital and West End
" They will receive suitable certificates at the end of their

Of service. They will be housed in the interne building convenient

Ie on Hospitals. T -
: “th Ospitals. The fee, which will include room, heat and light, wili
‘for the hae! ($100) dollars for the whole year; fifty ($50) dollars

“year,

GRADUATION,
in candi

: depo tes for examination must be of good moral character, correct

of lecty ent, twenty-one years of age, have attended four full courses
all a the last of which must have been in this College; have paid

: ‘the Faculty. the College, and passed a satisfactory examination before

All tick
for coickets must be taken out at the beginning of the session. Tickets
Sion, "yPleted courses will be issued by the Dean at the end of the ses-
) “Ountersi boratory tickets and tickets for Practical Anatomy must be
rly connie ed by the proper demonstrators and directors. Unless prop-
Pleted course ened a ticket will not be accepted as evidence of a com-

branch z Candidate must have passed examinations in the various

— thayi of medicine taught in this school or show satisfactory evidence

| Rust prerassed such examinations in other accredited schools, and also

OF hayscdtice evidence of satisfactory work in Practical Anatomy and

i rie Pursued various laboratory courses. Attendance upon all
Sctures is obligatory.

23

The final examination fee, which is $30, must be deposited with
Dean before the candidate can be admitted to an examination. P
Examinations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are cond
the several professors. Candidates failing to graduate are not redt
to again a r for examination in those branches in which they *
attained the required percentage, except in the case of the mar
branches, The judgment of the Faculty upon the fitness of a candidaté
is based upon nap ter, y of his general attendance and industry, &®
acter and habits, as well as upon the result of his final examination.
Candidates rejected at the final examination will not be aaa
until after having taken another course of lectures. a
_The degree will not be conferred upon any candidate who av
himself from the Public Commencement without the special permiss™
of the Faculty. ‘
In the appointment of officers, assistants and additional teachers, OP”
thi being equal, our own graduates shall have the preference.
ese regulations will be strictly adhered to.

PRIZES. :

The Faculty, believing that a reward to the candidate for graduaty,
standing highest in his studies at the end of the year stimulates °
entire class to greater effort, offers the following prize:

Highest General Average, a Gold Medal. - e

Prof. Wm. S. Smith offers a prize (case of instruments) to the st?
passing the best examination in his branch. _

Prof. Harry Gross offers a prize (case of instruments) to the
passing the best examination in his branch. _

Prof. B. P. Muse offers a prize (obstetrical forceps) to the

sing the best examination in his branch. : ust t@

Candidates for the degree, to be eligible to the above prizes, ™

all the studies of the last year and be examined in each.

GENERAL INFORMATION.

At the close of the session the following appointments are made *

the graduates of this school: ;
Three Resident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital.
A Resident Physician to the West End Maternite. _

A number of Dispensary Physicians to the Franklin Square
Dispensary. | ;
Several appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are %
made, to which graduates from the Maryland Medical College
eligible. .

The Dispensary is open throughout the year, and students
in the city are privileged to avail themselves of the many ad
wear acreseal f the student t least as low in Bai

personal expenses of the student are at least as low in ¥
as in A other large city. Students can board comfortably for
$3 to $5 per week, fire and light included, and those who are Mt
club together in lodging-rooms can live at lower rates. A list
ing-houses may be had at the Dean’s office or from the janitor

24

Students are advised to pay fees by check for the exact amount. Re-
Notes by for other expenses should be in postal or money orders, or
<i express, as the College will not endorse checks for private

ately dents are requested to report to the Dean and to register immedi-
to ig their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate their assignment
Visigg @ t2ngement in sections, ward classes, etc. - RY:
inspect 12 physicians are always welcome, and are cordially invited to
¢ College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheater at any time.
Pror. J. B. SCHWATKA, M.D., Dean,
1003 North Broadway.

YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.

A
Ineereranch of the City Y. M. C. A. is maintained in this College. An
Of the student seed is employed to devote his time to the welfare
“ents of the city. / “
and Cae ligious activity of the students is directed by the Association,
The pte for Bible Study and devotional meetings are regularly held.

tr
The lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for reference.
the stud ation Hand-Book, containing much information of value
The Cj ents, is issued at the opening of the fall term.
sociation, with a fully-equipped central property, and the
a Very er which is situated within one square of the College, extend
ial welcome to the students.

sh, dipetion also welcomes new students at the opening of the

ATHLETICS.

The

Sompetfed 4, number of studies and the limited term and course formerly
thuich is n, © student to neglect proper exercises, but the greater time
student» allotted for the completion of his medical course allows
®Ymnasium ample time to indulge in outdoor athletics in the o and
teams are grote in the closed season. College football’and baseball
waotrages ormed each season, in all of which projects the Faculty
I carry ane students to participate, believing a well-rounded body

The Athlon Gmly-balanced brain.
*eam to Gis Association has made arrangements to carry the football
Seashore in September for two weeks’ preliminary training.

All ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.
Cig Alum
ib) ni

© to m in good standing, the Faculty and the Adjunct Faculty are
so bership in the College Alumni Association. The objects
to Jv land Meee are as follows: To advance the influence of the
ppeure Pode College, to further higher educational methods, and
Whit annual €ctual, social and professional benefit to its members.
h occas; Meeting will be held on or about Commencement Day, on
*electeg the an’ address will be delivered by one of the members
The fee Rew Executive Committee.
| Membership is fifty cents per annum, payable in advance.

25

TEXT BOOKS.

Anatomy—Gray, Morris, Holden.
Bacteriology—McFarland, Novy, Abbott.
Chemistry—Simon, Fownes, Atfield.
Children—Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch,
Dermatology—Stellwagen, Crocker, Jackson, Hyde & Montge
Hardaway, Mracek.
Dictionary—Gould (latest edition), Dunglison, Dorlands.
Ear—Bacon & Blake, Dench, Burnett. “4
Eye—Ball, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May.
Genito-Urinary Diseases—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis & Cabot.
Gynecology—Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley.
Histology—Schafer,
Hygiene—Wilson, Parkes. f
ih, prudence—Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence. ‘a
ateria Medica and Therapeutics—Cushny’s Pharmacology
= System and Mind—Dana, Oppenheim, Church & P
rkley. 3%
Nose and Throat—Grayson, Coakley, Knight, Ingals & Newco®
Obstetrics—Hirst, Edgar, Jewett. :
Operative Surgery—Bryant, McGrath, Kocher, McNeer.
Pathology—Green, Ziegler, Stengel.
Pharmacy — Caspari.
Physical Diagnosis—Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Disease, ~

usser.
Physiology (first year)—Collins & Rockwell. 1
(second year)—Stewart’s Manual, Kirke, Foster? —

Principles and Practice of Medicine—Anders, Tyson, Ki9™
Thompson, Osler, 1

Sur; Park, American Textbook Surgery, International *
book of Sur. , Dacosta and Vaughan.

Surgery of Rectum—Gantt, Kelsey.

Works on Special Subjects—Jennings’ Color Vision and Color
ness, Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis,

MATRICULATES, 1905-1906.

ad Name. - State. - Preceptor.
Aeon, RONEN vee SRS i ies Rimsia; 6 05. Prof. C. Urban Smith.
Allen Bey Charles K.. oo c65.003- i, REPOST CRC e CES M. M. C.
ey Cad PUM, ccs <a Medic as caaxnteeeee Dr. F. B. Baker.
; LR eee Gas. : xaacsgeesas seas Sey M. M. C.
—pauistead, John Robert........-. ee et Dr. L. L. Armistead
“4 Ban win, Lyles Dunbar........... Mais. cosgewes Dr. O. H. McNemar.
Dem Sttest Hieber............... WA Vasisr vss «> Dr. Thomas J. Casto.
“hag Frank ©., Ph.G........-. Shc Prof. J. H. Branham.
eee MA... pela aoe M. M. C.
> pe Allen Covert.........++ Md. 2. orersacess Prof. F. Caruthers.
, Berke Marvin, D.D.S , Canadas i220 es ee M. M. C
a -agag ny ag BEY EE i Se ee M. M. C.
as. » Samuel Edward........-- ORs: Set 5 Dr. J. A. Dixon.
NiN faskesids ss aneceu eee M. M. C
Mies reteitnis ere ares Dr. N. I. Parr.
Midi. eek wins Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
Md- stent eres Prof. J. H. Branham.
\ | Ca Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
We Mase: ures Dr. L. A. Koontz.
Altace anadtes% Dr. M. M, Strickland
DD; Gancanesr cave i008 see M. M. C
Mass Dr. E. H. Cornish.
CSOD G 35:55 vee's «ois OD M. M. C.
nt Debs Gewetes\9+ 9004 Dr. B. B. Peters
cs, Mortis Bs bs \ee | ie oe AE Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
eth were Race « WW: Micws ccs on eon oes sO eI
rete | N. Y........0:...-Dr. F. W. Devitt.
» Charles L., Ph.G.......-+ BD Minas is sh eases ned ene M. M. C
WW, Via sect ca Ooeiesg oan M. M. C
Sse get onl aee SEES 2s y wwwcuaecalele thee aE ee es
Mares BR sc cio vn Bi whaiee Deep ee M. M. C.
David O'Quinn.......... eee See ee M. M. C
Bate Gav cad uchns TEES Md... «....»..+-Dr,. Walter: A. Cox.

Name. State. Preceptor.

Duphorn, William. ............+.. Wiis iy tana aspnctasenaee M. M. G
Edinger, Walter Ira.............. Ne Beenert = Suber Dr. J. S. Log
Ellingwood, William Arthur......Me..............Dr. E. C. Newco™
Etchison, Carlton.Neal. ...0 «...0x.Md... soc. csee cae Dr. E. C. Etchist
Ephraiti, Hymati. 01 sc cecces ces Md.ciccsesccacts Dr. C. A. Ephrat
Ewing, Charles Henry........... Del..............Dr. E. B. Bradio
Ewing, Samuel. Roy i425 aves. es Del............-Dr. E. B. Braga
Fifield, Henry Eugene............ BEM Susnhes sg Dr. A. N. Free c
Fischer, Henry F....6..+.++.0.-. Phys citeverav ned - Dr. W. F. Hi
Fitzgerald, Daniel D.............. Comic de oeeatee M. M.
Frederick, Charles Christian. ..... Pit pane cesater ea Gee ee Me
Funderburk, Vernanda Joshua. ...La............- Prof. J. B. Schwi ;
Gate CA SOea sx cote seamen sieeve tS CO en Prof. J. B. wa!
Gemmill, John Michael........... ee eT a Pe Dr. G, G. @
ee hs: Rls a ee ere ee Ba axle 6.0 annie ek eo ;
Gladstone, Charles Frederick..... Mas Ruta toto Prof. J. B. Schwa!
Goldberg, Harry............++00. MA iis vem Dr. A. George Hubba
Good, Harvey William........... PY....n dena taeeive Dr. Harry S. ¥
Haddock, Horace P.............. Measure oes Dr. E. L. Mort
PABLO Gs ATG: sak gee is esinvereers ith Fe ee a Rn M. 3
Harrison, Charles E...........445 MD covinsitdds sunk Dr. B. W. Hi
Harrison, William S.............. yy he ee ee 7.Dr. B. We oe
Hartzell, Grant Frederick........ THE ace Se nis pean ee M.
Hill, Horace F............. Gb Saas Wo Giiwddaerraaces Dr. McLain ROB
Hine, Harry Kingsley............ Gon... cdi. eeescre DL Dee ss
Hunt, James Edgar.............. ii sep Briere en Dr, A. J. © :
Hunter, James R...........++++++ NoMortewtcs ohaes «See er
Hughes, Reese William.......... W. Va........Dr. Thomas W- j
Jones, Harvey Llewellyn, A.B.....Md.......-. Prof. A. D. Me' ae
Roeseler, Calvi nis e500 0 castor WO Bay arene” Dr. W. C.
Kinard, Drayton Duncan......... Pe Ce eer es M. ‘
Kolb, Henry Burkhart...........Md........0.++06 Prof. Harry ™
Koppleman, Max. S............55 Midi sdcc.cecies Cr. As Eee ei
Berne, erancis:| Gis cee: ea ieee veny (ee ea Pee Dr. A. G
Krumrein, Andrew.............55 pe ee ere Prof. J. B. Sc
Landaman An Diss be. os cee eaey We Wiss cache pan ewe caterer Dr.

PUBLIC WARD

‘I¥LI4SOH SUVAOS NVYINNVUA NAN

Name.

State. Preceptor.

Pyon, James A... ......ceseeee. WR Tos es eens dTeN M. M. C.
"t¢Whinnie, Herbert Charles. ...Mass........-Dr. A. M. MacWhinnie.
cAvay, Hugh Vensin........... 1 RS: ere Dr. J. B. Boucher.
Me parmaries Cl. io. 3255605- N. J....-+++----Dr. A. K. McDonald.
McCurry, Albert Vandiver....... , MRR Ee Dr. E. Mclvor Law.
Wray, William Stewart. .... Sy eecbek crete Dr. G. D. Thomson.
Neer, Lewis RA Taree ae hee W. Va......Prof. Richard L. McNeer.
le Gis PP Sass Prof. Harry Gross.
diet, John Henry............+- hn 5 csttaaar’ Dr. W. F. A. Gillan.
ills, Howard D..........0..e+-- is eI Prof, W. S. Smith.
Sntgomery, James Lida.......-. Ws White acsrseee Dr. L. A. Koontz.

Sergaard, Fred. A............+.

Pa in eRe eee ES Dr. J. B. Goodwin.
“etzel, .. 3 4 eee eee N. J....-Drs. Ermentraut and Currie.
ts Joseph Earle.............- Ohlorssiccecnisaes Dr. A. F. Kinsley.
i ny ep Ee Texas......5..+ Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
nrg Elmer Case; ...:5.....0- Meal scsassnoset Prof. L. H. Gundry.
hi ee Md......:.-...--Dr. J. J. Valentini.
nee, Wilbert, D.D.S......0.-0+: |S rr Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
Rei Van, William Francis.......Pa..:csesseeeeeses Dr. J. M. Newton.
Rice enw William Colin......Conm.....++++++- Dr. James H. Kane.
aed a ee TESAS Gt och daervedutcede M. M. C.
Mon, Franklin Eli............. Va eee a M. M. C.
Bis LS as ein (UP eae ne. Prof. R. L. McNeer.
eee > ee See POO RiGOs 25 ood 5 cen ees M. MxC.
Set Heney 9; AB. PhG...Mé.. .cisssceses+0e0+e tune M. M. C
ule, Alexander T. von, B.S....Md....+0++++-- Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
Shag. rete John G............ Sie as ctw Dr. E. A. Muse.
S a Wh i Vester aac eee Dr. George Snyder.
Weg iutst McDowell. ......+-Md.e.-s.+es0+. Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
A Manske ey Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
ae re Mi; tok Baten Dr. J. H. Russell.
Sin? J°8ePh Luther. ye he ie >....M. M. G
S; ne Mas Fein Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
Beate TMA Te case SC eceete en sseees Dr. W. J. Carter.
Smith Dr Alimer, Je... oo. ..c.0+.s- Vie hcl Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
James Edward. .......<s: Pe Roe ccta tis bias 00 $e

Name. State.
Snarr, Samuel S. 7 eer ed Ge
Srpaee,, Petty Fie as 5306.09: 5 viniss<% jC ere
A EE ee BEA so. chien sited e rm
Swain, Clement_Celsus........... N. Y.
Bs | ae | keg eee PR Ss Citas sa ea ercid
Thome, Winfield Missimer....... Poin siscopevewesse
PEO WOE Ws. Wine ak wee Knd% so asp es Ala.
OCHS, ANS. Me Wks basic cericen Cuba.
Torre, Teodoro de la...........4. Cuba.
Towler, Philip Brooke, A.B.......Md.
Teaver, JObN Co oicccesleee es + ois Md.
PREG PGs wc eck wits the nesss 5 W. Va.
Vermillion, Uriah..............+. W. Va.
Wegner, TArty oc. ..ctsiece ess ox Md.
Warren, Daniel Hudson.......... Ohio
Watlington, Frank W.............Bermuda.
Wells, Charles Joseph............ Md.
> Widdowson, Ord. K.............. UT Te eee ee |
F> Zink, William Peter........ cone MG
;
PP
d 3)
»

GRADUATES OF 1906.

Se eet eS Canada

ps NY Se ee i See RA eae 8 Ay Fg Ohio
Ne a0 sys Faiaasbele «stan soycun wala ns Oeplras deseo Cuba

Dottse ’ Charles EG wate hee nas a Vata eknseails Vou em New York
sg aaay ONG oc hic fas. Ath, Podaaeuy's Melee & South Carolina
Pode ESM «a or Sie Sgis sas Au 0 MAEM CE Maryland
SS Se ae eer ec Louisiana

- IME gt fei cy gabau serves eae Pennsylvania

NIG coos vsuh cals dcansatpilegede- doe West Virginia

Hughes, IN yn, cilyavnita talks Serres West Virginia

. Kessler am DMCR6 sons d.0K5.5 Gada da LAP: O24 Se eeRNeT A New York
: Kinarg, ‘ SE ee PePeeeE tT R eT eee are Maryland
a Lyon, ] UU UMI ITT, ie og o:4s'e's niyo oss aedaew ies Oot South Carolina

_ LE LU aa ape OMe Pero Pennsylvania
} Me aos: Blerbert Charles < i.cds sc aclecaviesce ses severe Massachusetts
ne I OS; (ee RES ey eee West Virginia
"Saleen BLID o shcicl idle c's waipniak oe eo NM: dow ginns Oa iuhtu aden Ohio
ite nd ere ea S85, 2, eS: oR nlvatgea Maryland

: Shafer F SPmONe TD PRGEGE YOR is «thoes ates» he Pree waes Maryland
: Ra, Oo nai Sule enntte hes West Virginia
Ss: NT a 8 wala cunts dave sate’ Maryland

N Nn i Fae Ma an ve ahaa PRE: Virginia
on Clement RCRTAGB cs oo gs va dleal any apais vas nsagivinie nh se New York

T eg els IRIRSIISE erpg hip sis vin ain 3 FSe. il ee VO eOhed Pennsylvania
a PON 8 18, 505s ccc carve Tons 6 vil ves ua Sureo es ane Cuba
Wariae, Dae BUASOR. ies ced bon 1no asa Moov Weep e genes tage Ohio

:
“
.

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE DIRECT

Joun B. Scuwatka, M.D., President. JosepH H. BranHAM,
Frep, Carutuers, M.D., Vice-Prest. G. Mirton Lintuicum, 4 .
B. P. Muss, M.D., Secretary. C. Ursan Smirn, M.D.
Harry Gross, M.D., Treasurer. W. W. Frames, M.D.
J. C. Linruicum, LL.B., Counsellor. Ww». S. Smitu, M.D.

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL DIRECTORA
CALHOUN AND FAYETTE STREETS.

Jos. H. Branuam, M.D., President. Frep Carutuers, M.D.

Harry Gross, M.D., Vice-President. G. Mirton LintHicuM,

W. W. Frames, M.D., Secy.-Treas. B. P. Muss, M.D.

J. B. Scuwatxa, M.D. C. Ursan Smitn, M.D.

J. Wat. Funcx, M.D. Wa. S. Smitu, M.D.
J. Cuas. Lintuicum, Counsellor.

SUMMERS PRINTING co
BALTIMORE, 31>

# MARYLAND.
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

CATALOGUE FOR

1906-1907 aN,

[=
ANNOUNCEMENT FOR
SESSION
1907-1908

eo
1114.20 W. BALTIMORE ST

NEAR CARROLLTON AVENUE

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

Catalogue for 1906-1907.

Announcement of Session 1907-1908.

1114 to 1120
West Baltimore Street.

SALENDAR 1907-1908.

1907.

June 1. Matriculation books open Saturday................++ 1
Sept. 16. Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin...............++ 3¢
Oct. 1. Introductory Address, 8 P. M..........6.000500000m t.
Oct. 2, Regular Lectures begin............ccceueessecceors yet.
Oct. 15. Entrance Examinations begin...............se0+e0" ict.
Nov. 28. Thanksgiving Day (Holiday), Thursday..........-- No ;
Dec. 2. Examinations on Conditioned Branches begin......-- .
Dec. 20. Christmas Holidays begin, Friday, 2 P. M........-+- I

1908.

Jan. 2. Lecture resumed, Thursday, 9 A. M......-eeee-see* J
Feb. 22. Washington’s Birthday (Holiday), Saturday ..... + Fe
May 9. Alumni Association Meeting, Friday, 8 P.M.......- ms
About Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M.....- «+ wertck }
june 1. Annual Banquet, 10 P. M...........eeee0e0e Poy

CotLece BumLprncs.
1114 To 1120 W. BALTIMORE STREET,
Battimore, Mp.

_ Lerrers, TELecrams, Money Orvers AND Express PACKAGES 70
DENTS SHOULD Be AppressED AS ABOVE.

For any information, address
THE DEAN, J. B. Scuwatxa, M.D., Maryland Medical

Baltimore, Md., U. S. A,
2

ACTS.
JANUARY SESSION, 1902.

thet CHAPTER 560.
OS to enlarge and extend the powers of the Maryland Medicat
College, of Baltimore City.

EAS, The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, a pros-
8nd progressive Medical College, incorporated under the General
this State, desires to have its powers thereunder enlarged and
therefore,
~. ™ Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland,
“Ne Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorporated
Ne General Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved and re-
+. We the Charter Records of the Superior Court of Baltimore
4, et RO. No. 37, folio 33, etc., of which College Bernard P.
ohn B. Schwatka, .J William Funck, Joseph H. Branham, G.
Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William S. Smith, C. Urban
» Charles Linthicum and Harry Gross are the directors, being
g the incorporators thereof, they and their successors shall
Succession as such, and they shall be and are hereby
~ t© annex schools, confer degrees and to have and to hold
“ gift or otherwise, suitable grounds and buildings thereon.
onal, Scientific and hospital purposes not exceeding three
.. sand dollars, subject to the right of the General Assembly
F amend this Act, and subject to all the laws of this state re-
, rations applicable thereunto.
* And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take effect
date of its Passage.
*d April IT, 1902.
Joun Wattrr Sita,
. Governor.

Norte L. MircHett,

Thee Speaker of the House of Delegates.
Great Seal }

FACULTY.
Bernarp Purcett Muse, M.D.,
Professor of Obstetrics.
J. B. Scuwartxa, M.D., Dean,
Professor of Clinical Medicine.
J. WM. Funcx, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Eye.
Joseph H. Branuam, M.D.,
Professor of Principles and Practice of Surgery and Abdot
Surgery.
Frep, Carutuers, M.D.,
Professor of Anatomy and Genito-Urinary Surgery:
G. Mitton Lintuicum, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Colon and Rectum.
W. Way ann Frames, Pu.D., M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Ear Nose and Throal
W. S. Smiru,M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of Women.
C. Ursan Suirn, Pu.G.,-M.D.,
Professor of Theory and Practice of Moilicins and Gastro-E0
Harry Gross, M.D.,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.
J. Cuartes Lintnicum, LL. B;, M.D.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
L. H. Gunory, M. D., <a
Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System and the
A. D. McConacuie, D.D.S., M.D.,
Professor of Therapeutics, and Clinical Professor of
Eye and Ear, :
WruiaM Hervert Pearce, MD, ~
Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine
Pearce Kintzinc, B.Sc., M.D.,
Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Diseihes of the F
Grorce B. Scuoit, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Pathology, Bacteriology and Clinical Micro
Gustavus Cnartes Doume, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Chemistry.

CuristrAn Deetyen, M.D.,
Professor of Electro-Therapeutics.

Ws. S. Love, M.D.
Professor of Materia Medica.

4

ae

THE COLLEGE BUILDING.

= pt

ole
et

4

Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D.
fessor of Clinical Pathology and Clinical Diagnosis.
ay , E. H. Hutcnins, A.B., M.D.,
ociate Professor of Physiology, Histology and Embryology. _
Tuomas H. BraysHaw, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Climatology.
_. ._ H.C. Hess, M.D.,
' Clinical Professor of Dermatology.
Pro Tuomas J. O’Donnett, M.D., 2
ite Professor of Surgery and Chief of Clinic in the Chair of Op-
. erative Surgery.
Epwarp Grempcer, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Surgery.
L. E. Beacu, M.D.,
Associate in Obstetrics,
Tuomas J. Tarnott, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Gynecology.
; A. G. Barrett, M.D.
Associate Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.
Henry M. Baxtey, Px.G., M.D.,
} Associate in Ear, Nose and Throat.
a Cnartes T. Brantn, M.D.,
Assoc ciate Professor of Osteology and Syndesmology.
? FE. L. Mortimer, M. D.
Associate in Surgery.
_ ©. C, Smrrn, PxG,,
Associate Professor of Practical Pharmacy.
_ _Anert T, CHAMBERS, M.D.,
in Gynecology and Demonstrator of Anatomy.
A. C. Sminx, M.D.,
Associate in Operative Surgery.
ie _ F, N. Tannar, MD.
___ Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology.
; Howarp W. Jones, M.D.,
c Associate in Medicine.
Ph _ . F. W. Hacutet, M.D., Se as
ysical Diagnosis, Demonstrator of Clinical Diagnosis
and Pathology. :
5 Race Exprince Baskrn, D.D.S., M.D., ~
_ -*€eturer on Dental Histology and Pathology.
C. L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Assistant to Chair of Surgery.
A. T. von Scuuttz, M.Sc., M.D.,
Associate in Dermatology.
Josepn Luruer Suerre, A.B., M.D.,
Lecturer on Hygiene.
a » RV. Grann, M.D. 7
Lecturer on Minor Surgery and Bandaging.

5

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL.

VisiTInG Starr.

Surgeons.
Prof. J. H. Branuam, M.D.,
Prof. J. Wm. Funcx, M.D.,
Prof. F. Carutuers, M.D.,
Prof. G. M. Lintuicum, M.D.,
Prof. W. W. Frames, M. D.,

Prof. Wa. S. Smirn, M.D., New
Prof. Harry Gross, M.D., Prof. Geo. B. Scuott, M.D.
Prof. A. D. McConacuir, M.D., Path

Physicians.
Prof, J. B. Scawatxa, M.D:
Prof. C. Ursan Situ,
Prof. Wa. H. Pearce, MA
Prof. Pearce Kintzinc, Mb
Prof. L. H. Gunpry, M.D.

Prof. Maurice LAzeNnBY-

ResweNT PuysIciAns.

H. C. Irwin, M.D., Superintendent of Hospital.

J. Pace Stronc, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
Harry Gorpperc, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
Rev, Georce Scnort, D.D., Business Manager.

West Enp MArTERNITE.

Prof. B. P. Muss, M.D., Visiting Obstetrician. :
F. W. Tanner, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
L. E. Beacu, M.D., Demonstrator of Obstetrics.

DispeNSARY STAFF.

E. A. Dickey, M.D.,
Dispensary Physician.
E. A. Dickey, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Eye
C. L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Surgery.
F. N. Tannar, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chairs of Proctology and Genito-U:
Avzert T. Cuoamzers, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women.
Howarp W. Jones, M.D., -
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Practice and Clinical M
Frank W. Hacutet, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Physical Diagnosis.
T. J. O’Donnett, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Orerattye Surgery:
6

/ Maryland Medical College.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1907-1908.

en Tot Regular Session of the Maryland Medical College will

1908, at “roca October 1st, 1907, and will conclude about June Ist,

in one ory ich time the Public Commencement Exercises will be held

er ace large theatres of this city. .

In the at iminary clinical course, beginning September 14, will be held

w inical Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine will be
¢ and for which no charge is made.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

Ma ite Maryland Medical College was chartered under the laws of
Medea” in August, 1898, for the purpose of teaching the science of
the prec, and degrees were conferred upon the first class to complete
: tibed course in May, 1899.
the onety, 1902, by an act of the General Assembly of Maryland,
‘ oe of the institution were enlarged and extended,
8 of fo Course of study required in this school for the degree of M.D.
qr Years’ duration.
and en, next academic year of the College begins October 1st, 1907,
held, about June rst, 1908, at which time a public commencement 15
| of all’ Eider that the time of study shall count as a full year, students
their Stein must present themselves before September 24 and register
Ther, €s with the Dean. ;
| January : is a recess at Christmas, beginning December 20 and ending
, Opening arangement of the subjects taught went into effect with the
| Wal arr. Of the session of 1905-1906. Experience has shown that a log-

Telated angement of the subjects in such a manner as to place the cor-
; time whee inthe same periods greatly increases the amount of
Student = can be devoted to such subject, and likewise permits the
: When his te his energies to much greater advantage than

Minimum of rooo hours’ work is required of each first-year

pide

+ hours ig - f 1000 hours is required of each second-year student; of 1100

of each Os of each third-year student; of 1360 hours 1s required
1-year student. ;

comet Tses will be offered adapted to the student who desires to be-

, Aesirg A Setbhes practitioner, and also courses adapted to those who

ome specialists or teachers of medicine.
“i

A series of written and practical examinations on all the requt
subjects of medical instruction is distributed throughout
— course of study. Every candidate for the degree of Do

edicine must pass these examinations in a satisfactory manner
as fulfill the admission requirements and all the other requirem'
the curriculum. In addition to the regular courses, a p'
course of clinical medicine is given each year, which is open to ab
dents and practitioners of medicine and for which no charge is ™®

ENLARGEMENT.

The necessity for enlarging the equipment of the College be
apparent in 1902, and at the close of that session arrangements
made for increasing the capacity of the laboratories and for the
tion of new facilities. This work has been completed, and
within reach of the student ample and complete facilities for the
sive laboratory work now recognized as the primary essenti ;
acquisition of a modern medical education.

Laboratory technique, clinical teaching and research work, com!
with didactic teaching and stated recitations upon each poe f
the basis of the teaching methods employed in this College.
vidually and collectively the Faculty stands ready to advise studet
regard to the studies which they should pursue and the best me®
of attaining the ends sought. + ates.

The degree of Doctor of Medicine cum laudi is given to candid ‘
who obtain an average of 95 per cent. or over, in all the required :

aminations.
LOCATION.

The geographical situation of Baltimore, combined with
passed climatic and natural advantages, have made the city the Mey”
olis. of the South and one of the leading cities of America, ©
access both by the great trunk lines which radiate from her centet
the waterways, which bring numerous coastwise and oceam
steamers to her wharves.

The supremacy of Baltimore, as a medical center is CO
throughout America and acknowledged abroad—a fact which
not be underestimated by the student contemplating the s'
medicine. ov

To live in such an atmosphere, surrounded by thousands of f¢
workers whose ends and aims are identical with his own, stimulates
student to perseverance in his endeavors and to put forth
effort to reap the advantages of his opportunities. On the other ?
the college which occupies an isolated situtation, stultified by 2 &
sense of security, is prone to be unprogressive, whereas the
placed in close contact with similar institutions, exposed continua
the strong light of comparison, must progress or retire from |

The clinical advantages of Baltimore are obvious. It is a ci
abundantly supplied with hospitals and dispensaries which attté
only resident patients, but those from a great distance. The ravfe
car lines and shipping lines supply innumerable cases of accidents, Tie
intercourse with the tropics and distant countries bring to the ©",
cases of rare and unusual diseases that seldom find their way be
accessible medical clinics. sa

Living in Baltimore is proverbially good and obtained 4 nage,
reasonable rates, in hospitable homes, within easy reach of the CO™
where the moral, as well as the physical well-being of the stué®™
cared for amid refined surroundings.

8

_

i.
oa Wag Histologic, Pathologic, Bacteriologic, Chemic and Anatomic
Fatories are fully equipped for practical work. Abundant dissect-
ce is supplied. The laboratories and lecture halls are situated
Yh ege building on West Baltimore street.
» ac . REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.
’ fata Tequirements for admission to the Medical course are as fol-
b ors, Moral. A certificate of good moral character, signed by one
at least. Teputable physicians. II. Age- Evidence that the applicant is
j “tives ~ ech years of age. III. Educational. One of five alterna-
ton lows :
8 A Bachelor’s degree from an approved college or university.
\ diploma from a_ recognized high school, normal school or
PS lemy requiring for admission evidence of the completion of
“n eight years course in primary and intermediate grades, and for

: (3) Wation not less than four years of study. ¢
r S Certificate from the regularly constituted authorities of any

tate authori ificati d
@ Me dicing rized to pass on the qualifications of students to study
i Connesmination to be conducted by a duly chosen examiner, not
‘ leas ected with the College, extending over 30 points, of which at
‘ t 18 must be from list (A). A point represents a half-

, ion’s work on any one subject. For this examination a fee
7 (5) of $5.00 is exacted. i :

the atificate from a reputable instructor recognized as such b

the Metra county or city superintendent of schools, from whic
=_J Medieelicant comes, or a certificate issued by any State board of
‘cal examiners, will be accepted in lieu of the whole or a part
eg el examination. Such certificate shall set forth by subject
: shall pts the ground which has been covered by the student, and

5 it duly signed with the name and title of the person issuing
me) ee witnessed. ;
she hematics, 4 points; English, 6 points; History, 2 points ;, Lan-
21 Doints, Ponts (Latin, 2 or 4 points) ; Science, 5 points. ‘Total,
eh, 2 points; History, 6 points; Language, 6 points; Manual

metry, 1 point; Astroremy, 1 point; Ci point ; Phys
phy, 1 point; Ph siology 1 point; Hygiene, 1’ point;
momy, 1 point. Total, 29 points.

may ieudent may be allowed to enter conditioned on not more than
ese conditions must be removed by satisfactory ex-
‘ Course, ‘on before he is allowed to enter on the second year of the

Sree or students of homeopathic or eclectic medical schools
led such an allowance equal to the number of years they have
ce ex colleges, provided they can meet the requirements of the
Deut ce nations and pass examinations in Materia Medica and

Ahe x, . (
tion went is reserved to make such alteration in the course of in-
uder €xperience or noe i ee may prove to be necessary.
ited mm, Who have attended one or more courses of lectures in any
Orne! college or colleges, are placed upon an equal footing
dee eents, and the same privileges as regards examinations
’ described) for advanced standing, are extended to them,
exhine not be required on subjects for which proper creden-
natic, wvited by the student, showing that he has passed such

oe

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION.

The Franklin Square Hospital is conducted by the Faculty ®
Maryland Medical College. : F
e opening of this institution marks another epoch in the !
and development of the Maryland Medical College. ee.
It possesses the most modern facilities for the care of patient *
attaches. The heating, lighting, plumbing and sanitary arrangem®
are of the most advanced order. The situation, at the corner of
aad Calhoun streets, is ideal, facing a large public square It
the inmates a pleasant outlook and insures an abundance of fresh.
all times. The Hospital contains a number of well-furnished, attf
private rooms and pleasant, well-lighted, well-ventilated public ¥
It is provided with a well-equipped Operating-Room, an Af
theatre, Clinical, Pathological and X-Ray Laboratories. The
Apparatus is of the latest pattern, embodying the newest advancem™
along this line, and is superior to any other apparatus in the 4
Baltimore.
The Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in large num?
and furnishes an abundance of clinical material for the instruet0® !
students. In the Outdoor Department of the Dispensary advanced ast
dents are permitted to visit patients, make diagnosis of their
and treat them under the supervision of the Dispensary Physicia™
‘ The Hospital is the only one located in the western seco?”
the city.

shown to be advantageous, without resorting to those extremes Mia
may be beneficial from the standpoint of theory, but which are
practical confirmation. 2a
«, Simplicity, utility and thoroughness have been the factors Ke?)
view, and it is believed that the new Hospital will serve as a mod@ ©
no inconsiderable period of time.

NORTHEASTERN DISPENSARY.

Arrangements have been made by which the students of this.
will have the advantages of the large clinic of this Dispensary i
tion to those already available.

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMOF

This institution has recently taken possession of its new Db!
located at 112 North Calhoun street, in close proximity to both the
lege and the Hospital. The Maternite is under the supervision
Faculty, and the new edifice has been admirably fitted up to me
advanced requirements of a lying-in institution. The aim of its
porators has been to make it a model institution of its kind. «40 ff

Ample opportunity is here furnished to the students for bedsid® ‘
struction. The methods of diagnosis, the care of patients during
nancy and the puerperal state, and the manner of conducting labo ~
carefully taught. _ sa
. The Hospital is so arranged that absolute privacy may be obt#”
at moderate rates, which vary according to the location and 5!”
rooms.

10

ANATOMY.

— Carutners, M.D., Professor of Anatomy and Genito-Urinary
ALAS,

mology. M.D., Associate Professor of Osteology and Syndes-

RST AND Seconp Years.

extensive daeection in this fundanrental branch consists of lectures,
Of the mh Ssections, demonstration upon the wet and dry preparations
by useum and anatomical models, supplemented by recitations and
braces then ations in the atomic laboratory. The preliminary work em-
Tents an 4 ugh courses in Osteology, the study of the joints and liga-
Ridance /\natomic Histology. Dissection is performed under the
Med y of the demonstrators, and the student is exhaustively exam-
liberally = the completion of the part dissected. Dissecting material is
Which thaPPlied, and no limitation is placed upon the amount of work
Course of Jeeudent is permitted to do. The course includes a special

Examine’ upon the brain and spinal cord.

Texthions_are held at stated intervals.

: Gray, Morris, Holden, McNeer.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.
Frepericg Carutuers, M.D., Professor of Anatomy.
iAND Secon Years,

Anatom Issecting Laboratories are in charge of the demonstrators of
Dissecticy, he rooms are well lighted, well warmed and ventilated.
Recitatnn® performed under the direction of the demonstrator.

The tons and examinations upon the completed work are required.
hours fo boratories are open until ro P. M. in order to afford ample
Signed r extra and advanced work. Dissection tickets are counter-

The hy ie demonstrator as an evidence of satisfactory dissection.

Each aterial is furnished in abundance.

First noent is required to dissect three parts.

Secong. year students are required to devote 420 hours to the work.
this branch” Students are required to devote not less than 420 hours to

1D
°F textbooks see “Anatomy.”

HISTOLOGY.

a § Hutcuins, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Histology.
EAR.
i the course in Histology comprises the laboratory work, together
the ee] of didactic lectures illustrating the subject. The first part
OF Slides, “tse is devoted to the technique of the microscope, mounting
The oe of the microtome and other apparatus of the laboratory,
i ‘mainder of the session is devoted to the consideration of the

A Pete and fluids of the body.
lof w lent number of microscopes has been provided to allow one

Se of

‘sigtt) furnish ps student, for which no fee is exacted. A private

ed with a complete outfit of necessary apparatus, is as-

™ateriay’ cach member of the class, and he is held responsible for such

Sum ino tile in his possession. The collection in the Histologic Mu-
Mecludes a very large number of mounted sections, charts, plates

Il

and treatises upon the subject, offering altogether ample faciliti¢
elementary and advanced work and for original investigation. _

The course extends over the first year, and the class is awe
into sections, the better to receive individual supervision. bs
examination is held at the end of the year, and is final for !

course students.
CHEMISTRY.

Gustavus Cartes Doums, A.B., M.D., Professor of Chen
First anp Seconp YEars. Fe

The instruction in Chemistry extends throughout two sessions.
is divided into a Junior and a Senior course. Junior Chem!
taught in the first year, comprising the study of chemical piy
chemical philosophy and inorganic chemistry and laboratory exer
At the end of the session the student is examined for admission >
next class. Advanced Chemistry is taught in the second yeat, ©
prising the study of the compounds of carbon or organic chem
physiologic chemistry and chemic analysis. .

The. method of instruction consists of lectures, recitations ’
laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the student th ies)?
the session is utilized in estimating his fitness for advancement
graduation. .

At the end of each session the student is examined for ¢
in the work of that year. we

The study of toxicology embraces the symptoms and treatmem
poisoning, and also the methods of chemic analysis for detecti
various poisons.

Textbooks: Simon, Fownes, Atfield.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.

A, D. McConacurr, D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Therapeutics.
Wurm S. Love, M.D., Professor of Materia Medica.
Frrest Year.

Instruction in Materia Medica is given by lectures, recit :
demonstrations during the first year. The student is required to #4
iarize himself with the physical properties of the crude drugs an¢
preparation. The officinal drugs and their doses, as well as the ne
remedies, are thoroughly studied. Prescription writing is a part of
special work in this department. The course extends throughout
first year and is concluded by an examination.

Seconp anv Turep Years. .

The course in Therapeutics embraces Toxicology and Theraf
Proper, and includes didactic and laboratory teachings, extendin:
the second and third years. .

Special study is made of the physiologic action of d nah
their effect upon the lowe: animals, while the practical applicatiot
remedial agents to disease is thoroughly and systematically

es and recitations. ;

The recitations and examinations are held at intervals, and a #
examination at the end of the third year finishes work in this de

ment.
PHARMACY.

O. C. Sirn, Px.G., Associate Professor of Practical Pharmac ;
Seconp YEAR.

The teaching of Pharmacy is by laboratory instruction combif*
12

LECTURE HALL

With lectures, The

‘ ractical details of the subject are made thoroughly
Pounding s the stu ent by the required manipulation, weighing, com-
and "oadamwey dispensing, which are practiced in order to afford training
Student ema in the methods of the art, as well as to familiarize the
T, ith the uses of the special apparatus employed.
book ; Caspari’s Pharmacy.

L

PHYSIOLOGY.

‘ E. i. Hurcuins, A.B., M.D., Professor of Physiology.
© AND SEconD YEARS.

tus Be tread in Physiol consists of two lectures each week,
; y charts, plates and the-classical experiments of the science

“din instructive sequence. Experiments upon the lower animals

. the laws of the science are shown in the laboratory. These
Physiologic: are carefully selected in order to show the relation of
Physician ¢ Processes to clinical medicine and to be valuable aids to the

- Conf. in the diagnosis and treatment of disease.

Sferences, recitations and written examinations are held at in-

Studied,
bolism, Physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, meta-
tral a a eceeeicny Ps tissue, the ager g!? — ten-
T€ consi systems, the special senses, generation and development
The dered in detail. ~ ai: :
Students oe extends throughout the year, and is obligatory for
end of »— the first and second years. Examinations are held at the
T, €ach year,
Fitbooks :
ist year: Collins and Rockwell.
Collat nd year: Kirke, Stewart's Manual.
reading: Foster, Ott.

Steoxp EMBRYOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.
Year.

ally theory, development and application of serum therapy is

labo bis Subject will be taught by lectures and demonstrations. The

Working Vor will extend over the last half of the second year. The

direct °XPeriments will be carried out by the students under the
Pervision of the teachers. ;

PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.

Gto,
ely Scuout, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology.
Th AND Tump Years.

throughow ork in these depaftments consists of lectures and recitations
Anatomy t the second year, yet general and special Pathologic
are oj Real and Histology and Bacterio
ake microscopic study. :

Culture Si Cteriology: Each student is taught the methods of preparing
OF cul edia, the principles of sterilization and disinfection, methods
ating and staining the more important organisms, as well as
€xamination of air, soil and water. Infection and immunity

Medicine, hly considered in their relations to curative and preventive

ogy. Three afternoons a week

13

II,—Pathology: Lectures, conferences and recitations-are he
consider the various aspects of the subject. Laboratory work, in
the student cuts, mounts and studies microscopically the various
of the human tissues. Demonstrations in Gross Morbid Anat
be held once a week on specimens obtained from the Museum
mortems. Students of the second, third and fourth years will
and assist at autopsies. a

Books: Bacteriology—Muir & Ritchie, McFarland, Williams (

ual of Bacteriology).

Pathology—Ziegler, Delafield & Prudden, Stengel,
land, Durck (A Manual of General Pathological
ogy), Cattell (Post-Mortem Pathology), M

right (Pathological Technique).

HYGIENE.

Joseru Lutner Suepre, A.B., M.D., Lecturer on Hygiene —

Seconp YEAR. :.
Hygiene is taught by lectures, in its relation to the individual |
home and community at large. Lectures devoted to the principl®
sanitation as bearing upon the management of public institutions, *
erage, infection, quarantine regulations, the drainage and cleanline& :
cities and towns are comprised in the course. p
Textbooks: Wilson, Parkes, Harrington Serta Hygiene)» ‘
Collateral Reading: Abbott (Hygiene of Transmissible Diseas®”
Mason (Water Supply).

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AND GAi TRE
ENTEROLOGY.

C. Ursan: Situ, Pu.G., M.D., Professor of Theory and Practice
Medicine and Gastro-enterology. ,
Howarp W. Jones, M.D., Associate in Medicine. “-

Turrp AND Fourtn Years.

The teaching of Theory and Practice of Medicine is
and clinical lectures during the third year, and by clinical 1
demonstrations, conferences and recitations during the fo
Advanced students, in sections, visit patients in the wards of the
lin Square Hospital and are drilled in the taking of histories, the @
ination of blood, urine, sputum and gastric contents. Pi ,

The students are brought into personal contact with the t
the se xe en omen and at the bedside, made to take active P*
in the clinics and to make records and reports of their observal
They are required to differentiate diseases, and, under the dire
the staff, are allowed to treat suitable cases: In order to give each
ber of the class individual practical instruction the class is divide¢
small sections.

Special clinical courses are given in diseases of the stomac
which the student is instructed in the newer methods of di osis #0 ¢
treatment, embracing physical, chemic.and microscopic exam ination
test meals and stomach contents, ete.

Textbooks: Anders, Osler, Hare, French, Tyson. __ <a

Collateral Reading: Kintzing, Von Leube’s Diagnosis,
Strumpell,

14

‘bee SURGERY.

‘s
Sean: Branuam, M.D., Professor of Principles and Practice of
Gre and Abdominal Surgery.
he Moen © M.D., Associate in Surgery.
9 S ER, M.D., Associate in Surgery.
j

.» Love, M.D., Associate in Spey
Branuam, M.D., Demonstrator of Surgery.

; a AND Turp Years,

RecigntF ction is given in this important branch by systematic lectures,
ING in th 8, lecture demonstrations, clinical lectures, by sectional teach-
Study € wards and in the Out-Patient Department, augmented by the
d en Pathology in the laboratories. The didactic lectures
woke each week by the Professor of Surgery, supplemented by the
Stated in, the assistants, associates and demonstrators. Recitations at

Cline tals and intermediate examinations are held. | ‘
in the a Surgery is taught in the Amphitheater, Hospital, Dispensary,
Stra: utdoor Department and at the bedside. Operations and dem-
Raboratory” illustrating the didactic teachings and supplementing the
| Acquisitic, work, are given daily, and afford unusual facilities for the

a. of the necessary knowledge and technique of the subject.
Nose year students are given opportunities to examine and diag-
and to ke cy are required to assist in operations, to dress wounds
* the Bs € reports upon cases, which reports may, at the discretion of
‘i Sunes. be discussed in the conferences.

dng ins,

echnique—The methods of preparing dressings, steriliz-
ate taught and made familiar to the student by repeated dem-

1 truments and the necessary preparation of the patient for the
in Surgery Yearly and final examinations are held, Elective courses
| are open to graduates and those desiring advanced work.

OPERATIVE AND CLINICAL SURGERY.

RABY Gross, M.D., Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery. |
Surges” M.D., Associate Professor of Operative and Clinical

45 O’Donnett, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery,
INK, M.D., Associate in Surgery. S :
tiy One didactic lecture is given each week by the Professor of Oper-
trata in which the various surgical procedures are described

Major Tegular clinic is given weekly at the Hospital, in which various
op Unt Tations are performed. ay :
ot the January 1, one hour weekly is devoted to clinical instruction
Thi ‘incl ior Class, in the Hospital, by the professors and assistants.
- Side obserts. instruction in diagnosis and operative technique and bed-
t0 the f ation of post-operative cases, especial attention being given
treatment of cases operated upon at the clinic.
| Sdayer January 1 this hour will be elevated to practical work on the
Per at the College building, the senior students being required to
Texte the cadaver various operations and surgical manipulations,
books: Bryant, McGrath, Kocher, McNeer,

15

OBSTETRICS.

B. P. Muss, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics.
L. E. Beacu, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.

Turrp AND FourtH YEARS, ‘
Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, conferences and chin®
teaching. Students are required to take charge of at least five
labor, to receive clinical instruction in at least three cases, to
patients during convalescence, and to make a full written re]
at least one case. :
The instruction further includes embryology, the anatomy ©
pelvis, besides instruction in presentations and positions, abdomuma *
pation, pelvimetry and the management of labor.
Obstetrical operations, instrumental and manual, are _taué
means of demonstrations and practice upon the mannikin
cadaver, as well as upon the patient in the lying-in chamber.

Textbooks: Hirst, Edgar, Williams, Jewett, Peterson.

DISEASES OF WOMEN. 4

W. S. Smitn, M.D., Professor of Gynecology.

T. a Tatnott, M.D., Associate Professor of Gynecology:
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.

Apert T. CHAMBERS, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.

Turmp anv FoutH YEARS.

The didactic lectures are given in this branch each week throue
re year, in which a general review of the whole subject of sat

given. :

An operative clinic is held in the Amphitheater each week, §
mented by demonstrations and recitations.

The routine of office work, comprising the use and app:
the technical therapeutic resources of this important branch, $4.
douches, pessaries, repositors, tampons, dilators, vaginal and
uterine medication, etc., will be fully and carefully exemplified.

Special opportunities will be given to advanced students to
for themselves the various epepcltions necessary in the ¢
and treatment of Diseases of Women, individual work in ¢
~~ regarded as of the highest importance and greatest value.

ections of the class will be formed to take charge of gyne®™
cases in the Hospital, each member of these sections making
tions, taking histories and assisting in operations. Practical
will also be given in the Gynecological Department of the
and students will be afforded opportunities to witness opera’
Hospital on other than the regular clinic days.

A systematic course in pe cepsacs om! Pathology will be
and the class will be thoroughly familiarized with the technique
various methods of hardening, cutting, staining and mounting
mens for microscopic study and permanent preservation. 40

Intermediate examinations are held and a final examine”
given at the end of the fourth year.

Special graduate courses are open to those desiring adv

Textbooks: Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley.
16

catig!

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

‘AM Hernert Pearce, M.D., Professor of Diseases of Children
d Clinical Medicine.
Von Scuuxtz, M.Sc., M.D., Chief of Clinic.

‘D AND Fourtn Years,

Subject is taught by a series of lectures addressed to third-
cents, supplemented by a course of clinics in the fourth year.
res comprise special topics preparatory for the clinical instruc-
the succeeding year.

dents -are required to take an active part in the examination
ssion of the cases. A certain number of recitations on the
"The nected are held during the year.

: Out-Patient Department supplfes a large number of cases of
ous diseases. Each student is taught the technique of intuba-
aS an opportunity to see the operation performed.

D cial attention is paid to clinical therapeutics.
z €xaminations are held at the end of each year.
Col : Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.
teral Reading: Keating (Cyclopeedia of the Diseases of Chil-

cae

3 DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND MIND.

“HL Gonony, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System
os Mind.
. x Year.

ee stematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is given, con-

Vy cli One lecture each week throughout the College year. A

+ € 1s also given, at which cases of all the familiar and many

arer forms of these diseases are presented to the class, and at

Pe eortunity is given to the student to personally examine the

ay, oduent * aed upon both the didactic lectures and clinical

are also hel
Des tory examination is held at the end of the fourth year.
extbooks: Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peterson, Berkley.

“~ &

DISEASES OF THE EYE.

Waa Funcx, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Eye.

3 Year,

, ction consists in didactic lectures, demonstrations opera-
tic ations, Practice in the use of the opthalmoscope, and the ex-

7 be of patients for errors of refraction. Ample material is fur-

‘iggy ott@ Hospital and Dispensary clinics. Every possible oppor-
Of the ytte student to examine the cases, make personal obser-

Seases, of diagnosing the conditions and making records

OF inations are held at stated intervals by which the
ict the student is gauged.

Oks: Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May, De Schweinitz.
- >

DISEASES OF THE EAR, NOSE AND THROAT.

W. Waycanp Frames, Pu.G., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Bf
Nose and Throat. .
Henry M. Baxzey, M.D., Associate.

Fourtn YEar.

The teaching is given in didactic lectures and clinics. One
lecture is given each week and one clinic, .

The subject is presented from the point of view of the gem
practitioner. The instruction is practical, and includes the use ©
otoscope, laryngoscope and other instrumental aids to diagnosis *
treatment. - an

The class is divided into sections, in order that the teachings J
be better adapted to the needs of its members, and that each indivi®
may boi he i om supervision.

Textbooks: Bacon & Blake, Dench, Bishop.

DERMATOLOGY.

H. C. Hess, M.D., Clinical Professor of Dermatology.
A. T. von Scuuttz, M.Sc., M.D., Associate.

Fourtn Year.
A course of lectures, demonstrations and recitations is givé
ing the fourth year, and a weekly clinic is held throughout the ©
The Outdoor Department and the Hospital wards furnish an ®
dant and varied supply of material. : : 3 ae
The pathologic histology of the skin diseases is fully conside
well as the various parasites.
Textbooks: Stellwagen, Hyde & Montgomery, Jackson, Hard@®
Mracek, Crocker.

GENITO-URINARY DISEASES.

Frepertck Carutuers, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary >
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Chief of Clinic.

Fourtn YEAR, ; of
The course in this department is 7 clinical lectures and
demonstrations. One clinic is held weekly, and illustrative OP®
are frequently performed. , w
The student is brought in direct contact with the cases, m
cially instructed in the use of the diagnostic instruments emp!®
the exploration of the urethra and bladder, including the
and endoscope. He acquires dexterity in the use of various OM
struments, necessary for diagnosis and treatment, by assisting
clinics and personally performing the different manipulations.
Special and elective courses are open to physicians and p05!
uate students.
Textbooks: Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis, Cabot.

PROCTOLOGY.

G. Mizton Liytuicum, A.B., M.D., Professor of Diseases of th
and Rectum.

F. N. Tannar, M.D., Chief of Clinic.

Fourtn YEAR. =

This branch of medical science is taught to advanced stuem

clinical and didactic lectures, illustrated by operations in the
theater. P
I

; er bowel, a special chair has been established to teach its dis-

_ the RecoRnizing the needs of special instruction in the disorders of
~“*s and abnormalities.

cour *citations and conferences are held at intervals. Advanced
fr Tequired open to post-graduate students upon compliance with the
a 1p... Conditions.
€xtbooks: Tuttle, Gantt, Kelsey.
ie. - CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS.
a Lazenzy, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical, Diagnosis and
* Winical Pathology. 2

hire - Hacutet, M.D., Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Diagnosis.
Tip Year
braced | Of the most important additions to the student’s work ~ em-

‘Tatory sty the new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of all abo-
: dies. Here laboratory work and methods are employed en-

r from the clinical standpoint. Special courses are given upon

Microscop; Urine, sputa, dejecta and stomach contents, in their chemic,
Under th ic and bacteriologic relations. Each one of these courses is
“Rite ‘na digad e of a demonstrator who has given special attention
inten his course is designed to fit the student for the prac-
Special work of the fourth year.
F i. and elective courses are offered to graduate students.

Texthosne" is held at the end of the year’s work.

€ ks: Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis.

Pry PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.

; Kiraine, B.Sc, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Heart

Rw. H hysical Diagnosis.
} 1

bs

: AcuTEL, M.D., Associate in Diagnosis. 5 :
Fe 5 Surprr, A.B., M.D,, Demonstrator of Physical Diag-

See

Sitical dauvicct is presented in the form of didactic teaching and by
quired indpsttations, conferences and recitations. The students are

Port th = ividually to examine the patients, make diagnoses and re-
Nts Tesults. ‘Case-taking is taught in this department, and stu-

e et peauired to make written reports upon specially-assigned
« Regi ve reports are the subject of discussion in the conferences.
: ions and examinations are held monthly, and the fitness

; inal of the student is gauged by the results, :
examination is held at the close of the third session.

Pol Bin

“a SIS,

af Charnes MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
Linturcum, LL.B., M.D., Prof. of Medical Jurisprudence.

Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Disease, Musser, Cabot’s

h are general and practical.
: " State and to his patient are
Sof ¢ considered. The question of expert testimony and the
the mar, medical expert, the nature of the hypoeties! question
‘ia “ar 3 in which it should be answered, the conduct of the
2 eXamines direct and cross-examination are all clearly set forth.
o Textboo 2 is held at the conclusion of the course.

- : Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.

19

SGHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WO

FIRST YEAR.
Hours | Monday | Tuesday | Wednesday Friday
Materia Materia
9-10 pra Chemistry Matecie
10-11
Histology Aso ll Histology | ,Ch =, Histology
11-12
12-1 Physiology Physiology
1-2
2-3
Osteology
3-4
4-5
Anatomical
bg | Laboratory
Hours Monday ie.
7 Materia Pe
910 | M RE
10-11 Pathology sryology] “
5
}
i |.
11-12 | Hygiene iF
12-1 | Physiology y|
1-2 E
ie Bacteriology ology}
, and ee a
ga} Patholosy yo
(ta
4-5
Anatomical
ry

A PART OF THE LABORATORY OF CHEMISTR ¥.

SCHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WORK.

THIRD YEAR.

Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

Orthopedic
Children a a Obstetrics

Surgery | Medicine’ mer” gn Surgery | Medicine

*Dermatol-

ae *Physical | Operative | scnitdren | *Medicine

Diagnosis Surgery

*R *Genito- “Operative
Bs Urinary | Gynecology

wads
'Nérvous tae Surgery

Clinical | Clinical |» Eve Clinical
Laboratory | Laboratory *Ear, Nose | Laboratory
and Throat

Ear, Nose | Medical Jur-
and Throat | isprudence | @¥#¢cology | Nervous

“Attendance obligatory.

FOURTH YEAR.

Tuesday Wednesday | Thursday Friday Saturday

Orthopedic ‘,
Surgery Obstetrics

Children
C———
Surgery

a
*De
tology

—____.

Medicine Derma- Surgery | Medicine

tology

*Physical
Diagnosis

Operative
Surgery "Children “Medicine

*Rectal
Diseases

*Genito-
Urinary

“Nervous
eC
Cli -| Special
jeal Conter Conference
wi somnegheeeiinesiasnatbe
dvanced Clinical *Rar, Nose and
roscopy | Conference | and“phroat | csrecial

* Gynecology “Operative

Medical
Ly etal Juris- Gynecology

*Attendance obligatory.

21

PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY.

E. H. Hutcurns, A.B., M.D., Demonstrator of Applied
Experimental Surgery and Therapeutics. ,
Henry G. BRANHAM, M.D. Demonstrator of Experimental $

A department has been established and a laboratory eq! a
demonstrations of applied Physiology, experimental Surgery yom
plied and experimental Therapeutics. he teachings will sup ‘pelt
the didactic courses. Research in the field of theoretic Thet@Pe,
will be essayed. Demonstrations of experimental Surgery W”
made and results studied.

DENTAL SURGERY.

Advanced students receive practical instruction in Dental Ste”
by demonstrations in extracting and other minor dental operatio!®

EXAMINATIONS.

First YEAar. ; se
Osteology and Syndesmology, Histology, Materia Medica
ganic Chemistry.

SS eee Physiology, O Ch B logy, P

natomy, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Ph®
Embryology, Public Medicine and Hygiene. &

Turrp YEAR, ee
Pediatrics, Surgical Anatomy, Physical Diagnosis, Medicine
gery, Obstetrics, Gynecology, Pathology, Therapeutics.

Fourty YEAR. : :
Clinical Medicine (Smith & Kintzing), Clinical Surgery
ham), Clinical Obstetrics, Clinical’ Gynecology, Dermatol
erative and Clinical Surgery (Gross), Mental Deen ;
of the Eye, Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat, :
Surgery, Proctology, Genito-Urinary Surgery.

FEES AND REGULATIONS.

Stupents Must Margicurate Wuen Tury Commence A
AT THE LECTURES

Aut Fees Are Payapie 1n ApvANce AT TimME oF ENTRANCE,
Nor RerurNasLte Unper Any CIRCUMSTANCES.

Matriculation Fee.............. The PCTOTA Lege eee. ee

Fees for Full Course of Lectures................. eer

A deposit of $2 for each laboratory course pursued is req!
all students. This deposit is returned at the close of the s¢55
the amount charged against it for breakage.

Tickets for any of the departments may be taken out
The fee is $25 for each branch.

The laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not fo¥@z,
the regular courses. The special fees for such courses may be ™
tained by consulting the Dean. this Ci

Post-graduates who have not received their degree from UT is
lege, and who desire to pursue special courses, are required to T°,
and to pay the matriculation fee of $5, as well as the fee for ¢
cial department in which they wish to work, -

Physicians who are graduates of medical colleges in good
are permitted to pursue any course of study given in the inst

r & certificate of attendance, setting forth the facts, is issued upor

A:

© who are desirous of becoming familiar with the work of the
rtments will be afforded Opportunity for a course of study
S$’ duration at any time during the year, provided due in-
made previously concerning the same. The facilities for ac-
knowledge of laboratory technique, as well as operative skill,
€xcelled and worthy of consideration.
Private quizzes or classes are held by any member of the Fac-
1s College, nor by any member of the adjunct Faculty in the
Tn or branches upon which he conducts final examinations.
Order that our students may obtain all the advantage possible
i €xtended Hospital facilities of this School, the Faculty has
il appoint a number of internes from the graduating class.
be known as “Internes of the Franklin Square Hospital
End Maternite.” They will receive suitable certificates at
°f their term of service. They will be housed in the interne
Convenient to both Hospitals. The fee, which will include
: fat and light, will be one hundred ($100) dollars for the
| Year; fifty ($50) dollars for the half-year.

TION,
a GRADUATION

: Tect in d dates for examination must be of good moral character, cor-
SOurses Ortment, twenty-one years of age, have attended four full
hay, paid lectures, the last of which must have been in this College;

’ tion Batons ti id the College and passed a satisfactory examina-

. © Kaculty.

Tickets pickets must a taken out at the beginning of the session.

Of the <.c%. Completed courses will be issued by the Dean at the end

Must Session. Laboratory tickets and tickets for Practical Anatomy

$5 proointersigned by the proper demonstrators and directors.

tp

g

Zz
&

EAE

by

fa compiect! _Countersigned a ticket will not be accepted as evidence
ourse,
brangi@?Y candidate must have passed examinations in the various

dence of medicine taught in this school or show satisfactory evi-

and algy “ving Passed such examinations in other accredited schools,

Anatom Must produce evidence of satisfactory work in Practical

tendanee and of having pursued the various laboratory courses. At- ~
The fiom all clinical lectures is obligatory. ‘ :

Me Dea. al examination fee, which is $30, must be deposited with

Brame tore the candidate can be admitted to an examination.

by the A™inations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are conducted

ti tore professors. Candidates failing to graduate are not re-

h

. JOr

¥
«
‘

a ay again appear for examination in those branches in which
Ta “i attained the required percentage, except in the case of the
“and; tennches. The judgment of the Faculty upon the fitness of a
Mus a Is based soe knowledge of his general attendance and in-
Minato Teter and habits, as well as upon the result of his final ex-

ineg itididates rejected at the final examination will not be re-exam-
hi The dover having taken another .course of lectures,
‘ tise freee’ will not be conferred upon any candidate who absents
; the i

-

Pacutt the Public Commencement without the special permission

) . y- Cm
10 the Peointment of officers, assistants and additional teachers,
z ings being equal, our own graduates shall have the preference.
SS regulations will be strictly adhered to.

23

PRIZES.

The Faculty, corgi. that a reward to the candidate for 8t@”
tion standing highest in his studies at the end of the year stim
the entire class to greater effort, offers the following prize:
Highest General Average, a Gold Medal. ¥ 0
Prof. Wm. S. Smith offers a prize (case of instruments) ¢ :
student passing the best examination in his branch. Pe.
Prof. Harry Gross offers a prize (case of instruments)
student passing the best examination in his branch. det
Prof. B. P. Muse offers a prize (obstetrical forceps) to the SS”
passing the best examination in his branch. -
Candidates for the degree, to be eligible to the above prize
take all the studies of the last year and be examined in each.

GENERAL INFORMATION.

At the close of the session the following appointments are ™™
from the graduates of this school: seal.
Three Resident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospit@
A Resident Physician to the West End Maternite. _ Tos”
_ A number of Dispensary Physicians:to the Franklin Square
pital Dispensary. : Fs
eral appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are am
mere to which graduates from the Maryland Medical Co
igible. saifl-
The Dispensary is open throughout the year, and students O° ng
ing in the city are privileged to avail themselves of the many
ages which if offers. ?P
The personal expenses of the students are at least as low 10,
more as in any other large city. Students can board comfortayy
from $3 to $5 per week, fire and light included and those W™ :
eles to club together in lodging-rooms can live at lower tat
list of boarding-houses may be had at the Dean’s office or 10?
janitor. ee
Students are advised to pay fees by check for the exact 3%
Remittances for other expenses should be in postal or m srivat®
or notes by express, as the College will not endorse checks for P' 4
expenses. a
. . Students are requested to report to the Dean and to registet ?
diately upon their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate theif ®
ment to seats, arrangement in sections, ward classes, etc. _
Visiting physicians are always welcome, and are cordially ™
to inspect the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheater at
Pror. J. B. SCHWATKA, M.D., D
P 1003 North Broa’

YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.

A branch of the City Y, M. C. A. is maintained in this &°%
An Intercollegiate Secretary is employed to devote his time to #*
fare of the students of the city. .
The religious activity of the students is directed by the
ea = Peasy for Bible Study and devotional meetings 4f° ~
rly ia
The Association also welcomes new students at the ope™”
the term, and lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for 4

24

he Association Hand-Book, containing much information of
the students, is issued at the opening of the fall term.
: Association, with a fully-equipped central property, and

nd a Branch, which is situated within one square of the College,
_ 4 Very cordial welcome to the students.

ATHLETICS.

Steat number of studies and the limited term and course
.cOmpelled the student to neglect proper exercises, but the
; ante which is now allotted for the completion of his medical
Slows the student ample time to indulge in outdoor athletics
> gymnasium work in the closed season. College foot-
orc ball teams are formed each season, in all of which projects
ulty encourages the students to participate, believing a well-
he body will carry an evenly-balanced brain.

all Athletic Association has made arrangements to carry. the
team to the seashore in September for two weeks’ preliminary

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.

ea standing, the Faculty and the Adjunct Faculty
th to membership in the College Alumni Association. The ob-
wwe Association are as follows: To advance the influence o
d te cr. d Medical College, to further higher educational methods,
“cre intellectual, social and professional benefit to its mem-

Annual meeting will be held on or about Commencement Day,
occasion an address will be delivered by one of the members
by ¢ Executive Committee. ;

; or membership is fifty cents per annum, payable in ad-

TEXT BOOKS.

featomy—Gray, Morris, Holden.

“a %0gy—McFarland, Novy, Abbott.
‘try—Simon, Fownes, Atfield.
‘n—Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.

logy —Stellwagen, Crocker, Jackson, Hyde & Montgomery,
» Mracek.

Mary—Gould (latest edition), Dunglison, Dorlands.
‘Bacon & Blake, Dench, Burnett.
, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May.
“tinary Diseases—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis & Cabot.
*Sy—Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley.
Y—Schafer.
ilson, Parkes.
“dence—Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.
Medica and Therapeutics—Cushny’s Pharmacology, Butler.
ts System and Mind—Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peter-

‘ Throat—Grayson, Coakley, Knight, Ingals & Newcomb.
‘s—Hirst, Edgar, Jewett.
25

Operative Surgery—Bryant, McGrath, Kocher, McNeer.
Pathology—Green, Ziegler, Stengel.
Sr arpa

a gy Sein Bel a of Internal Disease, Ss

Physical
Diagnostic Methods, Tyson, M
Physiology (first vent} Delilb & Rockwell.

(second year)—Stewart’s Manual, Kirke, Fosten

Principles and Practice of Medicine—Anders, hes K

Su —P: International Textbook of Surgery,
7. ~_Patk, Dacosta and Naaaiean, -

Surgery of Rectum—Gantt, Kelsey.

Works on ial Subjects— ings’ i
pinta ins! Gin Begone” Co Vion

MATRICULATES, 1906-1907.

State. Preceptor.
Seeead sue usenet NN... Ves seseescg0D0v-G. A Matchel
RC EEE a PR ss Eos oo eee osse «Ten M. M. C.
Henry Willard........... SAGER 50:53 6 0s. wee Dr. F. B. Baker
AORTA te Ok. Gales v ise's 5 éisigeea ss AORs (Eke, Eee PORCUET
= John Robert......... St eee Dr. L. L. Armistead.
SSbuVNscws tener see MRGSB oes sata tre slings bors.c- 710s Mn
Beret: SACDEL iy. ces cceses Wo MBienaveen Dr. Thomas J. Casto.
ceeeerenk ©. Ph.G......... MAe x: «5.00 Prof. J. H. Branham.
SS ee haere viet sos M. M. C
Allen Covert.......... BES uwie tak Prof. Fred. Caruthers.
Ute Lee Canales snobs 3 sscloe sis ose lly Vip, Oe
Grover Cleveland........ Wea. Dr. A. A. Wingrove
John “Moody........:. ee ee Dr. C. L. Aldrich
eee Bie i Airccdeseoeweaitae es. M. M. C
Oe Bee |, re oe Sy oe Dr._N.. 1. Paer.
8) Stewart Cole........... | ee hare Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
“0, Thomas Meanss oS sas wt ee ne Sees Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
aah. Ee BEOSE : sided e WN s cid as v'tsge M. M. C
*, Omer Victor............ as on vutoasersas Dr. A. J. Colbourn.
fy Rowe Randolph........ teres, » Dr. L. A. Koontz.
"ss Muss Schmucker....... Wa Vac a e3o 53 roe eaey M. M. C
> James Calvin............ WA Was casts ss Dr. J. R. Hughart.
™ Joseph Edward......... 0 ae eS Dr. W. S .Love.
ofa Ee Mass.....:......Dr. E. H. Cornish.
sc Preis £ Come Pali 2o088 oie cos DR poe
» Alva Batton......... Dal 05.45.09 eae Dr. B. B. Peters
Roscoe Paul........... Bex inereta i. pana M. M. C
Morer..25..-572 oy Oe PRE ry acts Sue ack M. M. C.
aE ee Mo Qisgdnatecss.e Dr. F. W. Devitt.
* Maru Roane Soivisaies Wee Van tierset ese acets 304 M. M. C,

27

~

N

_ Name. State. Precepee
DuBose, David O’Quinn........ BS adie dks (cae Se ese M.
TOTS SN rev ine ape eeeeee Mal SR va ceeeee § Dr. Walter A:
Eames, David Wendall.......... Vays ecvdievtns Prof. J. B. Seh
Ephraim, Hyman.........5..... Lt a ee Dr CR
Etchison, Carlton Neal.......... DAG syste eval we Dr, E. ‘Gee
Ewing, Charles Henry.......... Deloss ssivissves Dr. E. B. Braces
Ewing, Samuel R............... Dai nsiinss ton Dr. E. B. Bradt
Fairchild, Solomon Lincoln...... Blinc s ov ANOS YS Dr. J. M. G ~
Fendler, David....... Sg pitino e ers MGritiscsazies Prof. J. B.
Fifield, Henry Eugene........... BROS 3 cra ian: Noes Dr. A. N.&
Fischer, Henry F............... Pa. sic cdccdsovancss Dr. W. F
Fitzgerald, Daniel D............ OR cr covet tad ok Ve M. 3
Font,’ ‘Agapito « C ves ccsscncsdven By Ri cocsasive fess Ons ee
Garcia, Esteban S.........000055 PP Raris is poner Dr. I.
Gemmill, William Porter........ PE Sn tieay Dr. John M. G
Goldberg, Tarty ies icvecisirses M@iwesvnes Dr. A. George ae
Grisinger, George Floyd......... WeVans zccsss Dr. A. A. Wing
Gum, Andrew Thompson....... Deh nrresiy vig obese Dr. F. Me
Haddock, Horace P...........4. Md...... oD, oe
Harrison, William S............ YS ee ee Dr. B. W- #
Hartzell, Grant Frederick...... 1 err See fi
Hearn, Funston Lucado......... Wii monatecds Dr. J. R. Ver -
Hill, H. Philip, Jr, A.B......... pe De Hone
Hine, Harry -Kingsley........... GOs cis asSesies tea Dr. J .
Hollander, Bernard Morris..... Pai iiavcentostet Dr. J. A.
Hosmer, Cuthbert Lynn......... Bit seronatences Prof. J. B
Hunt, James Edgar............. 1 RE nea Dr. J. Ae
Kibler, Clarence LeRoy......... Be Caceesacatlee Dr. F. D. ™
Koch, George W.......::..05085 BWiinycinesscertves Dr. L.
Kolb, Henry Burkhart.......... ba eet Prof. Harry.
Koppleman, Max S............. | YR er Dr. A. H.
Krum, Francis G...........+05 Re ee a Dr. A.

ROOM.

PRIVATE

PUBLIC WARD.

“IWLIdSOH BAVOOS NYTANVAA WAN

State. Preceptor.
“le, Harry Roland........... ae Dr. E. Miller Reid.
Hugh Vensin.......... CON sast0. fee's Dr. J. B. Boucher,
try. Albert Vandiver...... Ga sietac carpets Dr. E. MclI. Law.
Vernon Hastings.... Md.:......... Dr. Joseph I. France.
te Joseph Libby...... Ne EL. coun Dr. F. W. McLaughlin.
» Walter SOMIRNOLOUBE <5 Ys 3052 San 5 s8W Sees ae 9 M. M. C
‘Charles Burrell......... Maisie niieas es Prof. Harry Gross.
“Clarence Haldeman...... (ee eC Dr. H. P. Dickerson.
John Henry............. ES RE ee Dr. W. F. A. Gillan.
omery, James Lida....... Ta, ieee ae Dr. L. A. Koontz.
Edward Herman......... ge Ore eee ee Dr. Mance Gillette.
a Teach dares ner Dr. J. B. Goodwin.
LL a Germany.Drs. Ermentraut & Currie.
eee TEXRGs onde: «t Prof. J. B. Schwatka.
| A ner oe DAB Nah eeags 9 Hevans M. M. C.
®, Elmer Case...... et) Se ee Prof. L. H. Gundry.
Argo Hilliard............ MK Giicettietnts Dr. L. B. Young.
eeiltiam H............. 8 ae Seep ae Prof. H. C. Hess
William Francis...... ye eee Dr. J. M. Newton.
oa eS Se Se ati M. M. C.
+S RS oO M. M. C.
Y» F, J crits Wee ee Wee Vans 6 hretenegahas ese M. M. C.
Y:. Ss eee PESBE. ics Fast str eriewens M. M. C.
Franklin Eli............ en Sayre M. M. C.
a Gaaccie Prof. R. L. MeNeer.
de i Sere Ct ee. eet Dr. S. Howell Gardner.
~~ Sree NDS Kies Gee vin o'er ee M. M. C.
David Lewis........... Onn See Prof. M. Lazenby.
povests Bfanklin<<; MasSiavs<vdader nace snes M. M. C.
eee ee Wii. xcabesereesve Dr. E. A. Muse,
“ie Witham Thothas.....:. Conitiasss: Fe ee M. M. C,

- 29

Name. State.
Shaffer, Hurst McDowell....... SE ee
Sheppard, Alfred G............. N. J
Sheppe, Joseph Luther.......... ee . M.
Simpson, Furman T............. SG
Sipes, Chester Howard.......... W. Va
Smith, Charles Wray...........- Paes cheenee
Smith, James Edward........... PGs becky van SN ee
Snarr, Samuel Stewart.......... Mats viens aeok [opt
Sollars, Edward Eli............. Main sales ee
Spangler, J. Latimer..........: r< We Wibeisces'venis's ;
Stallings, Willis..............4. D4: 3 eedes. coe A:
Steele, Manning Roe..........-- DE sis heh ai st
Strang; FO Page. i. eases Mdy 7s Poti ateres
Talkin, “Mortis: M7. snme ta sites < MGsoi ictsas aes
Theme, Atihtir ines oi ees! Pa oe tr, eee
Torre, Lowis de fa......5..0.54% Cuba
Towler, Philip Brooke.......... Canada
Wass, Meee vas wae eawe es Woes: ig tst..0cs ae
Vermillion, Uriah Pe Sere ey W. Va
Wagner, Batty... 8.3: 2 ase 0s eee Ee
Widdowson, Ord K............. Maid. wade dade. sae eee
Wood, Harold (A... ....0-55..58000% ae re eee
Mente JOMM Bs as ocsov ris ve ee ee Texas
Zink, William Peter........... Se ks Ce Sees. Dr. N.

GRADUATES OF 1907.

UES a a ut, SHOUTED care Res Pennsylvania
aber, Pontes Cpe OE ee te Ce oe New York
ES ee ee eee eee West Virginia
IND So Face Gy, ws YG Recent tea Pennsylvania

Ss area? Soo Pennsylvania
i ee eRe ae New York
‘Charles BLGREG evs cies tach ck Fair es Fo Wa ove Bale OSS: Delaware
IMEEM: «eae ctzvagevcrawee hy tlarascteie Delaware
Henry RODEN hes ct iy a. ocosk eotck xk aleiouis bai ec Ls Maine

RIANY.....055: SE ee eee Maryland

Andrew SUSANNE 0 lis 6 9 nick aI C9 ack or nie Delaware

AIS ote eee a ere New York
ee ere eee eee ee Maryland
OM EAR OG. 50.07. ti avy ecb edo tins South Carolina
Bireieice Haldeman......c..civvcesscesessveeese Pennsylvania
MEET AS, 235 Nese nae .....Rhode Island
PRG: 5, aa texte ev aires Germany
EN cies Su wtuteSTas asadeo toe North Carolina
| Clifford Os tae i vido dns LoakinC aude wea an Te Texas
SS Pennsylvania
Franklin NE eT ie ltiente COO TS at's: < onl oe acme Maryland
Rs, Basha, Libs adits unis chide donate Re New Jersey
Joseph LS Si cy Seen Ses eee SOR Maryland ~-
BN Meagan eects, sactedears<acevonays Pennsylvania
EARL ERE erent, Maryland
, Arthur ACh pias Vagres Uaitlv's Whee Melee eye Sista Pennsylvania
IIE 00> 3 i nat oe Hui nedeae i EeaE os West Virginia
Son, IS eae EE RGR row oe Pennsylvania
NE ah cade oti. 8%. , caste staan gana teste Texas

31

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE DIRECTORATE

Joun B. Scuwartka, M.D., President, Josern H. BrannaM,
Harry Gross, M.D., Vice-Pres. G. Mitton LintHIcuM, |
Frep. Carutuers, M.D., Treas. C. Ursan Smita, D
J. C. Lrnruicum, LL.B., Counsellor, W. W. Frames, M.D. —
B. P. Muse, M.D. Wo. S. Smit, M.D. |

A. D. McConacurr, D.D.S., M. D., Secretary.

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL DIRECTORA
CALHOUN AND FAYETTE STREETS.

Jos, H. Brannam, M.D., President, Fren Carutners, M.D. —
Harry Gross, M.D., Vice-Prest. G. Mitton LintrHicuM,
W. W. Frames, M.D., Secy.-Treas. B. P. Muse, M.D.
J. B. Scnwarxa, M.D. C. Urnan Sara, M.D.
J. Wa. Funck, M.D. Wa. S. Smita, M.D. ~

J. Cuartes Lintuicum, Counsellor.

32

— ve ert te z
ys , eo — aad ‘ ‘ a b, "
¥ m -. i ths 7 2 jane uy it
> 4

* ‘cEnTiFicaTe OF EXAMINATION: BPS aos ed

as Wasatahdde ch itibaresqchews ce@ty On Calla Or

Be oa 5 Ss bs sys SSUES GOES bs kn cee tonctcoavure ashen hie

‘for “gy weet to the Medical Course of the Mabel

por hereby certify that the said applicant is entitled to
L work done by him to the amount in points set forth |

Shine list, on the basis of a half-session’s work or attendance
Me Mo~s vuys weds c catiebehessbuleic'ss Caen MUMS os-6.<m ‘caw ° }
ciel eats vl
Se iabis dasa a 255 ek Mew Le Ree e toate eee Peet Suen =
OE ee c stiwahas oY chars SES TRAE aS ae eL ERD she h20's : |
i ee Seer eee reeeeeeseescesseeee eee weee a
Demin Se: ee ks Sp dbls onthe tx Ponies Aa ‘ ,
i SE ee Mee CNOA ith PS Tee Z s
Ph MME 5 oh ve nZbsnsiun Se os co wave casio Us Paine “4 y
t MA OMA. 3... 5 50% de andyags tpiaveces tabus jut ick Tout ee
Wonometry pin ble co oF a OeEPE as Ue Vatialk Pate Senn Whar chee sae oe 2

ee kai 5 a ae Ue

d a
Physiology and Hygiene. ...2.....-5.%03. goe0 ealeletmaise Bae keen 1.
“litical ; 10) ee pee be 36 mv
Stee ee ee eee ene een e ree eneenecenstenseneeeeeeees, stteeess “ita,
hig: S. day tat <.as: we Sens he Our aaa PREPS (cs pm al

7 24,
wor...... Be ctat- Valen gee » Stand OF. <..xsnasinesspaane aie? ae
ledge” that the above information is correct ‘to the best de 2 >
© and belief. om
ae re Podge rat oaited veseedbeeeeans |

eeaees vier Wee i:

Witness, .....- ees eS We ee Se ee ¥

To be admitted without conditions be appli
pplicant must

Points ey list (A) and 12 points on list (Bo Two ried -

d Pt ee Physical Science includes € Chemistry and —

=
7

>
SLAAALS ALLAAVASANY NAO IWVD

t

>

— ————— —
“ANAIASON BAW AOS NYTANW aa AVL

see
pact aad

sumuans Bt

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

CATALOGUE FOR
1907-1908

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR
SESSION
1908-1909

114.20 W. BALTIMORE ST.

NEAR CARROLLTON AVENUE

3
{

PROGRESS.

Attention is called to the extensive improvements now
being made at both the College and the Franklin Square
Hospital, which will be completed before the 2 of
the Fall Term, 1908-1909.
A new Dissecting Room, embodying the most modern
- ideas of convenience and efficiency, is being constructed
= at the College, and a new Lecture Hall will be added.
The Clinical Amphitheatre is being completely remodeled
and the Histological Laboratory is to be extensively im-
be Proved.
F At the Hospital a modern Clinical Amphitheatre,
- ee the most improved lines, is in course of erection, and
ath two new Laboratories will be added. A Sun Parlor is also
_ eee built.
ah ; With these additions to the equipment the Faculty
; feels that the Maryland Medical College is in position to
. - fulfil all the exactions of Modern Medical Teaching, and,
ether, to emphasize that Individual Teaching, in contra-
~ distinction to mass-teaching, which has been the distine-
5 itive aim of the College.
»~ The improvements in the Hospital are in line with
© Progressive spirit that has ever actuated the Board of
ers of that institution. They not only add 9 the
mfort and well-being of the Patients, but greatly facili-
‘Ate Clinical Research and Clinical Teaching.

~ MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

Catalogue for 1907-1908.
Announcement of Session 1908-1909.

1114 to 1120
West Baltimore Street.

SS i

CALENDAR 1908-1909, _

1908.
_jane 1. Matriculation books open Monday.............-++°
Sept. 13. Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin, Tuesday...-
Oct. 1. Introductory Address, 8 P. M., Thursday
Oct. 2. Regular Lectures begin, Friday...............+++
Oct. 1. Entrance Examinations begin, Thursday.......--
Noy. 26. Thanksgiving Day (Holiday), Thursday........
Dec, 2. Examinations on Conditioned Branches begin...---+-* >
Dec. 19. Christmas Holidays begin, Saturday..........--+++ Dec

1909.

May 9. Alumni Association Meeting, Friday, 8 P.M.....-+- MM
_ About Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M.....- ase
June 1. Annual Banquet, 10... Mii. i csasnieweses +o

CoLLece Burpincs.
1114 To 1120 W. BALTIMORE STREET,
Bartrmore, Mp.

Lerrers, Trrecrams, Money Onoens Ann Expness PACKAGES: 10
DENTS SHOULD Be AppRESSED AS ABOVE.

For any information, address :
THE DEAN, Harry Gross, M.D., Maryland Medical Co
Baltimore, Md., U. S. A.

?

ACTS.
JANUARY SESSION, 1902.

CHAPTER 560.

and extend the powers of the Maryland Medical
College, of Baltimore City.

AD Act to enlarge

: Wurrras, The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, a pros-

ey and progressive Medical College, incorporated under the General

“is Of this State, desires to have its powers thereunder enlarged and
> therefore,

Stcrioy i:

That Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland,
the Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorporated
“t the General Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved and re-
a _ 4mong the Charter Records of the Superior Court of Baltimore
a Liber R. O. No. 37, folio 33, etc., of which College Bernard P.
Mi, 228" B. Schwatka, .J William Funck, Joseph H. Branham, G.
.." Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William S. Smith, C. Urban
=m, J. Charles Linthicum and Harry Gross are the directors, being
°FS of the incorporators thereof, they and their successors shall
Perpetual Succession as such, and they shall be and are hereby
“zed to annex” schools, confer degrees and to have and to hold
Purchase, gift or otherwise, suitable grounds and buildings thereon
“ducational, scientific and hospital purposes not exceeding three
, 2 thousand dollars, subject to the right of the General Assembly
z or amend this Act, and subject to all the laws of this state re- *
S to ©orporations applicable thereunto.
2. And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take effect
the date of its passage.
PProved April 11, 1902.
Joun Watrter SmitH,
Governor.

Nosre L. MitcHet,
Speaker of the House of Delegates.

ea ie Ase ee

FACULTY.
Wiuram Hersert Pearce, M.D., ;
Emeritus Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical Med
Berwarp Purcett Muse, M.D., j
Professor of Obstetrics.
J. B. Scuwatxa, M.D.,
Professor of Gross Pathology.
J. Wa. Funcx, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Eye.
Josepn H. Branuam, M.D.,
Professor of Principles and Practice of Surgery and
: Surgery.
Frep, Carutuers, M.D.,
Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
W. Waytanp Frames, M.D.,

W. S. Smirn, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of Women.

C. Ursan Situ, Pu.G., M.D.,
Professor of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Gastro
Harry Gross, M.D., Dean,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.
L. H. Gunory, M. D., Br
Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System and the
A. D. McConacur, D.D.S., M.D.,

Professor of Therapeutics, and Clinical Professor of Dis
Eye and Ear.

F Pearce Kintzinc, B.Sc., M.D., q:
Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Diseases of the
Grorce B. Scnort, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Pathology, Bacteriology and Clinical
Gustavus Cuartes Done, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Associate in Medicine. -

Wm. S. Love, M.D.,
Professor of Materia Medica.

4

THE COLLEGE BUILDING.

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMORE

Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Embryology and Biology.
: Henry M. Baxtey, Pu.G., M.D.,
Sor of Hygiene and Associate Professor Diseases of Ear, Nose
and Throat. e
E. Miter Rem, M.D.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
. Harry Utricu, M.D.,
rofessor of Physiology.
Auzert T. CHAmsers, M.D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
Ceci, C. Stevart, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of Children.
re fo H. Braysuaw, M.D.,
ofessor of Climatology.
‘ C. Hess, M.D.,
Clinical Professor of Dermatology.
oT Tuomas J. O’Donnett, M.D
'e Professor of Surgery and Chief of Clinic in the Chair of Op- ‘
erative Surgery. -
Epwarp Grempcer, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Surgery.
L. E. Beacu, M.D.
in Obstetrics and Instructor in Electro-Therapeutics and
Radiography.
Tuomas J. Tarnotr, M.D.,
bageoere Professor of ‘Gynecology. ;
HARLES T. BrANIN, M.D., '
~ Associate Pia, spe of Osteology and Syndesmology.
L. Mortimer, M. D., 4
Associate in Surgery. *
O. C. Sm ‘
Associate Professor rao Practical Pharmacy. ‘
H. D. Lewis, M.D p
Associate Professor of Operative Surgery. '
Watter A, Cox, M.D., aged’
Associate in Gynecology.
. Gipert Sevpy, M.D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
A. C, Sink, M.D.,
Associate in Operative Surgery.
F. N. Tanwar, M.D.,
paeaee in Obstetrics and Gynecology.
a F. W. Hacutet, M.D., *
le in Physical Diagnosis, Demonstrator of Clinical Diagnosis
and Pathology.
Evprinck Basxry, D.D.S., M.D.,
Lecturer on Dental Histology and 1 Pathology.
. T. von Scnuttz, M.Sc., M.D.,
Associate in Dermatology.
Henry G. Branuam, M.D.,
petonstrater of Experimental Surgery.
Giann, M.D.,
Lecturer on Riinon Surgery and Bandaging.

5

= ~

——

er

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL.

VisiTiInG STAFF.

Surgeons. Physicians.
"Prof. J. H. eae M.D., Prof. J. B. ScawatKA,
Prof. J. Wm..Funcx, M.D., Prof. C. Ursan Situ, 3
Prof. F. CARUTHERS, ™M. D., Prof. Wm. H. Pearce,
Prof. W. W. FRAMES, M. D., Prof. Pearce KintTZING, .
Prof. Wa. S. SuitH, M.D, Frof. L. H. Gunpry, MDs,

Prof. Harry Gross, M.D., Neu
Prof. A. D. McConacuir, M.D., Prof. Geo. B. Scnoit, M.D,
Prof. Atnert T. Cuamuers, M.D., Pathologist:

Prof. Maurice LazensyY.

.
RESWENT PHYSICIANS.

Ratpnu Durry, A.B., M.D., Medical Superintendent.
Henry K. Kors, M.D. , Resid ident Physician.

Apert V. McCurry, M. D., Associate Resident Physician.
Henry F. Fisuer, M. De Associate Resident Physician.

fran - lg Third Year Internes.

iss ANNA A, ‘Stetine, Superintendent of Nurses.
Rev, Georce Scuoit, D.D., Business Manager.

West Enp Marternite.
Prof. B. P. Muse, M.D., Visiting Obstetrician.

F. W. Tanner, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics,
L. E. Beacu, M.D., Demonstrator of Obstetrics,

Dispensary STAFF.

E. A. Dickey, M.D.,
Dispensary PRES
E. A. Dickey
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Dake of the Eye.
C. L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Surgery.
F. N. Tannar, M.D., p
Chief of Clinic to the Chairs of Proctology and Genito-Urinary ‘
> Watrer A. Cox, M. D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women.
Gustavus Cartes Done, A. B., M. D,, Pe:
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Practice and Clinical Medi
Frank W. Hacuter, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Physical Diagnosis. —
T. J. O’Donnett, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Operative Surgery.
6 =

cy
2

2 Maryland Medical College.

4

7 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

rn 7 ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1908-1909.

“open te Next Regular Session of the Maryland Medical College will
09, at qiutsday, October rst, 1908, and will conclude about June Ist,

*t which time the Public Commencement Exercises will be held

Of the large theatres of this city.

Pifliminary clinical course, beginning September 14, will be held

inical Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine will be
for which no charge is made.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

¢ The Maryland Medical College was chartered under the laws of
ine. 2 August, 1898, for the purpose of teaching the science of

Ne pr, ©, and degrees were conferred upon the first class to complete
Z Tyesctibed course in May,

1899.
The powert@tY,, 1902, by an act of the General Assembly of Maryland,
- Irwvers Of the institution were enlarged and extended.
WS of ¢¢ SOUrse of study required in this school for the degree of M.D.
“id The” years’ duration.

end Next academic year of the College begins October Ist, 1908,
id, About June Ist, 1909, at which time a public commencement is

0 all order that the time of study shall count as a full year, students
Mir na SS€s must present themselves before September 24 and register
Then®s with the Dean.
Jany, - 1S a recess at Christmas, beginning December 19 and ending
i rear gement of the subjects taught went into effect with the
§ Of the session of 1905-1906. Experience has shown that a log-
ment of the subjects in such a manner as to place the cor-
WhepuPs in the same periods greatly increases the amount of
- can be devoted to such subject, and likewise permits the
tis Concentrate his energies to much greater advantage than
. tttention is divided among numerous diverse subjects. An
not Of the schedule in another part of this catalogue shows the
ad {1 ,0f studies and the amount of time which students are
: ios devote to each branch.
Fi oom of 1000 hours’ work is required of each first-year
puts ig id 1000 hours is required of each second-year student; of 1100
fautired of each third-year student; of 1360 hours is required
Coupe ttth-year student.
ses will be offered adapted to the student who desires to be-
toneneral Practitioner, and also courses adapted to those who
Ome specialists or teachers of medicine.

7

A series of written and practical examinations on all the
subjects of medical instruction is distributed throughout the, See
ears’ course of study. Every candidate for the degree of wel
edicine must pass these examinations in a satisfactory ma ment:
as fulfill the admission requirements and all the other requy elimina)
the curriculum. In addition to the regular courses, @ all
course of clinical medicine is given each year, which is open t© made
dents and practitioners of medicine and for which no charge 1s

ENLARGEMENT.

The necessity for enlarging the equipment of the College
apparent in 1902, and at the close of that session arrangement
made for increasing the capacity of the laboratories and for
tion of new facilities. This work has been completed,
within reach of the student ample and complete facilities for th in
sive laboratory work now recognized as the primary essential *
acquisition of a modern medical education. :

Laboratory technique, clinical teaching and research work, f
with didactic teaching and stated recitations upon each subjece
the basis of the teaching methods employed in this College in
vidually and collectively the Faculty stands ready to advise st
regard to the studies which they should pursue and the best

of attaining the ends sought. ; x
The degree of Doctor of Medicine cum laudi is given to ired
who obtain an average of 95 per cent. or over, in all the requ

aminations.
LOCATION.

The geographical situation of Baltimore, combined with
passed climatic and natural advantages, have made the city the
olis of the South and one of the leading cities of America a
access both by the great trunk lines which radiate from het cen
the waterways, which bring numerous coastwise and 0o¢

steamers to her wharves. $ ded
The supremacy of Baltimore, as a medical center 15, ch shows
study 7

throughout America and acknowledged abroad—a fact whi
mea be underestimated by the student contemplating the
medicine jiow~
To live in such an atmosphere, surrounded by thousands of fe he
workers whose ends and aims are identical with his own, stim
student to perseverance in his endeavors and to put forth
effort to reap the advantages of his opportunities. On the ©
the college which occupies an isolated situtation, stultified by #
sense of security, is prone to be unprogressive, whereas t
placed in close contact with similar institutions, exposed conta
the strong light of comparison, must progress or retire from th :
The clinical advantages of Baltimore are obvious. It is 0 oe
abundantly supplied with hospitals and dispensaries which 4
only resident patients, but those from a great distance. The ¥
car lines and shipping lines supply innumerable cases of accidents, 5.
intercourse with the tropics and distant countries bring to © 10.
cases of rare and unusual diseases that seldom find their WaY ~~
accessible medical clinics. tm
Living in Baltimore is proxerbially. good and obtained @
reasonable rates, in hospitable homes, within easy reach of the
where the moral, as well as the physical well-being of the §
cared for amid refined surroundings.

i

Bante Histologic, Pathologic, Bacteriologic, Chemic and Anatomic

ing oe .are fully equipped for practical work. Abundant dissect-

in th etial is supplied. The laboratories and lecture halls are situated
© College building on West Baltimore street.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

Bes Feauirements for admission to the Medical course are as fol-

OF mor + Moral. A certificate of good moral character, signed by one

at Teas Teputable physicians. II. Age. Evidence that the applicant is

tives, ost aeg years of age. III, Educational. One of five alterna-
Ows:

1
8 ‘A Bachelor’s degree from an approved college or university.
diploma from a recognized high school, normal school or
“my requiring for admission evidence of the completion of
an eight years course in primary and intermediate grades, and for
(3) Taduation not less than four years of study,

Star tiicate. from the regularly constituted authorities of any
M te authorized to pass on the qualifications of students to study
(4) edicine.

i €xamination to be conducted by a duly chosen examiner, not
sage with the College, extending over 30 points, of which at
t 18 must be from list (A). A point represents a half-
oan work on any one subject. For this examination a fee
(5) A $5.00 is exacted,

th Certificate from a reputable instructor recognized as such b

the State, county or city superintendent of schools, from which

M. applicant comes, or a certificate issued by any State board of

fraical examiners, will be accepted in lieu of the whole or a part
ones, examination. Such certificate shall set forth by subject

Sal oe the ground which has been covered by the student, and

i be duly signed with the name and title of the person issuing
(ay and witnessed.

thematics, 4 points; English, 6 points; History, 2 points; Lan-
&e, 4 points (of which Latin must be 2, and may be 4
(B) Bish
Tra,

lish, 2 points’; History, 6 points; Language, 6 1 points ; Manual

Geography, 1 point; Physi 1 point; Hygl pou:
r aphy, oint ; siology, point; ene, point ;
Political Senay, point. Total, 29 points,

ig 4 student may be allowed to enter conditioned on not more than
amolnts. These conditions must be removed by satisfactory ex-
Course? before he is allowed to enter on the second year of the

; win $t@duates or students of homeopathic or eclectic medical schools
Attend, eg ented an allowance equal to the number of years they have
tran Such colleges, provided they can meet the requirements of the

ete feaminations and pass examinations in Materia Medica and
S.
Structign She is reserved to make such alteration in the course of in-
Stud a8 experience or Nie aro may prove to be necessary.

Werediseg WhO have attended one or more courses of lectures in any
With ae medical college or colleges, are placed upon an equal footing

>t Own students, and the same privileges as regards examinations

, “ied described) for advanced standing, are extended to them.

li ot will not be required on subjects for which proper creden-

ani nation ited by the student, showing that he has passed such

9

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION.

he
The Franklin Square Hospital is conducted by the Faculty of
Maryland Medical College. 7 a
he opening of this institution marked another epoch in the 3°
and development of the Maryland Medical College. 7
It possesses the most modern facilities for the care of patients
attaches. The heating, lighting, plumbing and sanitary arrange
are of the most advanced order. The situation, at the corner of F
and Calhoun streets, is ideal, facing a large public square. 1t > it
the inmates a pleasant outlook and insures an abundance of fresh 3
all times. The Hospital oe a number of well-furnished, att’
private rooms and pleasant, Well-lighted, well-ventilated publig wat
It is provided with a well-equipped Operating-Room, an x.
theatre, Clinical, Pathological and X-Ray Laboratories. The *”
Apparatus is of the latest pattern, embodying the newest advancen” of
along this line, and is superior to any other apparatus in the city
Baltimore. orse
The Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in large DUBY oF
and furnishes an abundance of clinical material for the instru
students. In the Outdoor Department of the Dispensary advanced
dents are permitted to visit patients, make diagnosis of their, di a
and treat them under the supervision of the Dispensary Physicia®™ o¢
‘ The Hospital is the only one located in ie western section
the city. eo
Baltimore is the medical center for a vast section of the an
and the enviable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted
numbers of persons in need of high-class medical service. The cell
Square Hospital is eminently fitted to fill all the offices of a7
er Hospital. .
n formulating plans for the development of the new inst™) |.
care has been exercised to combine the newest ideas that experience
shown to be advantageous, without resorting to those extremes bad
may be beneficial from the standpoint of theory, but which are W™
practical confirmation. «
_ Simplicity, utility and thoroughness have been the factors kept
view, and it is believed that the new Hospital will serve as a mod
no inconsiderable period of time.

NORTHEASTERN DISPENSARY.

; Petey. “bert have been made by which the students of this s
will have the advantages of the large clinic of this Dispensary 7
tion to those already available.

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMORE:

This institution has recently taken possession of its new bUME
located at 112 North Calhoun street, in close proximity to both the
lege and the Hospital. The Maternite is under the supervision %
Faculty, and the new edifice has been admirably fitted up to mee
advanced requirements of a lying-in institution. The aim of its #*”
porators has been to make it a model institution of its kind. oxi

Ample opportunity is here furnished to the students for bedside. ;
struction. The methods of diagnosis, the care of patients during P' ire
nancy and the puerperal state, and the manner of conducting la
carefully taught. .

The Hospital is so arranged that absolute privacy may be obt®”
at moderate rates, which vary according to the location and si#©
rooms.

10

ANATOMY.

7. CHAmnrrs, M.D., Professor of Anatomy.
As Pp >ELBY, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy.
mol on. M.D., Associate Professor of Osteclogy and Syndes-

SAND Seconp Years.

: 7° Instruction in this fundamental branch consists of lectures,
'Ssections, demonstration upon the wet and dry preparations
demon scu™ and anatomical models, supplemented by_ recitations and
thonnations in the atomic laboratory. The preliminary work em-
: Tough courses in Osteology, the study of the joints and liga-
Anatomic Histology. Dissection is performed under the
the demonstrators, and the student is exhaustively exam-
all, © completion of the part dissected, Dissecting material is
ch th PPlied, and no limitation is placed upon the amount of work
Our the Student is permitted to do. The course includes a special
WE se -€ctures upon the brain and spinal cord.
Tec ations are held at stated intervals,

: Gray, Morris, Holden, McNeer,

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.

Atnert T. Cuampers, M.D., Professor of Anatomy.
J. Grzerr Setsy, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy.

- Thee Srconp Years,

Ssecting Laboratories are in charge of the demonstrators of
- The rooms are well lighted, well warmed and ventilated.
Reoes.are performed under the direction of the demonstrator.
Citations and examinations upon the completed work are required.
t Laboratories are open until ro P. M. in order to afford ample
sor extra and advanced work. Dissection tickets are counter-
Tey ¢ demonstrator as an evidence of satisfactory dissection.
Material is furnished in abundance.
i First Student is required to dissect three parts.
nd-yo *! Students are required to devote 420 hours to the work.
branch Students are required to devote not less than 420 hours to

For textbooks see “Anatomy.”

HISTOLOGY.
In yn Lazensy, A.B., M. D., Professor of Histology.

C+

** course in Histology comprises the laboratory work, together
e Sties of didactic lectures il ustrating the subject. The first part
Course is devoted to the technique of the microscope, mounting
Use of the microtome and other apparatus of the laboratory.
*¢mainder of the session is devoted to the consideration of the
tissues and fluids of the body. ;
4 tent number of microscopes has been provided to allow one
8 of each student, for which no fee is exacted. A private
Tnished with a complete outfit of necessary apparatus, is as-
ach member of the class, and he is held responsible for such
qunile in his possession. The collection in the Histologic Mu-
“*ludes a very large number of mounted sections, charts, plates

It

and treatises upon the subject, offering altogether ample facilities 4
elementary and advanced work and for original investigation.
The course extends over the first year, and the class is df
into sections, the better to receive individual supervision. ;
examination is held at the end of the year, and is final for

course students.
: CHEMISTRY. F

Gustavus Cuartes Doume, A.B., M.D., Professor of Chem
First anp Seconp Years. a

The instruction in Chemistry extends throughout two sessior
is divided into a Junior and a Senior course. Junior Chemist?)
taught in the first year, comprising the study of chemical
chemical philosophy and inorganic chemistry and laboratory ©
At the end of the session the student is examined for admission
next class. Advanced Chemistry is taught in the second yea,
prising the study of the compounds of carbon or organic ch
physiologic chemistry and chemic analysis. a

The method of instruction consists of lectures, recitatto
laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the student thre
the session is utilized in estimating his fitness for adyancem™
graduation. : 3

At the end of each session the student is examined for grad
in the work of that year. ¢
The study of toxicology embracés the symptoms and trea

poisoning, and also the methods of chemic analysis for detect!
various poisons,

Textbooks: Simon, Fownes, Atfield.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.

A. D. McConacuig, D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Therapeutics.
Wittam S. Love, M.D., Professor of Materia Medica.

First anp SEconp YEARS.

Instruction in Materia Medica is given by lectures, recitatio
demonstrations during the first and second years. The student
quired to familiarize himself with the physical properties of |
drugs and their preparation. The officinal drugs and their ¢
well as the newer remedies, are thoroughly studied. Preserip
ing is a part of the special work in this department. The cov
tends throughout the second year and is concluded by an exatt

Tuirp AND Fourtn Years.

The course in Therapeutics embraces Toxicology and Thet
proper, and includes didactic and laboratory teachings, extend!
the third and fourth years. :

Special study is made of the physiologic action of d
their effect upon the lowe: animals, while the practical a!
remedial agents to disease is thoroughly and systematically t
lectures and recitations.

The recitations and examinations are held at intervals, and
examination at the end of the fourth year finishes work in this
ment. y

: PHARMACY.

O. C. Smitn, Pu.G., Associate Professor of Practical Phat
Seconp YEAR.

The teaching of Pharmacy is by laboratory instruction ome
12

ures. The practical details of the subject are made thoroughly

ar to the student by the required manipulation, weighing, com-

and j ing and dispensing, which are practiced in order to afford training

Student action in the methods of the art, as well as to familiarize the
T with the uses of the special apparatus employed,

4€xtbook: Caspari’s Pharmacy.

a PHYSIOLOGY.
reg J. H. Uxrricu, M.D., Professor of Physiology.
ie AND Second YEARS.

illustrated The teaching in Physiol consists of two lectures each week,
: ted by charts, plates and the classical experiments of the science
wy: tt instructive sequence. Experiments upon the lower animals
the laws of the science are shown in the laboratory. _These
vents are carefully selected in order to show the relation of
Bic processes to clinical medicine and to be valuable aids to the
¢ diagnosis and treatment of disease. >
€rences, recitations and written examinations are held at in-

5

“i = theory, development and application of serum therapy is
yy Studied.
“Teta Physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, meta-
,2_ Secretion and excretion, muscle tissue, the peripheral and cen-
© oo, VOUS systems, the special senses, generation and development
pe sidered in detail.
= course extends pra, tee the year, and is obligatory for
*S of the first and second years. Examinations are held at the

4 First year: Collins and Rockwell.
contend year: Kirke, Stewart’s Manual.
teral reading: Foster, Ott

x) EMBRYOLOGY AND BIOLOGY. .

E Lazensy, A.B., M.D., Professor of Embryology and Biology.
D YEAR.

S$ subject will be taught by lectures and demonstrations. The
wand work will extend over the last half of the second year. The

€xperiments will be carried out by the students under the
* SUpervision of the teachers.

PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.
B. Scuoxr, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology.

» AND Tuirp YEARS.
4¢ work in these departments consists of lectures and recitations
“out the second year, embracing general and special Pathologic
oY and Histol and Bacteriology. Three afternoons a week
"nN to microscopic study. ,
~, pacteriology: Each student is taught the methods of preparing
;; Nedia, the principles of sterilization and disinfection, methods
“ating and staining the more important organisms, as well as
€xamination of air, soil and water. Infection and immunity
Re oahly considered in their relations to curative and preventive

13

aay.
II.—Pathology: Lectures, conferences and recitations are. ;
consider the various aspects of the subject. Laboratory work, 1 *
the student cuts, mounts and studies microscopically the various 1
of the human tissues. Demonstrations in Gross Morbid Anatomy
be held once a week on specimens obtained from the Museum and A
mortems. Students of the second, third and fourth years will 4
and assist at autopsies. F Man
Books: Bacteriology—Muir & Ritchie, McFarland, Williams (Ma?
ual of Bacteriology). Mek fed
Pathology—Ziegler, Delafield & Prudden, Stengel, M@™

land, Durck (A Manual of General Pathological Biss

ogy), Cattell (Post-Mortem Pathology), Mallory ©

right (Pathological Technique).

HYGIENE.

Henry M. Baxtey, Ph.G., M.D., Professor of Hygiene
Seconp YEAR.

Hygiene is taught by lectures, in its relation to the individual,
home and community at large. Lectures devoted to the prin
sanitation as bearing upon the management of public institutions,
erage, infection, quarantine regulations, the drainage and cle
cities and towns are comprised in the course.

Textbooks: Wilson, Parkes, Harrington (Practical Hygiene). ote
Collateral Reading: Abbott (Hygiene of Transmissible Dise@°™~
Mason (Water Supply).

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AND GASTR™
ENTEROLOGY.

C. Urnan Smiru, Pu.G., M.D., Professor of Theory and Practice © L
Medicine and Gastro-enterology.
Howarp W. Jones, M.D., Associate in Medicine.

Tuirp AND Fourtu Years.

The teaching of Theory and Practice of Medicine is :
and clinical lectures during the third year, and by clinica be
demonstrations, conferences and recitations during the fourtt
Advanced students, in sections, visit patients in the wards of the
lin Square Hospital and are drilled in the taking of histories, the @
ination of blood, urine, sputum and gastric contents. pe?

The students are brought into personal contact with the patte™”
the aig ioe Dispensary and at the bedside, made to take active ¢
in the clinics and to make records and reports of their observ?’
They are required to differentiate diseases, and, under the direct
the staff, are allowed to treat suitable cases. In order to give cac) | inte
ber of the class individual practical instruction the class is divid€@ ©
small sections. h

Special clinical courses are given in diseases of the st
which the student is instructed in the newer methods of reas “i
treatment, embracing physical, chemic and microscopic examina
test meals and stomach contents, etc. -

Textbooks: Anders, Osler, Hare, French, Tyson.

Collateral Reading: Kintzing, Von Leube’s Diagnosis,
Strumpell.

14

SURGERY.

2

5 Joseen H. Brannam, M.D., Professor of Principles and Practice of
4 Surgery and Abdominal Surgery.

+ Cc fARD Grempter, M.D., Associate in Surgery.

Bry, Mortimer, M.D., Associate in Surgery.
rWRY G. Branuam, M.D., Demonstrator of Surgery.

Stcoxp AND Tuirp YEARS.

‘recitatstFuction is given in this important branch by systematic lectures,
“ing 3 ns, lecture demonstrations, clinical lectures, by sectional teach-
Stud the wards and in the Out-Patient Department, augmented by the
'Y Of Surgical Pathology in the laboratories. The didactic lectures
wore each week by the Professor of Surgery, supplemented by the
“atte! the assistants, associates and demonstrators. Recitations at
“€ Clingny’2s and intermediate examinations are held. | ;
in the « ical Surgery is taught in the Amphitheater, Hospital, Dispensary,
Onstrgynttdoor Department and at the bedside. Operations and dem-
: labora Ons, illustrating the didactic teachings and supplementing the
- Requisite, work, are given daily, and afford unusual facilities for the
+S Thin of the necessary knowledge and technique of the subject.
Nose cane Year students are given opportunities to examine and diag-
8nd to €s. They are required to assist in operations, to dress wounds
the Prof € Teports upon cases, which reports may, at the discretion of
~ Surg: 0's, be discussed in the conferences. _ ‘ .
ing ing Sical Technique—The methods of preparing dressings, steriliz-
eration ments and the necessary preparation of the patient for the
On are taught and made familiar to the student 3, 2 repeated dem-
in Ss ns. Yearly and final examinations are held. Elective courses
“gery are open to graduates and those desiring advanced work.

OPERATIVE AND CLINICAL SURGERY.

¥ Gross, M.D., Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.
ky, a J. O'Donnett, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
AL Cs Wis, M.D., Associate Professor of Operative Surgery.
* ©MINK, M.D., Associate in Surgery.
iti pe didactic lecture is given each week by the Professor of Oper-

ur; e . . . .
8nd ity md ak in which the various surgical procedures are described

a

One egular clinic is pen weekly at the Hospital, in which various

. ; ormed.

Of the § january 1, one hour weekly is devoted to clinical instruction

This in enior (Class, in the Hospital, by the professors and assistants.
7 udes Instruction in diagnosis and operative technique and bed-

0 afte of post-operative cases, especial attention being given

After t-treatment of cases operated upon at the clinic.

Adaver January 1 this hour will be elevated to practical work on the
at the College building, the senior students being required to

On the cadaver various operations and surgical manipulations.
ks; Bryant, McGrath, Kocher, McNeer.

15

OBSTETRICS.

B. P. Muss, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics.
L. E. Beacu, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
F, N. Tannar, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.

Turrp AND FourtH YEArs.

Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, conferences and chin
teaching. Students are required to take charge of at least five C45°_
labor, to receive clinical instruction in at least three cases, to CP
patients during convalescence, and to make a full written rep
at least one case. the

The instruction further includes embryology, the anatomy ©) jy
pelvis, besides instruction in presentations and positions, abdominal .
pation, pelvimetry and the management of labor. f

Obstetrical operations, instrumental and manual, are taus®
means of demonstrations and practice upon the mannikin
cadaver, as well as upon the patient in the lying-in chamber.

Textbooks: Hirst, Edgar, Williams, Jewett, Peterson.

DISEASES OF WOMEN.

W. S. Smitu, M.D., Professor of Gynecology.

T. J. Tatsorr, M.D., Associate Professor of Gynecology-
F, N. Tanwar, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.

Wa ter A. Cox, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.

Tuirp AND FourtH YEARS.

The didactic lectures are given in this branch each week thro “ole
the year, in which a general review of the whole subject of Gynee
is given.

An operative clinic is held in the Amphitheater each week,
mented by demonstrations and recitations. F

The routine of office work, comprising the use and applica
the technical therapeutic resources of this important branch, 7
douches, pessaries, repositors, tampons, dilators, vaginal a™
uterine medication, etc., will be fully and carefully exemplified. eacl

Special opportunities will be given to advanced students t0.P Tio
for themselves the various manipulations necessary in the GM jj
and treatment of Diseases of Women, individual work in ™
being regarded as of the highest importance and greatest value.

ections of the class will be formed to take charge of gy”
cases in the Hospital, each member of these sections makin
tions, taking histories and assisting in operations. Practical ims
will also be given in the Gynecological Department of the DISE
and students will be afforded opportunities to witness operations ©
Hospital on other than the regular clinic da ‘ jue

A systematic course in Gynecological Pathology will be COP:
and the class will be thoroughly familiarized with the techniqt ;

various methods of hardening, cutting, staining and moun

mens for microscopic study and permanent preservation.
Intermediate examinations are held and a final exé

given at the end of the fourth year. p
Special graduate courses are open to those desiring advam™
Textbooks: Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley.

16

_ DISEASES OF CHILDREN.
C. Srevarr, M.D., Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical

e.
Scuutrz, M.Sc., M.D., Chief of Clinic.

AD AND Fourtn YEARS.

1€ subject is taught by a series of lectures addressed to third-
},.cents, supplemented by a course of clinics in the fourth year.
‘ures comprise special topics preparatory for the clinical instruc-
st Succeeding year.
ents are required to take an active part in the examination
fussion of the cases. A certain number of recitations on the
Selected are held during the year.
¢ Out-Patient Department supplies a large number of cases of
Hus diseases. Each student is taught the technique of intuba-
has an opportunity to see the operation performed.
‘cial attention is paid to clinical therapeutics.
€xaminations are held at the end of each year.
ox : Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.
trenc lla teral Reading: Keating (Cyclopcedia of the Diseases of Chil-

~ DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND MIND.

Npry, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System

| Mind.
H YEAR,

ings Systematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is given, con-
eekly of One lecture each week throughout the College year. <A
fap Clinic is also given, at which cases of all the familiar and many
‘Tarer forms of these diseases are presented to the class, and at
“PPortunity is given to the student to personally examine the
: on * paras upon both the didactic lectures and clinical
Iso held.

re obligatory examination is held at the end of the fourth year.
““xtbooks; Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peterson, Berkley.

. DISEASES OF THE EYE.

A. Wairan Funcx, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Eye.

et Year.

\ Instruction consists in didactic lectures, demonstrations, opera-
tacitations, practice in the use of the opthalmoscope, and the ex-

by of patients for errors of refraction. Ample material is fur-

ees Hospital and Dispensary clinics. Every possible oppor-

; 2 age the student to examine the cases, make personal obser-
the diseases, of diagnosing the conditions and making records

Sases. Examinations are held at stated intervals by which the

“TOF the student is gauged.

ay : Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May, De Schweinitz.

17

DISEASES OF THE EAR, NOSE AND THROAT. a

W. Waytanp Frames, Pu.G., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the ©
Nose and Throat.

Henry M. Baxtey, M.D., Associate Professor.

Fourtn YEar. _&
The teaching is given in didactic lectures and clinics. One

lecture is given each week and one clinic. “i
The subject is presented from the point of view of the ee th
practitioner. The instruction is practical, and includes the psp ,
otoscope, laryngoscope and other instrumental aids to diagnos! ’
treatment. ines Wee
The class is divided into sections, in order that the teachin
be better adapted to the needs of its members, and that each im
may receive personal supervision.

Textbooks; Bacon & Blake, Dench, Bishop,

DERMATOLOGY.

H, C. Hess, M.D., Clinical Professor of Dermatology.
A. T. von Scuuttz, M.Sc., M.D., Associate.

Fourtu YEAr.

A course of lectures, demonstrations and recitations is give!
ing the fourth year, and a weekly clinic is held throughout the

The Outdoor Department and the Hospital wards furnish a0
dant and varied supply of material, idered,

The pathologic histology of the skin diseases is fully considere®
well as the various parasites. ,

Textbooks: Stellwagen, Hyde & Montgomery, Jackson,
Mracek, Crocker. ms

GENITO-URINARY DISEASES.

Freperick Carutuers, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary SU%®
F, N. Tannar, M.D., Chief of Clinic.

Fourtn Year.

The course in this department is by clinical lectures and ¢
demonstrations. One clinic is held week, and illustrative OP©™
are frequently performed.

The student is brought in direct contact with the cases,
cially instructed in the use of the diagnostic instruments em!
the exploration of the urethra and bladder, including the if
and endoscope. He acquires dexterity in the use of various “in
struments, necessary for diagnosis and treatment, by assisting a
clinics and personally performing the different manipulations. '

Special and elective courses are open to physicians and p0S
uate students.

Textbooks: Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis, Cabot.

18

> CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS.

~~ Raves Durry, M. D., Associate Professor of Clinical Diagnosis.
— Year.
.

three’ of the most important additions to the student’s work is em-
; by the new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of all labo-
es. Here laboratory work and methods are employed en-
the from the clinical standpoint. Special courses are given upon
Mier, o. Urine, sputa, dejecta and stomach contents, in their chemic,
tinder sePI¢ and bacteriologic relations. Each one of these courses is
to th, the a of a demonstrator who has given special attention
tical branch. This course is designed to fit the student for the prac-
‘ work of the fourth year.
4

) poecial and elective courses are offered to graduate students.
“8 €xamination is held at the end of the year’s work.
ks: Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis.

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.

eh
¢ Pegs

2 Kintzinc, B.Sc., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Heart
BR - Physical Diagnosis.
_ 3 Hacuren, M.D., Associate in Diagnosis.

ERD Yeap.
4,
‘ ate subject is presented in the form of didactic cenge se. and by
F ‘monstrations, conferences and recitations. The students are
; thea tividually to examine the patients, make diagnoses and re-
; ..f results. Case-taking is taught in this department, and stu-
’ hi required to make written reports upon specially-assigned
hy ch Teports are the subject of discussion in the conferences.
ANd Drogrese and examinations are held monthly, and the fitness
at €ss of the student is gauged by the results.
aT, examination is held at the close of the third session.
Physicay ook : Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Disease, Musser, Cabot’s
Diagnosis. ‘

4 MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
E. Mitten Rew, M.D., Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.

ct AND Fourrn Years.

Vega “ites on this important branch are general and practical.
Sti. relations of the physician to the State and to his patient are
Us of Y considered. The question of expert testimony and the

* the medical expert, the nature of the hypothetical question
iia @Mner in which it should be answered, the conduct of the
oe examt direct and cross-examination are all clearly set forth,
Mation is held at the conclusion of the course.

: Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.
19

an
SCHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WU

FIRST YEAR.

| | |

me

ee
RE

ine f|
u

\

iV

LEP EER

—-—
=

A PART OF THE LABORATORY OF CHEMISTRY.

SCHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WORK.

eae ee
Tweedy “Wadnesday | Thursday Friday a

ae

Orthopedic
5 as Proctology Dermatology Children Medicine

E| ‘Surgery | Medicine

Genito- ive
Urinary Gynecology urgery

| ae

Obstetrics

Surgery

wed 1 = oe De

PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY.

H. D. Lewis, M.D., Demonstrator of Applied Physiology,

Surgery and T ie SES .
Henry G. BRANHAM, M.D., Demonstrator of Experimental Sw!

A department has been established and a laboratory equiPP
demonstrations of applied Physiology, experimental Surgery
plied and experimental Therapeutics. The teachings will su
the didactic courses. Research in the field of theoretic TheraPé
will be ess.yed. Demonstrations of experimental Surgery
made and results studied.

DENTAL SURGERY.

Advanced students receive practical instruction in Dental SU
by demonstrations in extracting and other minor dental operatio®™

EXAMINATIONS.

First Year. .
Osteology and Syndesmology, Histology, Materia Medic®
ganic Chemistry.

Seconp YEAR. “
Anatomy, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, E8°" —
Embryology, Public Medicine and Hygiene, Materia Medica

Tup YEAR. ; s
Pediatrics, Surgical Anatomy, Physical Diagnosis, Medicing ai

ery, Obstetrics, Gynecology, Pathology, Therapeutics, “~
Titapendenss
Fourtu YEAR.
Clinical Medicine (Smith & Kintzing), Clinical_Surs Ses
ham), Clinical Obstetrics, Clinical Gynecology, Dermate es BY
erative and Clinical Surgery (Gross), Mental Diseases; P
of the Eye, Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat, U
Surgery, Practice of Medicine, Genito-Urinary Surgery
peutics.

FEES AND REGULATIONS.
Srupents Must MatricuLate Wuen THey COMMENCE A
AT THE LECTURES
Aut Fees Are PAYABLE in ApvaNce AT TIME oF ENTRANCE,
Nor ReturNABLE Unper Any CrrcUMSTANCES-
Matriculation Fee. oc. cs 3b te eee et BSG 0 ae wines oie eon seem
Fees for Full Course of Lectures.......-+.s0eseeeeeeese sonnet of
A deposit of $2 for each laboratory course pursued is rae , I

all students. This deposit is returned at the close of the se
the amount charged against it for breakage.

Tickets for any of the departments may be taken out
The fee is $25 for each branch. :

The laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not bes
the regular courses. The special fees for such courses may j
tained by consulting the Dean. 1 : er .:

Post-graduates who have not received their degree from iy
lege, and who desire to pursue special courses, are requir t0 ne ;
and to pay the matriculation fee of $5, as well as the fee for
cial department in which they wish to work.

Physicians who are graduates of medical colleges in good
are permitted to pursue any course of study given in the ™

22

i...
+ ® Certificate of attendance, setting forth the facts, is issued upon

Specs. 08¢ Who are desirous of becoming familiar with the work of the
re! departments will be afforded opportunity for a course of study
tin Weks’ duration at any time during the year, provided due in-
Ss made previously concerning the same. The facilities for ac-
a owledge of laboratory technique, as well as operative skill,
- excelled and worthy of consideration.
ig brivate quizzes or classes are held by any member of the Fac-
f branch this College, nor by any member of the adjunct Faculty in the
Es ©r branches upon which he conducts final examinations.
om Order that our students may obtain all the advantage possible
. ad extended Hospital facilities of this School, the Faculty has
a ace t© appoint a number of internes from the graduating class.
nd wel! be known as “Internes of the Franklin Square Hospital
th gd End Maternite.” They will receive suitable certificates at
build. Of their term of service. They will be housed in the interne
Tom, convenient to both Hospitals. The fee, which will include
Whoa Ueet and light, will be one hundred ($100) dollars for the
Year; fifty ($50) dollars for the half-year.

GRADUATION.

reat GaMdidates for examination must be of good moral character, cor-
rtment, twenty-one years of age, have attended four full
Day paid lectures, the last of which must have been in this College;
tion ere all fees due the College and passed a satisfactory examina-
om, Al ne, the Faculty. << i
Ticke pickets must be taken out at the beginning of the session.
Of the ©r completed courses will be issued by the Dean at the end
be ssion. boratory tickets and tickets for Practical Anatomy
‘ countersigned by the proper demonstrators and directors.
ary com gperl countersigned a ticket will not be accepted as evidence
Ey Pleted course. . ,
i<tY candidate must have passed examinations in the various
of medicine taught in this school or show satisfactory evi-
d ale, aving passed such examinations in other accredited schools,
Ahato, 2 Must produce evidence of satisfactory work in Practical
“nd i and of haying pursued the various laboratory courses. At-
The (20 all clinical lectures is obligatory. : ;
Dean vt! examination fee, which is $30, must be deposited with
before the candidate can be admitted to an examination.
inations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are conducted
; Veral professors. Candidates failing to graduate are not re-
: Y have again appear for examination in those branches in which
or Ye attained the required percentage, except in the case of the

Hida anches, The judgment of the Faculty upon the fitness of a
: © Is based upon knowledge of his genera attendance and in-
‘Min tigh@tacter and habits, as well as upon the result of his final ex-
ned adidates rejected at the final examination will not be re-exam-
Mtl after having taken another course of lectures.

ff egree will not be conferred upon any candidate who absents
th he the Public Commencement without the special permission

Drs

th.
ny
| ®

ry ty. «,8

a tn the appointment of officers, assistants and additional teachers,
Theese® being equal, our own graduates shall have the preference.

S¢ regulations will be strictly adhered to.

23

PRIZES.

. The Faculty, believing that a reward to the candidate for gf
tion standing highest in his studies at the end of the year 5%
the entire class to greater effort, offers the following prize:

Highest General Average, a Gold Medal.

Candidates for the degree, to be eligible for the above
= taken all the studies of the last year and have been ¢
each.
Students attaining a general average of 90 or over will be ¢
to honorable mention.

GENERAL INFORMATION.

At the close of the session the following appointments @°©
from the graduates of this school:

Three Resident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital. —

A Resident Physician to the West End Maternite. aoa

_ A number of Dispensary Physicians to the Franklin 5qu@?*"
pital Dispensary.

Several appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore ate,
cr to which graduates from the Maryland Medi :
eligible. 4
_ The Dispensary is throughout the year, and students F
ing in the city are privileged to avail themselves of the many ®
ages which it offers, an

The personal expenses of the students are at least as low 8
more as in any other large city. Students can board comfor™
from $3 to Md per week, fire and light included and those ©
willing to club together in lodging-rooms can live at lower 1”
list of boarding-houses may be had at the Dean’s office OF ©”
janitor.

Students are advised to pay fees by check for the exact @
Remittances for other expenses should be in postal or money ©
or notes by express, as the College will not endorse ch
expenses.

_ Students are requested to report to the Dean and to reg
diately upon their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate the
ment to seats, arrangement in sections, ward classes, etc. ;

Visiting physicians are always welcome, and are cordi
to inspect the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheater @

Pror. Harry Gross, M.D.,
909 Cathedral

YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.

A branch of the City Y. M. C. A, is maintained in this i
An Intercollegiate Secretary is employed to devote his time to"
fare of the students of the city. Coal, Pry

The religious activity of the students is directed by ME,
tion, and Classes for Bible Study and devotional meetings ©”
larly held.

The Association also welcomes new students at the
the term, and lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for

24

Association Hand-Book, containing much information of

one to the students, is issued at the opening of the fall term.

“aS City Association, with a fully-equipped central prover and
vn Branch, which is situated within one square of the College,
“id a very cordial welcome to the students. .

ee ATHLETICS.

fornt he great number of studies, and the limited term and _ course

sat.» . compelled the student to neglect proper exercises, but the
€ which is now allotted for the completion of his medical
allows the student ample time to indulge in outdoor athletics
© open and gymnasium work in the closed season. College foot-
baseball teams are formed each season, in all of which projects
encourages the students to participate, believing a well-
The body will carry an evenly-balanced brain.

¢ Athletic Association has made arrangements to carry the
team to the seashore in September for two weeks’ preliminary

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.

Ay All Alumni in good standing, the Faculty and the Adjunct Faculty
Sligible to shecuperabio in the College Alumni Association. The ob-
1 ; e Association are as follows: To advance the influence of
land Medical College, to further ligher educational methods,
ecure intellectual, social and professional benefit to its mem-

to

0 ot annual: meeting will be held on or about Commencement Day,
eco Occasion an address will be delivered by one of the members
1 the Executive Committee. .

Ae fee for membership is fifty cents per annum, payable in ad-

3 TEXT BOOKS.

_pbatomy—Gray, Morris, Holden.
ez ology—McFarland, Novy, Abbott.
z <emistry—Simon, Fownes, Atfield.
“3 cren—Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.
d % “*tmatology—Stellwagen, Crocker, Jackson, Hyde & Montgomery,
Way, Mracek.
iOnary—Gould (latest edition), Dunglison, Dorlands.
Zt, Nose, Throat—Grayson, Bacon, Ballenger, Coakley, Dench.
ioe Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May.
“enito-Urinary Diseases—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis & Cabot.
‘Hist, ology—Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley.
_ 1, Stology—Schafer.

DD)

Ayn

7 WGiene—Wilson, Parkes, Kintzing’s Long Life.
sr sprudence—Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.

slateria Medica and Therapeutics—Cushny’s Pharmacology, Butler.
* iia System and Mind—Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peter-
a cy.

MDstetrics—Hirst, Edgar, Jewett.

25

Ciscoe Methods, Tyson, Musser. = E

_ Works on Special Subjects—Jennings’ Color Vision and
peci i : *

Coane Surgery—Bryant, McGrath, Kocher, McNect. y
Pathology—Green, Ziegler, Stengel. - ~-¥
niin a Be

ysical Diagnosis—Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Diseas® —

Physiology as eyleRee vm & Rockwell. am
(second year)—Stewart’s Manual, Kirke, Fost
peo, Onl and Practice of Medicine~Anders, Tyson, *

rk, International Textbook of Surgery,
en Sy ho Dacosta and Vaughan.
sages the of Rectum—Gantt, Kelsey.

MATRICULATES, 1907-1908.

State. Preceptor.
oe IO TLE ae Gack scciswese-..0D, HL By Mecher
Pipes <i eT RET Alai: ocic03s.2DF. L. TE. Agmistead
PES eer ac sane Ninna meboside-os ee Dr. C. A. Mitchell
So OE ong W. Va............:.J. E. Browning
hs CORP Se W..- Vai... ch De, Le. A. Koonte
See ee ee Mike. Araceae saay easeiy xg oe Ree
Migros nett Sawa g ¥ Md. .:..2..+..+..Dr. J. B. Schwatka
ne eee. eel Serer ae Dr. F. Caruthers
alata ghd wuden Tos eA <6 oo Segre eae Dr. N. I. Parr
Me Ty Ct Pas vecsdlccs eves Di. AJ. Colbarn
es Wadeear emt ues Md....s<e<<ss¢s-+D¥F. J. Hy Branham
Sey Cee W.. Va..isiescsm-Dr. D. M. Ryan
Fh ee. Mai scs: 90} tetaneeeedr. EL Byerkart
Ey RRR ERS Sev BA ae P. R.....Dr. Cayetano Coll y-Foste
eee ee eee Dr. W. T. Owens
Se ee ee Sa ee Soe Dr. E. J. Fitzpatrick
Ree Ce Whe Waliscva : partis. cpa winlon Retry sane
Annee apa etinen stent Viks cevthnbicee's +'s + ORs, Wel oe AOS
Ree dun dee a tauedoe Wi icicle’ Nye diaep i s:< als nie a eS
Pai ctaties ists te ten sas Dr. J. Hearn
Balitga eapiceteniee oie Dr. W. A. Cox

A Pe. Ne ee M. M. C.
1 en ee Dr. H. J. Hocker
BG, soe etnies haus ons siya
Ma. scxacccen cane Dr. E. C. Etchinson
ies SoS Md Fests coent Dr. L. H. Ephraim
Dasttcves <awietns ares Dr. W. T. Hall
ys Ss Pate cto eee ee
N: Jes vaccines Dr. G. J. Koch
Bape iets Dr. J. M. Gemmill

27

Gray, H. Civ... .eeeeee ees inden
Grobman, L. E
Haddock, P. P
Hine, H. K.... ee cee eeee cee ee ees
Hoeler, E.R... cece s cess ee tense

PUBLIC WARD.

“IWLIGSOH SBAVOOS NITANVSSA MAN

State. Preceptor.

EPA a otcaae aly dee iar We cn hee 253 Fac pep le, COURS CIN.

bar nc ivie Was aon whe EGER inten tid tha uaa RSs eer

Risllse Ribu sca Fees Wik Wille ious 4.0 ek. (on sega sh Siem

BPG saat ts Sy 74.50 99 0s SAG andl cy wie pla renp. tothe =<

ee eee eee Dr. W. J. Carter

Sarees eee Nia, i ee is hees Dr. M. Gillette

I ee eee ING TA are as es Dr. F. W. McLaughlin

BE ro at cases DED sts esseee DE: J.B; Goodwit

Seer eee See ee Mae6 i) cnvtgs siete erseens

pn at See ee ee Cuba............Dr. J. B. Schwatka

REA ee eee By ROSSA Or ante asiesees M. M. C
Bk eWay ken sadseeue Poland..........Dr.‘S. J. Szuwalski -

NTs Fre Sw Nine p Tani 'g YS Verbs. one catee eines ee ee,
> Se ee Vili cvs vuiedaes 0 ae eee. ;
Pitas canbe one Eyypt.oss..vi se suuer’ .Fuhs Bey Gs
hed oogeeeet ae W. Va..ecssess0e-Dr We A. Wykel :
Wala acian tie carota tad ee meter ears 8 chad ye ae Ss
ee ee ee Ae Md....::se+s-+-Dr. J. B. Schwatka .
SS eee NWT caddies ears Dr. J. E. McManus ~
Ig OTe eee TB sche combat vod gx ees EONS t
Serene aie taSre:s een BY Va.............Dr. H. T. Hopewell =
Reet, Md.........-.++.Dr. J. B, Schwatka =

Ped ds ecnnseueevesenns Paseo ciesiede recs Dr RE. ‘Tere
LC Renan ee Freee rere wer Ar AS -
Reine Aan pe- WEA bbc vende ele a ;
See ee Md.......-....»+Dr. J. B. Sehwatka *

ee Ri Ses Dr. J. D. Talkin

Saye oc «8 ool a eer os kai 2 oe

i tar eo Mas. oc Se. Dee BE Schwatks

ES eae ee WWai ck ae Dr. J. R. Vermillion

cater aots hee t Pa .. coca y cide nsiee ome sd sie ern see

29

Name. State.

Want KL ocslacs scdn-<etdlllbaess cree: + (Oa
eens ee
Woodward; Me Piic-cceus. co icices Sia: seed
Williame; Pe Dsiisccsesiivcs «MGS. ss cc. 505. 56 Dh 34
Wiltea ORE. fei cs gsce ss tare We Wescdise (ase

Walkes, & Pate ee Was..sdecs ooo

GRADUATES OF 1908.

dca Pagoe ek ATs wae Duis cay ou ewe cat a Dogon Mississippi

shin patched hop kas ose BR aeee Ske eek aioe West Virginia

P. B. Muse, M.D., President.
Harry Gross, M.D., Vice-Pres.

J. Wittram Funk, M.D., Treas.

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE DIREC

Josern H. BrantaMy
C. Ursan Smita,
W. W. Frames,

J. C. Lintmicum, LL.B. Counsellor. Wa. S. Surra, M.D.

A. D. McConacuie, D.D.S., M. D.
Pearce Kintzinc, M.D., Secretary.

Harry Gross, M.D., Vice-Prest.
W. S. Smitu, M.D.

J. We. Funck, M.D.

" Pearce Kintzino, M.D.

J. Cuartes Lintuicum, Counsellor. E:

SLAAULS ALLAAVA ANV

NAOWIVS “IVNIAMSOH BAAVAGS NIYVANVUA AHL

our
ne PR ont
sumeens Pe

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

Ve ARS :
1908

SESSION
1909-1910

RC AY eae ST a
1114-20 W. BALTIMORE ST.

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

Catalogue for 1908-1909.

Announcement of Session 1909-1910.

1114 to 1120
West Baltimore Street.

rye om

_ CALENDAR, 1909-1910. rea

1909.
Sept. 1. Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin, Wednesday. «Set
Oct. 1. Introductory Address; 8 P. M., Friday.....---+- + se!
Oct. 2. Regular Lectures begin, Saturday.......4.¢<0t++#O8"
Oct. 1. Entrance Examinations begin, Friday.......--+ US
Nov. 25. Thanksgiving Day (Holiday), Thursday..... va Vee
Dec. 2. Examinations on Conditioned Branches begin..---" ~~
Dec. 18 Christmas Holidays begin, Saturday.......--+ le e
1910.
Jan. 3. Lecture resumed, Monday, 9 A. M.....--+++++"* ae
Feb. 22. Washington’s Birthday (Holiday).......--++ ouster
May 6. Alumni Association Meeting, Friday, 8 P, M..-++9*" ”
About Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M.....+-+++* \ A
June 1. | Annual Banquet, 10 P. M.......0s0eeee eee a

Cotiecr BuiLprnes,
1114 To 1120 W. BALTIMCGRE STREET,
Battrmore, Mp. =

Lerrers, Texecrams, Money Orpers ano Express Pact
pENTs Suoutp Be Appressep As ABOVE.

For any information, address
THE DEAN, Harry Gross, M.D., Maryland Medical ©
Baltimore, Md., U. S. A.

oo i

ACTS.
JANUARY SESSION, 1902.

; ag CHAPTER 560.
| Act to enlarge and extend the powers of the Maryland Medical
‘7 College, of Baltimore City.

— The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, a pros-
Laws and progressive Medical College, incorporated under the General
. Of this State, desires to have its powers thereunder enlarged and
' — therefore,
ia, Sis 1. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland,
Rand © Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorporated
the General Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved and re-
_~ Upigpg the Charter Records of the Superior Court of Baltimore
My Liber R. O. No. 37, folio 33, ete., of which College Bernard P.
ig John B. Schwatka, .J William Funck, Joseph H. Branham, G.
Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William S. Smith, C. Urban
“i J. Charles Linthicum and Harry Gross are the directors, being
“SOrs of the incorporators thereof, they and their successors shall
~m succession as such, and they shall be and are hereby
€d to annex schools, confer degrees and to have and to hold
Pr Petchase gift or otherwise, suitable grounds and buildings thereon,
bung "cational, scientific and hospital purposes not exceeding three
to Toate thousand dollars, subject to the right of the General Assembly
8 “J amend this Act, and subject to all the laws of this state re-
Ps. °orporations applicable thereunto.
from ., * And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take effect
© date of its passage.
ed April 11, 1902.

Joun Watter Smita,
Governor.
Nosre L. MitcHett,
Speaker of the House of Delegates.

lke

pl, Ss ills

OFFICERS OF THE FACULTY.

A. D. McConacum, D.D.S. M.D, President.
J. WM. Funcx, M.D., Vice-President, F
Harry Gross, M.D., Dean.

W. S. Smitu, M.D., Assistant Dean.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE
MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE.

B. P. Musr, M.D., President. Joseru H. Brannam, 3
Harry Gross, M.D., Vice-Pres. _C. Urnan Surru, M.D.
J. Wmram Funcx, M.D., Treas. | Wm. S. Situ, M.D.
J.C. Luytuicum, LL.B., Counsellor.
A. M. McConacue, D.D.S, M.D.
Pearce Kinrzinc, M.D., Secretary.

- BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE
FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL,

C. U. Sura, M.D., President. Frev. Canutners, M.D .
J. Wa. Funcx, M.D., Vice-Pres. B. P. Muse,M.D.
W. S. Smrru, M.D., Sec.-Treas. Harry Gross, M.D.
Jos. H. Brannam, M.D. A. D. McConacuiE, Mw

Pearce Kintzinc, M.D. Ausert T. Cuamsers, Me
‘ 4

eh iS i

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE“

ee

THE COLLEGE BUILDING

a

Tt MORE
THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMO®

FACULTY.

: Wituram Herzert Pearce, M.D.,
tus Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine.
Bernarp Purcett Muse, M.D.,
Professor of Obstetrics.
J. Wm. Funcx, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Eye.
Joserpn H. Branuam, M.D.,
or of Principles and Practice of Surgery and Abdominal
Surgery.
Frep, Carutuers, M.D.,
Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
“'W. Waytanp Frames, M.D.,
ae of Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.
W. S. Smirn, M.D., Assistant Dean,
Professor of Diseases of Women.
C. Ursan Smita, Pu.G., M.D.,
of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Gastro-Enterology.
Harry Gross, M.D., Dean,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery.
De L. H. Gunory, M.D.,
Sfessor of Diseases of the Nervous System and the Mind.

' A. D. McConacute, D.D.S., M.D.,
Sor of Therapeutics, se Clinical Professor of Diseases of the =

e and Ear. SS :
aa Pearce Krintzrnc, B.Sc., M.D.,
fOfessor of Physical Diagnosis and Diseases of the Heart.
- Grorce B. Scnort, A.B., M.D.,
*ssor of Pathology, Bacteriology and Clinical Microscopy.
_ Gustavus Cuartes Doume, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Associate in Medicine.
Ws. S. Love, M.D.,
; Professor of Materia Medica and Clinical Medicine.
Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D.,
* ; Professor of Embryology and Biology.
‘fe Henry M. Baxtey, Pu.G., M.D.,
of Hygiene and Associate Professor Daas of Ear, Nose
and Throat.
E. Miter Rem, M.D.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.

5

J. Harry Uxricu, Pu,G., M.D.,
Proiessor of Physiology and Assistant Professor of Gynecol
Auzert T. Cuampers, M.D., .
Professor of Anatomy.
M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of Children. =
H. C. Hess, M.D., ~
Clinical Professor of Dermatology. -
Tuomas J. O’Donnet, M.D., Bie:
Associate Professor of Surgery and Chief of Clinic in the Chair
Operative Surgery, :
Epwarp Grempxer, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Surgery.
L. E. Beacu, M.D., ; ‘a
ame a in Obstetrics and Instructor in Blectro-Therapeutics #
Radiography. «
Tuomas J. Tatzorr, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Gynecology.
‘ Henry G. Brannam, M.D.,
Associate in Osteology and Syndesmology.
C. L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Associate in Surgery.
Cuartes L. Meyer, Pu. G.,
Associate Professor of Practical Pharmacy.
H. D. Lewis, M.D., va
Associate Professor of Operative Surgery. :
Watter A. Cox, M.D., a
Associate in Gynecology.
J. Gusert Sevpy, M.D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy. ‘.
F. N. Tannar, M.D.,
‘Associate in Obstetrics and Diseases of Children.
F. W. Hacutet, M.D., =
Associate in Physical Diagnosis, Dancestreior of Clinical ¥™
and Pathology.
Etpripce Baskin, D.D.S., M.D.,
Lecturer on Dental Histology and Pathology.
A. T. von Scnutrz, M.Sc, M.D.,
Assocate in Dermatology.
R. V. Grann, M.D., z
Lecturer on Minor Surgery and Bandaging. -
6 P at

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL,

Visitinc STAFF.

Surgeons. Physicians.
pot J. H. Brannam, M.D, Prof. C. Urnan Satu, M. D.,
J. Wa. Funcx, MD., Prof. Pearce Kintzinc, M.D.,
Pine F. Carurners, M.D., Prof. Wa. H. Pearce, M. D.,
Prof, W. w. Frames, M.D., Prof. L. H. Gunpry, M.D.,
p.~ Wx. S. Sura, M.D., Neurologist.
p,.. Harry Gross, M.D., Prof. Geo. B. Scnott, M.D.,
of. A.D, McConacme, M.D., Pathologist.

t T, Cuameers, M.D., Prof. Maurice Lazensy.

RESIDENT PHYSICIANS.

Henry B. Kotz, M.D., Medical Superintendent.
C. Beernam, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
- P. Gem, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
TLNER Bortner, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
iss Anna A. Sretrnc, Superintendent of Nurses.
€v. Grorce Scuout, D.D., Business Manager.

West Enp MATERNITE,
Prof. B, Pp. Muss, M.D., Visiting Obstretrician.

__#.W. Tanner, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics,
LE. Beacu M.D., Demonstrator of Obstetrics.

Disrensary Srarr,

Dispensary Physician.
Maurice Jones, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Eye.
C. L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Surgery.
F. N. Tannar, M.D.,
°F Clinic to the Chairs of Proctology and Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Watter A. Cox, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women.
F Gustavus Cuartes Doume, A.B., M.D.,
Nef of Clinic to the Chair of Practice and Clinical Medicine.

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Physical Diagnosis and
Clinical Medicine.
T. J. O’Donnexz, M.D., ;
— Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Operative Surgery.
Pe?

3 *

ty

Maryland Medical College.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1909-1910.

The next Regular Session of the Maryland Medical Collet ,

open on Saturday, October 2, 1909, and will conclude about Ju 1

Ig1o, at which time the Public Commencement Exercises will be

in one of the large theatres of this city. ? ;
A preliminary clinical course, beginning September 14, will

in the Clinical Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine W#

welcome and for which no charge is made.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

The Maryland Medical College was chartered under the 1@
Maryland in August, 1898, for the purpose of teaching the scie?
Medicine, and degrees were conferred upon the first class to co™
the glee course in May, 1899. vari

n January, 1902, by an act of the General Assembly of Mat
the powers of the institution were enlarged and extended. . of

e course of study required in this school for the degree
is of four years’ duration.

In order that the time of study shall count as a full year,
of all classes must present themselves before September 24 am
their names with the Dean. 3

There is a recess at Christmas, beginning December 18 and ¢

student to concentrate his energies to much greater ad ‘ects:
when his attention is divided among numerous diverse subj
examination of the schedule in another part of this catalogue S#°
arrangement of studies and the amount of time which 5'
required to devote to each branch.

A minimum of 1000 hours’ work is required of each
student; of 1000 hours is required of each second-year student;
hours is required of each third-year student; of 1360 hours 15 ek»
of each fourth-year student. ires to

Courses will be offered adapted to the student who desif© © whe
come a general practitioner, and also courses adapted to
desire to become specialists or teachers of medicine.

A series of written and practical examinations on all the ‘
subjects of medical instruction is distributed throughout ) ctor %
years’ course of study. Every candidate for the degree 0% ~~ fe

edicine must pass these examinations in a satisfactory nirement
as fulfill the admission requirements and all the other requiTel
the curriculum. No student is permitted to enter upon the WO
fourth year until he has passed all first and second year

8

al examination, to enable students to pass upon conditioned
» 1S held during November of each session. In addition to the
Courses, a preliminary course of clinical medicine is given each
Wh 4 Which is open to all students and practitioners of medicine and for
~ ‘RO charge is made.

4 ENLARGEMENT.

Ne necessity for enlarging the equipment of the College became
fi M 1902, and at the close of that session arrangements were
ad increasing the capacity of the laboratories 4nd for the addi-
new facilities. This work has been completed, and places
Teach of the student ample and complete facilities for the exten-
Oratory work now recognized as the primary essential in the
"on of a modern medical education.
‘, dic ratory technique, clinical teaching and research work, combined
a bias oS teaching and stated recitations upon each subject furnish
1S of the teaching methods employed in this College. Indi-
y and collectively the Faculty stands ready to advise students in
to the studies that they should pursue and the best methods
ing the ends sought.
‘obtaceree of Doctor of Medicine cum laudi is given to candidates
n: an average of 95 per cent. or over, in all the required ex-

PTs LOCATION.
he ost aphical situation of Baltimore, combined with unsur-
aagiteg and natural advantages, have made the city the metrop-
lock South and one of the leading cities of America, easy of
Wa y the great trunk lines that radiate from her center and
niterways, which bring numerous coastwise and ocean-going
er wharves.
Supremacy of Baltimore, as a medical center is conceded
“at America and acknowledged abroad—a fact which should
ine Ndetestimated by the student contemplating the study of

sad

mio
“Sinatain

alive in such an atmosphere, surrounded by thousands of fellow-
+ Whose ends and aims are identical with his own, stimulates the
to. Perseverance in his endeavors and to put forth his every
Neca the advantages of his opportunities. On the other hand,
¢ og © Which occupies an isolated situtation, stultified by a fancied
ed in Security, is prone to be unprogressive, whereas the college
Fone joe Contact with similar institutions, exposed continually to
aby & ight of comparison, must progress or retire from the field.
nical advantages of Baltimore are obvious. It is a city super-
Supplied with hospitals and dispensaries that attract not
ag . Ut patients, but those from a great distance. The railroads,
Mtereon 2d shipping lines supply innumerable cases of accidents, while
tt =a With the tropics and distant countries brings to the clinics
Ssible ¢ 20d unusual diseases that seldom find their way to less
Liy;, wedical clinics.
of Baltimore is proverbially good and obtained at most
t thie Tates, in hospitable homes, within easy reach of the College,
Moral, as well as the physical well-being of the student is
he pamtid refined surroundi ; :
ato. 'Stologic, Pathologic, Bacteriologic, Chemic and Anatomic
; “Ss are fully equipped for practical work. Abundant dissect-
~ 18 supplied. The laboratories and lecture halls are situated
“ge building on West Baltimore street.

9

n]

PROGRESS.

Attention is called to the extensive improvements which hav€ been
made at both the College and the Franklin Square Hospital. £ con-

A new Dissecting Room, embodying the most modern ideas © new
venience and efficiency, has been constructed at the College, and etl
Lecture Hall added. The Clinical Amphitheatre has been ere jm-
remodeled and the Histological Laboratory has been extensiv©

proved. most
At the Hospital a modern Clinical Amphitheatre, along the

added. A Sun Parlor also has been built, which rivals that
hospital in Baltimore. hat
With these additions to the equipment the Faculty feels t
Marytanp Mepicat Coitece is in position to fulfil all the
of Modern Medical Teaching, and further to emphasize that In
Teaching, in contradistinction to mass-teaching, which has
distinctive aim of the College. ogressiv®
The improvements in the Hospital are in line with the pr “eatin
spirit that has ever actuated the Board of Managers of that inte put
They not only add to the comfort and well-being of the Pater ing
greatly facilitate Diagnosis, Clinical Research on Clinical Tea

improved lines, has been erected, and two new Laboratories have May

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. fol-

The requirements for admission to the Medical course are a4 one

lows: I. Moral. A certificate of good moral character, signed rat i

or more reputable physicians. II. Age. Evidence that the ap a
at least seventeen years of age. III, Educational. One of five
tives, as follows:

(1) A Bachelor’s degree from an approved college or university of
(2) A diploma from a recognized high school, normal “retin of
academy requiring for admission evidence of the comP and £0
an eight years course in primary and intermediate grades
graduation not less than four years of study, eee Ok any
(3) A certificate from the regularly constituted authorities | study
State authorized to pass on the qualifications of students
Medicine. inet
(4) An examination to be conducted by a duly chosen exam hich &
connected with the College, extending over 30 points, 0 Z
least 18 must be from list (A). A point represents © 5 fee
session’s work on any one subject. For this examinatt
‘of $5.00 is exacted. such
(5) A certificate from a reputable instructor recognized a8 mm whic
the State, county or city superintendent of schools, fromard
the applicant comes, or a certificate issued by any State or 3
Medical examiners, will be accepted in licu of the whole
of this examination. Such certificate shall set forth by nbs
and points the ground which has been Covered by the st¥ a
shall be duly signed with the name and title of the pets
it, and witnessed.

intS} pe 4
(A) Mathematics, 4 points; English, 6 oints; History, 2 may
guage, 4 points (of which Latin must be 2, ond

5
(B) Snglish, 2 points; History, 6 points; Language, 6 e-
Trigon t 1 point; Ast 1 int; Ci ca.
ome’ nt; ronomy, nt ; p
ical Geo: 1” point: Ph siology, 1 point; Hysien&
Political onomy, 1 point, ‘otal, 29 points.

10

Norm, student may be allowed to enter conditioned to the exten
® by le More than 10 points. These conditions must be remove
atisfactory examination before he is allowed to enter on
© second year of the course.
wil Graduates or students of homeopathic or eclectic medical schools
: Attended tet an allowance equal to the number of years they have
ehtran Such colleges, provided they can meet the requirements of the
je) ang eenatiogs and pass examinations in Materia Medica and
; ics,

str, he right is reserved to make such alteration in the course of in-

“*Uction as experience or expedience may prove to be necessary.
‘ Aeoy edasnts who have attended one or more courses of lectures in any
wit] medical college or colleges, are placed upon an equal footing
(pe, 0UT own students, and the same privileges as regards examinations
: 9 OUsly described) for advanced standing, are extended to them.
“tials Acation will not be required on subjects for which proper creden-
Seminar vite by the student, showing that ho has passed such

wv PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION.
= Franklin Square Hospital is conducted by the Faculty of the

Ynd Medical College.

rd pening of this institution marked another epoch in the history
tt lopment of the Maryland Medical College.

It Dossesses the most modern facilities for the care of patients and
fs. The heating, lighting, plumbing and sanitary arrangements
© most advanced order. ‘The situation, at the corner of Fayette
,0un streets, is ideal, facing a large public square. It affords
€s a pleasant outlook and insures an abundance of fresh air at
hn ¢ Hospital contains a number of well-furnished, attractive
Yooms and pleasant, well-lighted, well-ventilated public wards.
heat. © Provided with a well-equipped Operating-Room, an Amphi-
Apparat, Clinical, Pathological and X-Ray Laboratories. The X-Ray»
He this is of the latest pattern, embodying the newest advancement
: 18 line, and is superior to any other apparatus in the city of

. Ore,

The Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in large numbers,

Ishes an abundance of clinical material for the instruction of

Sar the Outdoor Department of the Dispensary advanced stu-

© permitted to visit patients, make diagnosis of their diseases
em under the supervision of the Dispensary Physician.

1 the more is the medical center for a vast section of the country,
ba “AViable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted large

of Persons in need of high-class medical service. The Franklin

“Wippeq yosPital is eminently fitted to fill all the offices of a well-
Sim > Ospital.

! acity, utility and thoroughness have been the factors kept in
deli °rmulating plans for the development of the institution, and

ahi. vo that the new Hospital will serve as a model forno incon-

~~ Period of time.

W!

NORTHEASTERN DISPENSARY.

Arrangements have been made by which the students of this Sa
will have the advantages of the large clinic of this Dispensary in
tion to those already available.

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMOR

This institution has recently taken possession of its new
located at 112 North Calhoun street, in close proximity to both Megs
lege and the Hospital. The Maternite is under the supervision OF ie
Faculty, and the new edifice has been admirably fitted up to me :
advanced requirements of a lying-in institution. The aim of its
porators has been to make it a model institution of its kind.

Ample opportunity is here furnished to the students for bedst®™
struction. The methods of diagnosis, the care of patients during PY
nancy and the puerperal state, and the manner of conducting labot
carefully taught. |

The Hospital is so arranged that absolute privacy may be OD? of
at moderate rates, which vary according to the location and 5!

rooms.
ANATOMY.

Avzert T, Cuampers, M.D., Professor of Anatomy.
J. Girzert Secsy, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy. slogy
Henry G. Branuam, M.D., Associate in Osteology and Syndes!
First Anp Seconp YEARS. 4

The instruction in this fundamental branch consists of
extensive dissections, demonstration upon the wet and dry P
of the museum and anatomical models, supplemented by recitatiof
by demonstrations in the atomic laboratory. The preliminary WO"
braces thorough courses in emp, the study of the joints +h
ments and Anatomic Histology. issection is performed eae
guidance of the demonstrators, and the student is exhaustively
ined upon the completion of the part dissected. Dissecting Le
liberally supplied, and no limitation is placed upon the amount O°
which the student is permitted to do. The course incl i
course of lectures upon the brain and spinal cord. .

Examinations are held at stated intervals. y

Textbooks: Gray, Morris, Holden.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.

Avtert T. CuAmpers, M.D., Professor of Anatomy:
J. Girgert Setny, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy.
First ann Seconp Years.

The Dissecting Laboratories are in charge of the demonst
Anatomy. The rooms are well lighted, wai warmed and ven
Dissections are performed under the direction of the demons

Recitations and examinations upon the completed work are i

The Laboratories are open until 10 P. M. in order to afto si
hours for extra and advanced work. Dissection tickets are Coig
signed by the demonstrator as an evidence of satisfactory disse

The material is furnished in abundance.

Each student is required to dissect three parts. the

First-year students are required to devote 420 hours to ott
Second-year students are required to devote not less than 420°”
this branch.

For textbooks see “Anatomy.”

12

HOSPITAL AMPHITHEATRE. |

“ARALWVARAAM AWN SAOYTYIOD

= HISTOLOGY.

~ Mavrice Lazensy, A.B., M. D., Professor of Histology.

Firs YEAR. “

win, Jhe course in Histology comprises the laboratory work, together

af Series of didactic lectures illustrating the subject. The first part

at course is devoted to the technique of the microscope, mounting
~ Sides, use of the microtome and other apparatus of the laboratory.

the remainder of the session is devoted to the consideration of the

mal tissues and fluids of the body. :

Sufficient number of microscopes has been provided to allow one

Use of each student, for which no fee is exacted. A private

furnished with a complete outfit of necessary apparatus, is as-

to cach member of the class, and he is held responsible for such
‘al while in his possession. The collection in the Histologic Mu-

M includes a very large number of mounted sections, charts, plates
€atises upon the subject, offering altogether ample facilities for

ary and advanced work and for original investigation,

course extends over the first year, and the class is divided

ions, the better to receive individual supervision. A written

4 is held at the end of the year, and is final for first-

’ CHEMISTRY.
Gustavus Cuartes Doume, A.B., M.D., Professor of Chemistry.

a

© end of the session the student is examined for admission to the

ass. Advanced Chemistry is taught in the second year, com-
© study of the compounds of carbon or organic chemistry, ~

°Bic chemistry and chemic analysis.

Method of instruction consists of lectures, recitations and

exercises, and the class standing of the student throughout

iduation’ is utilized in estimating his fitness for advancement or

\t the end of each session the student is examined for graduation

Work of that year.

® study of toxicology embraces the symptoms and treatment of

Bee also the methods of chemic analysis for detecting the

4 ons,

**Xtbooks: Simon, Fownes, Atfield.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.

McConacnir, D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Therapeutics.
S. Love, M.D., Professor of Materia Medica.
ra SEconp YEARs.
suction in Materia Medica is given by lectures, recitations and
ons during the first and second years. The student is re-
“he familiarize himself with the physical properties of crude
d their preparation. The officinal drugs and their doses, as
a © newer remedies, are thoroughly studied. Prescription writ-
‘th e2tt of the special work in this department. The course ex-
Sughout the second year and is concluded by an examination.

13

Turmp anp Fourtn Years.

The course in Therapeutics embraces Toxicology and TheraP
proper, and includes didactic and laboratory teachings, extending.
the third and fourth years.

Special study is made of the physiologic action of d
their effect upon the lower animals, while the practical a
remedial agents to disease is thoroughly and systemati
lectures and recitations.

The recitations and examinations are held at intervals, and.
examination at the end of the fourth year finishes work in :
ment.

y

PHARMACY.
Cuartes L. Meyer, Pu.G., Associate Professor of Practical F
Srconp YEAR.
The beech of Pharmacy is by laboratory instruction ¢
with lectures. The 9 oa wey details of the subject are made th
familiar to the student by the required manipulation, weighing: —
pounding and dispensing, which are practiced in order to afford 1 ne
and instruction in the methods of the art, as well as to familial
student with the uses of the special apparatus employed.
Textbook: Caspari’s Pharmacy.

PHYSIOLOGY.
J. H. Utratcu, Pu.G., M.D., Professor of Physiology:
First anp Seconp YEARS. :
The teaching in Physiology consists of two lectures each
illustrated by charts, plates and the classical experiments of the
grouped in instructive sequence. Experiments upon the lower
illustrating the laws of the science are shown in the laboratory: .— ¢
experiments are carefully selected in order to show the re 'to
physiologic processes to clinical medicine and to be valuable aids t
physician in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. held

aa recitations and written examinations are
terva
The theory, development and application of serum
specially studied. . =
The physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorptions en
bolism, secretion and excretion, muscle tissue, the peripher: at
tral nervous systems, the special senses, generation and ae
are considered in detail. 2 ory
The course extends throughout the year, and is obligatt
students of the first and second years. Examinations are Be ©
end of each year.
Textbooks :
First year: Collins and Rockwell.
Second year: Kirke, Stewart’s Manual.
Collateral reading: Foster, Ott.

EMBRYOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.

Maurice Lazenny, A.B. M.D., Professor of Embryology and

Seconp YEAR. ne ee
This subject will be taught by lectures and demonstrations The
laboratory work will extend over the last half of the second pe th
working experiments will be carried out by the students UM"
direct supervision of the teachers.

14

“Geo, PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.
Ss B. Scuout, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology.
RCOND AND TuiRp YEARS.

~The work in these departments consists of lectures and recitations
: Apgushout the second year, embracing general and special Pathologic

; omy and Histol and Bacteriology. Three afternoons a week
are : ogy

€n to microscopic study. A

Cultuge Pacteriology : Each student is taught the methods of preparing

Of c.n. media, the principles of sterilization and disinfection, methods
- 7 cultivating’ and staining the more important organisms, as well as
ate i examination of air, soil and water. Infection and immunity
4 Medica US"ly considered in their relations to curative and preventive

. ec.
“cong de—Pathology : Lectures, conferences and recitations are held to
a t the various aspects of the subject. Laboratory work, in which

the h t cuts, mounts and studies microscopically the various lesions
be hela uman tissues. Demonstrations in Gross Morbid Anatomy will
Mortem eS a week on specimens obtained from the Museum and post-
and assict Students of the second, third and fourth years will attend

| Bool at autopsies.

Bacteriology—Muir & Ritchie, McFarland, Williams (Man-
ual of Bacteriology).

Pathology—Zie« fer D lafield & Prudden, Stengel, McFar-
land, Durck (A Manual of General Pathological Histol-
ogy), Cattell (Post-Mortem Pathology), Maliory &
Wright (Pathological Technique).

HYGIENE.

S Henry M. Baxtey, Ph.G., M.D., Professor of Hygiene
ECON Ves , Ney whey ys

eiBiene is taught by lectures, in its relation to the individual, the
“Snitaid community at large, Lectures devoted to the principles of
rage, int as bearing upon the management of public institutions, sew-
Sitigg ‘and sto quarantine r tions, the drainage and cleanliness of
es towns are comprised in the course.

on books : Wilson, Parkes, Harrington (Practical Hygiene).
Mason literal Reading: Abbott (Hygiene of Transmissible Diseases),
an ater Supply).

CIPLEs AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AND GASTRO-
ENTEROLOGY.

Vava Situ, Pu.G., M.D.. Professor of Theory and Practice of
cine and Gastro-enterology. A
Brey M.D., Associate in Medicine.
The Fourrn Years.
aq ys.teaching of Theory and Practice of Medicine is by didactic
de. Clin
att Onsen lectures during the third year, and by clinical lectures,
ations, conferences and recitations during the fourth year.
qua, LUdents, in sections, visit patients in the wards of the Frank-
ion oF Hospital and are drilled in the taking of histories, the exam-
‘h, bl urine, sputum and gastric contents. _ ‘ :
Students are brought into personal contact with the patients in
al, Dispensary and at the bedside, made to take active parts
‘ to make records and reports of their observations.

15

:

. 1 Rus dal
They are required to differentiate diseases, and, under the direction &
the staff, are allowed to treat suitable cases. In order to give eadh h eto
ber of the class individual practical instruction the class is div! 5
small sections. ; in
Special clinical courses are given in diseases of the stomach, ‘and
which the student is instructed in the newer methods of diagnosis “of ;
treatment, embracing physical, chemic and microscopic examination ‘
test meals and stomach contents, etc. ’ —
Textbooks: Osler, Anders, Hare, French, Tyson, 3 sabli, Ba |
Collateral Reading: Kintzing, Von Leube’s Diagnosis —
Strumpell,
SURGERY.

soe of
Josep H. Brannam, M.D., Professor of Principles and Practice
Surgery and Abdominal Surgery. »
Epwarp Gremper, M.D., Associate in Surgery. ‘. «
C. L. Mortrmer, M.D., Associate in Surgery. <
Henry G. Branuam, M.D., Demonstrator of Surgery.

recitations, lecture demonstrations, clinical lectures, by 5
ing in the wards and in the Out-Patient Department, augment
study of Surgical Pathology in the laboratories, The didacti¢
are given each week by the Professor of Surgery, supplement tions at
work of the assistants, associates and demonstrators. Recita
stated intervals and intermediate examinations are held. | 3 pensat
Clinical Surgery is taught in the Amphitheater, Hospital, oS :
in the Outdoor Department and at the bedside. Operations ting ! “
onstrations, illustrating the didactic teachings and suppleme™ for Py iF
laboratory work, are given daily, and afford unusual facilitieS poop
acquisition of the necessary knowledge and technique of the ont
Third-year students are given opportunities to examine ands
nose cases. They are required to assist in operations, to dressretion 7
and to make reports upon cases, which reports may, at the di a
the professors, be discussed in the conferences. :
Surgical Technique.—The methods of preparing dressings fot, tn :
ing instruments and the necessary preparation of the patient og a4
operation are taught and made familiar to the student by rePe cours? :
onstrations. Yearly and final examinations are held. lective work
in Surgery are open to graduates and those desiring advane’ >

OPERATIVE AND CLINICAL SURGERY:

Harry Gross, M.D., Professor of Operative and Clinical Sure a
Tuomas J. O’Donnett, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgety -
H. D. Lewis, M.D., Associate Professor of Operative sessor of Od

One didactic lecture is given each weck by the Professor é
vari

a |
SEconp AND Turep YEARS. 4
Instruction is given in this important branch by systematic Jae
ted by
lectin

:
a!

q
°

ative Surgery, in which the various surgical procedures at
and illustrated. .. which
_One regular clinic is given weekly at the Hospital, in W
major operations are performed. «seal
Until January 1, one hour weekly is devoted to clini 4
of the Senior Class, in the Hospital, by the professors a
This includes instruction in diagnosis and operative technique ey
side observation of post-operative cases, especial attention
to the after-treatment of cases onesies upon at the chi
After January 1 this hour will be elevated to practi

16

‘cadaver at the College building, the senior students being required to
‘orm on the cadaver various operations and surgical manipulations.
Textbooks : Bryant, McGrath, Kocher.

OBSTETRICS.

B. P. Muse, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics.
F L. E, Beacu, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics,
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics,

ano AND FourtH YEARS. bs Fr

h eachie sion is given by lectures, recitations, conferences and clinical
Fine g. Students are required to take charge of at least five cases of
Datie? to receive clinical instruction in at least three cases, to care for
ae 6 during convalescence, and to make a full written report of
a one case.

Baa whe instruction further includes embryology, the anatomy of the
“hire besides instruction in presentations and positions, abdominal pal-
= Oba vimetry and the management of labor.

Be tetrical operations, instrumental and manual, are taught by

of demonstrations and practice upon the mannikin and the
mer as well as upon the patient in the lying-in chamber,
; ‘€xtbooks: Hirst, Edgar, Williams.

DISEASES OF WOMEN.

W. S. Surrn, M.D., Professor of Gynecology.

a. J, Taxzort, M.D., Associate Professor of Gynecology.

- H. Utrricu, Pu.G., M.D., Associate Professor in Gynecology.
Watter A, Cox, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.

AND FourtH YEARS.

didactic lectures are given in this branch each week throughout
in which a general review of the whole subject of Gynecology

Mented Operative clinic is held in the Amphitheater each week, supple--
The, demonstrations and recitations.
tech routine of office work, comprising the use and application of

Hf
age nical therapeutic resources of this important branch, such as
Ute; 5: Dessaries, repositors, tampons, dilators, vaginal and intra-
ef Medication, etc., will be fully and carefully exemplified.

Speci opportunities will be given to advanced students to practice
€mselves the various manipulations necessary in the diagnosis
atment of Diseases of Women, individual work in this line

% tegarded as of the highest importance and greatest value.

Sctions of the class will be formed to take charge of gynecological

the Hospital, each member of these sections making examina~

als ng histories and assisting in operations. Practical instruction
ie Stud, given in the Gynecological Department of the Dispensary,

Hogps, cents will be afforded opportunities to witness operations in the

Ay eb other than the regular clinic days.

and th, Systematic course in Gynecological Pathology will be conducted

Vatign® “28s will be thoroughly familiarized with the technique of the

Mens ¢, Methods of hardening, cutting, staining and mounting speci-

: ted Microscopic study and permanent preservation. | |,

' ven ee ate examinations are held and a final examination is
“ the end of the fourth year. a

TEE! graduate courses are open to those desiring advanced work.

: Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley. :

17.

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

M.D., Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical
Medicine.
A. T. von Scuuttz, M.Sc., M.D., Chief of Clinic.

Turirp AND Fourtn YEARs. p
The subject is taught by a series of lectures addressed to

car-students, supplemented by a course of clinics in the fourt!
he lectures comprise special topics preparatory for the clinical i
tion of the succeeding year. -
Students are required to take an active part in the examina
and discussion of the cases. A certain number of recitations 07
subject selected are held during the year. :
The Out-Patient Department supplies a large number of ©
contagious diseases. Each student is taught the technique of
tion, and has an opportunity to see the operation perform
Especial attention is paid to clinical therapeutics.
The examinations are held at the end of each year.
Textbooks: Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch. of
Collateral Reading: Keating (Cyclopeedia of the Diseases

dren).

DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND MIND: ©

L. H. Gunpry, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Nervous s: —
and Mind.

Fourto YEar.

A systematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is s1V°
sisting of one lecture each week throughout the College
weekly clinic is also given, at which cases of all the familiar 2”
of the rarer forms of these diseases are presented to the -
which opportunity is given to the student to personally exe ry '
cases. Frequent quizzes upon both the didactic lectures an¢
cases are also held. wed

An obligatory examination is held at the end of the fourth be

Textbooks: Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peterson, Berkley:

DISEASES OF THE EYE. re
J. Wmutam Funcx, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the aaa

Fourtn YEAR.

Instruction consists in didactic lectures, demonstrations rhe !
tions, recitations, practice in the use of the opthalmoscope, 22% =
amination of patients for errors of refraction, Ample material §
nished by the Hospital and Dispensary clinics. Every possible '
tunity yates the peg" to ence the ke make pers
vation of the diseases, of diagnosing the conditions and mak"
of the pr g agproce meray ae es at stated intervals by ¥"

rogress of the student is gau : ;
pro Textbooks: Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May, De Schweinit™

18

DISEASES OF THE EAR,NOSE AND THROAT.

— ™. Waytann Frames, Pu.G., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Ear,
_ Nose and Throat.

Hexry M. Baxtry, M.D., Associate Professor.
Pourrn Year.

* Ieoy te teaching is given in didactic lectures and clinics. One didactic
The’ Biven each week and one clinic. ;

Dract® Subject is presented from the point of view of the gencral

tioner, The instruction is practical, and includes the use of the

pe, laryngoscope and other instrumental aids to diagnosis and

pate class is divided into sections, in order that the teachings may

€r adapted to the needs of its members, and that each individual

tay Tecej *
- ve pe: 1 b
4 Te, rsonal supervision

s: Bacon & Blake, Dench, Bishop.

DERMATOLOGY.

H.C. Hess, M.D., Clinical Professor of Dermatology.
“. T. von Scuvuttz, M.Sc., M.D., Associate.

TH Year,

ig 4, SOUrse of lectures, demonstrations and recitations is given dur-
eo The curth year, and a weekly clinic is held throughout the year.
dant Outdoor Department and the Hospital wards furnish an abun-
S the varied supply of material. Cae
] ./° Pathologic histology of the skin diseases is fully considered, as
2 ylieed various parasites.
: ad : Bteliwagen, Hyde & Montgomery, Jackson, Hardaway,

GENITO-URINARY DISEASES.

Prepenic Caruruers, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
_ | N. Tanwar, M.D., Chief of Clinic.

19

——

CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS.

M. D., Associate Professor of Clinical Diagnos*
Turrp YEAR.

One of the most important additions to the student’s wor"
braced by the new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of
ratory studies. Here laboratory work and methods are ¢
tirely from the clinical standpoint. Special courses are &
the blood, urine, sputa, dejecta and stomach contents, in theit
microscopic and bacteriologic relations. Each one of these ©
under the charge of a demonstrator who has given s the
to the branch. is course is designed to fit the student for bs
tical clinical work of the fourth year, *

Special and elective courses are offered to graduate students
An examination is held at the end of the year’s work. 4

Textbooks: Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis.

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.

and Physical Diagnosis.
I. W. Hacuter, M.D., Associate in Diagnosis.

Turrp YEAR. *, ; re

_ .The subject is presented’ in the form of didactic teach
clinical demonstrations, conferences and recitations. The
required individually to examine the patients, make diagnose>
port their results. Case-taking is taught in this department,
dents are required to make written reports upon specially

which reports are the subject of discussion in the com!

“‘Recitations and examinations are held monthly, and te ~~

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. ‘
E. Mrier Rem, M.D., Professor of Medical Jurispruee

Tuirp AND FourtH Years.

The lectures on this important branch are general and ef
The legal relations of the bgp to the State and to his P
exhaustively considered, e question of expert testimony
status of the medical expert, the nature of the hypotheti quct Of
and the manner in which it should be answered, the COne@e ss fol

ysician under direct and cross-examination are all cl to
e examination is held at the conclusion of the course
Textbook: Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.

20

ABMOAN AOAN'L “AN DIDO1WOASINA

engl

SCHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WORK.

Anatomical
Laboratory

10-11

41-12 | Gynecology} Surgery

Physical | Orthopedic
12-1 Di i

tive | Ear, Nose
=e urgery | and t
Attendance obligatory.

FOURTH YEAR,

Clinical
Microscopy

Attendance obligatory.

PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY.

¥ x D. Lewis, M.D., Demonstrator of Applied Physiology, Experimental
Heng. ery and Therapeutics. A

“y . BRANHAM, M.D., Demonstrator of Experimental Surgery.
demon ctePartment has been established and a laboratory equipped for

ed trations of applied Physiology, experimental Surgery and ap-

8nd experimental Therapeutics. The teachings will supplement
will ™ ctic courses. Research in the field of theoretic Therapeutics
Made essayed. Demonstrations of experimental Surgery will be
Tesults studied.

a DENTAL SURGERY.
by degvanced students receive practical instruction in Dental Surgery
be trations in extracting and other minor dental operations.

Pirsp EXAMINATIONS.
4 Year,

d Osteolo and Syndesmology, Histology, Materia Medica, Inor-
sp all Chemistry.

tomy, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Pharmacy,
Tan ih ogy, Public Medicine and Hygiene, Materia Medica.

‘EAR,
be Pediatrics, Surgical Anatomy, Physical Diagnosis, Medicine, Sur-
% ay: Obstetrics, Gynecology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Medical

Pome, orncence.

F H Year, :

flinical Medicine (Smith & Kintzing), Clinical sareecy (Bran-
m), Clinical Obstetrics, Clinical Gynecology, Dermatology, Op-

of ie and Clinical Surgery (Gross), Mental Diseases, Diseases

Ping Eye, Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat, Orthopedic

peunen” Practice of Medicine, Genito-Urinary Surgery, Thera-

FEES AND REGULATIONS.

S Musr Marricurate Wuen THey Commence ATTENDANCE
AT THE LECTURES

Fees Are Payante iN ADVANCE AT TIME OF ENTRANCE, AND ARE

: Nor ReturNABLE Unper ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.

MUON Fee. oo. cca e coc ennsoecveccesvssces eee, Se ar $5.00

Full Course of Lectures....+-++++++++ ecu oth repeal $100.00
shy teposit of $2 for each laboratory course pursued is required of

he am ents. This deposit is returned at the close of the session, less

- Tide charged against it for breakage.

fe ets for any of the departments may be taken out separately.

The 1s $25 for each branch. : :

ws e laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not following

t ede et courses. The special fees for such courses may be ascer-
?p by consulting the Dean. 7 L ‘

. St-graduates who have not received their degree from this Col-

to who desire to pursue special courses, are required to register

Bie the matriculation fee of $5, as well as the fee for the spe-

Physirent in which they wish to work. : ‘

‘are .'YSicians who are graduates of medical colleges in good standing
"Permitted to pursue any course of study given in the institution,

23

and a certificate of attendance, setting forth the facts, is issued ppon
request. ; - oa . f the
Those who are desirous of becoming familiar with the work ©
special departments will be afforded opportunity for a course of study
of six weeks’ duration at any time during the year, provide ae
quiry be made previously concerning the same. The facilities for Vill,
quiring knowledge of laboratory technique, as well as operative
are unexcelled and worthy of consideration. Fat-
No private quizzes or classes are held by any member of the the
ulty in this College, nor by any member of the adjunct Faculty
branch or branches upon which he conducts final examinations. possible
In order that our students may obtain all the advan has
from the extended Hospital facilities of this School, the aculty
decided to appoint a number of internes from the graduati .
These will be known as “Internes of the Franklin Square ‘at
and West End Maternite.” They will receive suitable certificate ne
the end of their term of service, They will be housed in the include
building convenient to both Hospitals. The fee, which will the
room, heat and light, will be one hundred ($100) dollars for
whole year; fifty ($50) dollars for the half-year.
GRADUATION. cot
Candidates for examination must be of good moral charactefy full
rect in deportment, twenty-one years of age, have attended fou -
courses of lectures, the last of which must have been in this Colle:
have paid all fees due the College and passed a satisfactory
tion before the Faculty, cession”.
_ All tickets must be taken out at the beginning of the be end
Tickets for completed courses will be issued by the Dean at natomy
of the session. Laboratory tickets and tickets for Practical rectors
must be countersigned by the proper demonstrators and diver
Unless properly countersigned a ticket will not be accepted as
of a completed course. ? various
Every candidate must have passed examinations in the vir

branches of medicine taught in this school or show satisfactory aH
dence of having passed such examinations in other aceredited, schol
and also must produce evidence of satisfactory work in At
Anatomy and of having pursued the various laboratory course®
tendance upon all clinical lectures is obligatory. ited with
The final examination fee, which is $30, must be deposit
the Dean before the candidate can be admitted to an examinatio® ted
Examinations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are conte re
by the several professors. Candidates failing to graduate are © nich
quired to again appear for examination in those branches i of the
they have attained the Tequired percentage, except in the case | of 3
major branches. The judgment of the Faculty u the fitnee nd og
candidate is based upon knowledge of his gene attendance eat ex
dustry, character and habits, as well as upon the result of his

amination. re-exam”
.__ ,Candidates rejected at the final examination will not be j
ined until after having taken another course of lectures. absent

.__ The degree will not be conferred upon any candidate permission
himself from the Public Commencement without the special
of the Faculty.

In 'the appointment of officers, assistants and additional tear ence
other things being equal, our own graduates shall have the pr

These regulations will be strictly adhered to. (See also PP 9 a
24

PRIZES.

The Faculty, believing that a reward to the candidate for gradua-
. »'@nding highest in his studies at the end of the year stimulates
€ class to greater effort, offers the following prize:

Rlighest General Average, a Gold Medal.

aad idates for the degree, to be eligible for the above prize, must
‘taken all the studies of the last year and have been examined in

idents attaining a general average of 90 or over will be entitled
orable mention.

GENERAL INFORMATION.

2 . .
ton, hye close of the session the following appointments are made
Ty € graduates of this school: :

ar Raiecsident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital.

“a ident Physician to the West End Maternite.

ita) peUmber of D
sa

om ispensary Physicians to the Franklin Square Hos-
Ty.
“ce appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are annually
which graduates from the Maryland Medical College are
the spensary is open throughout the year, and students remain-
which 2 are privileged to avail themselves of the many advant-
he it offers.
ag poTsonal expenses of the students are at least as low in Balti-
$3 te any other large city. Students can board comfortably for
93 to $5 per week, fire and light included and those who are
‘sae tezether in lodging-rooms can live at_lower rates. A
, rding-houses may be had at the Dean’s office or from the

dents are advised to pay fees by check for the exact amount.
Nees for other expenses should be in postal or money orders,
e by express, as the College will not endorse checks for private

dents are requested to report to the Dean and to register imme-

their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate their assign-

» Seats, arrangement in sections, ward classes, etc.

ne mang are always welcome, and are cordially invited
the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheater at any time.

)
Pror, Harry Gross, M.D., Dean,
909 Cathedral Street.

YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.

\ branch of the City Y, M. C. A. is maintained in this College.
Tcollegiate Secretary is employed to devote his time to the wel-

the Students of the city.
and ligious activity of the students is directed by the Associa-
hela 388¢8 for Bible Study and devotional meetings are regu-

re Association also welcomes new students at the opening of
and lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for reference.

25

i.
The Association Hand-Book, containing much information ™
value to the students, is issued at the opening of the fall term.
The City Association, with a fully-equipped central proper}
the West Branch, which is situated within one square of the ©®
extend a very cordial welcome to the students.

ATHLETICS.

The great number of studies and the limited term and cov
formerly compelled the student to neglect proper exercises; &
greater time which is now allotted for the completion of his me
course allows the student ample time to indulge in outdoor at
in the open and gymnasium work in the closed season, COMM
ball and baseball teams are formed each season, in all of which aie
the Faculty encourages the students to participate, believing bd
rounded body will carry an evenly-balanced brain.

The Athletic Association has made arrangements to cart
football team to the seashore in September for two weeks’ pret
training. ‘

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.

All Alumni in good standing, the Faculty and the Adjunct
are eligible to membership in the College Alumni Association,
jects of the Association are as follows: To advance the influe
the Maryland Medical College, to further higher educational is
and to secure intellectual, social and professional benefit to

bers.

The annual meeting will be held on or about Comm cw
on which occasion an address will be delivered by one of the #
selected by the Executive Committee. 4

The fee for membership is fifty cents per annum, payable :
vance.

METHODS OF TEACHING.

The organizers of the Maryland Medical College have o's
view the advantages of individual teaching in contradistin hepee
instruction, such as prevails to a greater or less extent d te
Colleges and Universities. To this end the professors an
are given ample liberty to employ such characteristic me
rience has shown to be preferable, rather than
follow systems sanctified by tradition and fossilized by
the end set forth, it is necessary to maintain a corps ©
in proportion to the number of matriculates than is US v4
institutions engaged in similar work. with

The teacher stamps his individuality upon the student To
he comes into intimate personal contact, and the student 15 Pag
rassed by fruitless discussions of methods and measures
opposed, the efficiency of which is stoutly maintained by
fessors in the same college, as is unfortunately too often

_ our American institutions of learning. The teacher >
encouraged to keep fully abreast of the times in every rods
pertains to his branch, to visit and investigate the methods, ~

by other institutions, both in our own country and ee f

purpose of broadening his views and perfecting his methoe

necessary, the college provides funds for such purposes.
Likewise, the entire energy of the Board of Trus’’
Faculty is expended in an endeavor to provide @

26

TEXT BOOKS.

Anatomy—Gray, Morris, Holden.
Bacteriology—McFarland, Novy, Abbott.
Chemistry—Simon, Fownes, Atfield.
Children—Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.
Dermatology—Stellwagen, Crocker, Jackson, Hyde & Mo
Hardaway, Mracek. y
Dictionaries—Gould (latest edition), Dunglison, Dorlands.
Ear, Nose, Throat—Grayson, Bacon, Ballenger, Coakley, yen
Eye—Ball, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May.
Genito-Urinary Diseases—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis &
Gynecology—Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley.
Histology—Schafer.
Hygiene—Wilson, Parkes, Kintzing’s Long Life.
Jurisprudence—Reese’s Medical Jurisprudence.
Materia Medica—Materia Medica, Therapeutics and P#
ogy, Butler. Therapeutics, Its Principles and Practice, Wood.
Nervous System and Mind—Dana, Oppenheim, Church &
son, Berkley.
Obstetrics—Hirst, Edgar, Williams.
Operative Surgery—Bryant, McGrath, Kocher.
Pathology—Green, Ziegler, Stengel.
Pharmacy—Caspari. PS
Physical Diagnosis—Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Dis¢
Diagnostic Methods, Tyson, Musser.
Physiology (first year)—Collins & Rockwell. P.
(second year)—Stewart’s Manual, Kirke, :
Principles and Practice of Medicine—Osler, Anders, +9”
ing, Thompson,
Surgery—Park, International Textbook of Surgery,
Textbook Surgery, Dacosta and Vaughan.
Surgery of Rectum—Gantt, Kelsey.
Therapeutics—Cushny, Sollman, Hare. _
Works on Special Subjects—Jennings’ Color Vision *
Blindness, Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis.
28

———

THE FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL. CALHOUN AND FAYETTE STRZLTS

Sz. "2 oo .

“SQUVAY AAA AWL AO ANO AO WANBOD WV

LIST OF MATRICULATES, SESSION 1908-09.

State. Name. State.

1a Bieebes tye, Ea, Jaton Ass... . coated.

aiden ks CORRE Ky. Diebel, Harry..............Md.

Mpited fon Pad Md. Ephraim, Hyman S.........Md.

...W. Va. Fairchild, Solomon L........ Pa.

spa Veg Md. Faircloth, R. Ransom......N.C.

Sr arew Aes MGs _MUOITOE,(Se.c5cune sos ces bets OVEIA

ee kde. ae Fitzgerald, Daniel D...... Conn.
Oe ie kuds Hie Russia Fitzmaurice, E. Vincent....N. J.
ened yi nie} Md. Fooks, John W............Del.

rs, Stewart Cole.......Md. Ford, W. Edwin......... W. Va.
BP Wer, yen esse W. Van eae J Wilk W. Va
Tip hewesenee W. Va. France, Germanus..........Md.

Sida Sve cal Pak W. Va; sBisher, Otto. 5 om dn NY.
Brahe 9 eee W. Va. Gemmill, Wm. Porter........Pa.
Sere ore Pa. Gemmill, James R...........Pa,

Wiecisaae Caneees ed Md. Ytaray, Patis Le.cc.3 «010. WS Va.

ncaa Wi St a Va. Gregory, Guerney A.........Pa.

tetrad Nook: Sarteseet, WAR, .... does saeune oe

VoKtens W.Va. Goldsmith, Chester L.....Mass.

ja iteene MAREE, MARTTIG, OA, MID, Gaels W. Va.

eS ee Pa, “Greatny Fe; cits ey vt We Oe

5 apbhae e Md. Holland, Carlton A........D. C.

Se adn adiets oie Del. “Hunt; Jamés E, ..5,<.40e0007hd,

PORE. < oko oe Md. Hunt, Elwood V...........Ind.

» Lonis B....... N.Y. Huffman, Frank B..........Va.
David O’Q...... S.C. Hughes, David E........ W. Va.

Name. " State.
Jones, Maurice.....--+-++++ Md.
Kaiser, Louis A....-..---- N.Y.
Kalmutz, Gustave G:......-.Pa.
Kenny, F. J....-+-- 00+ W. Va.
Kimble, C. M...... err: fae cS
Lawall, G. S.....+.- Pye ex Pa
Levyn, I. Lester....+++++- MeYy
Lickle, H. Roland........+-- Md.
Light, To ROY. couse ewiguaws Pa,
Mannich, W. A... ..- 000+ +++ -Pa.
Martin, Charles B.........-- Md.
Mason, Claude H.....-.-+-- Va.
Mastin, Morrell N.....--.-++ Pa.
Miller, John A.....- cheese.
Mohr, Dwight H.........Conn.
Montealegre, Isaac J... Fe Ache, 4
McCandless, Everett L...... Pa.
McDaniel, L. E.......s..se eee
McGuffin, L. Li... ee eee ee eens O.

McLaughlin, J. L.........N. H.
MeNeerok Disiascsins ec We Va-
Myer, Edward H.........N. Y.

Name.

Navarro, Salvadore Ave

Santaella, Alvaro. saat :
Sibold, Albert L...«+
Silverstein, Samuel. .
Sollars, Edward Eng
Skladowsky, John A-
Spangler, Paul C..->
Snarr, Samuel S..+++
Stallings, John A.+
Torre, L. de la. ae

Vermillion, Uriah. «+++
Walker, S. Pe. see
Wilson, W. B..-+++*
Whitaker, George F. j
Wood, Harold A--++**

GRADUATES, 1909.
IE Sexo; 14 su 5 Tsai one 1 oe Kentucky
SE ns eee aia meat Pens Maryland
BERENS OIE 9. 6s acu Xk ccind haehe wis hile Sunes .--Maryland
NEE. Reatiie n2. wash wts Gory kes «da even cen es Virginia
AER (or. S25 aii isha: ears te ea oe Maryland
0 EA rt aa Re ay ne hb” Ree eee Ares es Maryland
MN Ai. 2 ok 2; A UGENT Pouce ons 03s Faas West Virginia

SE See eer rer eer Massachusetts
SNOT: 52 5a 55 Sy aka dutn Godt sykere ea « Pennsylvania
EE eee en Ae erene e New York

CAS BS See, Cee © arene South Carolina
eR RE Se acre ara Be Maryland
EE eee er eae Deanne Met on * Maryland
Meee G. Ransom..............5.00-++ pieretirs North Carolina
th Wm, Re Ae ee. Se West Virginia
Meme Wen, Porter. .......2<.:-ssidrs- thes see ve es Pennsylvania
y “Bory, BRON ES Bic -gchiev hs icdehsee mt on A oe Pennsylvania
NS 8, on, oo oh, oes saree ...-Indiana
DS yt RC | eee ore Virginia
oe eo sy ir ee \.....Maryland

» Louis » ; EEE ee T TS a oer er New York

AN ae ee, Aen ame ee Pennsylvania

RN <2 oil &, aoe Aaee.. Aok Oa, sae doe . Maryland
iioct Folel wal piPGulictal 5 Sty hare SE ED TGs MER IG orcas ae Pennsylvania
OS SS Senet, |e eee rer New York
Ser tae eee Maryland
MMEITELOGRE J) STNG eek ons cE tas oe 3 asc Central America
ED acs a totes 28 david Atea vse eenias Connecticut

EE dos os ai aN pers Candee eta ds vose pos Pennsylvania
Se See Sere ee. Illinois
SENOS > S c5 240 57 Neat LOVEE ote een eee Porto Rico
Seibert L.......... ER a: ee Virginia
NOE 5c. 7. cp re cali asi git On Roumania
MRE ais cs dae eee cs Shere cxe wh eer Op netieneee see .. Virginia
BBN cs 3. Ske, oi, siglowes bu cataract West Virginia
Harold A... Sina Pooaa FASign 5 Rae ap CEN AS ies roses Mane
Serre SL; , WoRAES,. sy Sae vsdew saa oe Pennsylvania

‘SLABMAS ALLAAVA ANY NOOWWD “IV1L1dSOM AAVODOS NYYARWRA AML

MARYLAND
|| MEDICAL COLLEGE

(CO-EDUCATIONAL)

OF BALTIMORE

Nee
N
1910-1911

1114-20 W. BALTIMORE ST.

BALTIMORE, MD.

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

Catalogue for 1909-1910.

Announcement of Session 1910-1911.

1114 to 1120
West Baltimore Street.

CALENDAR 1og10-!9I1
1910.

Sept. 15. Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin, Thursday... +: "eI ae?

Sept. 30. Introductory Address, 8 P. M., Friday....--+++*"" 5 $e
Oct. 1. Regular Lectures begin, Saturday........-.-.+080"7 ;
Oct. 1. Entrance Examinations begin, Saturday......-++>*** U

Nov. 24. Thanksgiving Day (Holiday), Thursday.....--++*** o
Dec, 2, Examinations on Conditioned Branches begin..-- +++"
Dec. 22. Christmas Holidays begin, Saturday..........66+9¢" m

19IT.

Jan. 3. Lectures resumed, Tuesday, 9 A. M
Feb. 22. Washington’s Birthday (Holiday).......--...:9°""
Apr.14. Good Friday (Holiday) ......+6.ssseeeeeeenseer p
Apr.17. Easter Monday (Holiday).........+.e+++eeer
May 30. Alumni Association Meeting, about....-..-.-+9°°"”
About ( Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M
June 1.

F5o 20 ee COUNT MS

oserae Coy FSO RS

Annual Banquet, 10 P. M.......e eee e eee etre’

CoLLece BuILpincs,
1114 To 1120 W. BALTIMORE STRBBT,
Bartrmore, Mp.

‘Lerrers, TELEGRAMS, Monty Orpers AND Express Packaces 7
pENTS SHOULD Be ApprESSED AS ARovE.

‘ For any information, address
THE DEAN, Ws. S. Smit, M.D., Maryland Medical
Baltimore, Md., U. S. A.

ACTS.

JANUARY SESSION, rooz2.

CHAPTER 560,

College, of Baltimore City.

_ WHereas, The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, a pros-
Tous and Progressive Medical College, incorporated under the Gen-
“Laws of this State, desires to have its powers thereunder en-
s€d and extended; therefore,

VION 1. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland,
sat the Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorporated
_ er the General Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved and re-
~™ among the Charter Records of the Superior Court of Baltimore
in Liber R. O. No. 37, folio 33, etc., of which College Bernard P.
John B. Schwatka, J. William Funck, Joseph H. Branham, G.
n Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William S. Smith, C. Urban
4 J. Charles Linthicum and Harry Gross are the directors, being
ors of the incorporators thereof, they and their successors shall
Perpetual succession as such, and they shall be and are hereby
“d to annex schools, confer degrees and to have and to hold
Urchase, gift or otherwise, suitable grounds and buildings, thereon
tional, scientific and hospital purposes not exceeding three
*¢ thousand dollars, subject to the right of the General Assembly
. OF amend this Act, and subject to all the laws of this State re-
to corporations applicable thereunto.
Me And be it further enacted, Thit thie Act shall take effect
the date of its passage.
— “PProved April 11, 1902.

Joun Watrer Smita,
Governor.

Norte L. MitrcHet,
Speaker of the House of Delegates.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF THE MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE.

J. H. Branuam, M. D., President.B. P. Muse, M.D.

F. Carutuers, M.D., Vice-Pres. C. Ursan Smitn, M.D.
J. Wittram Func, M.D., Treas. Wma. S. Smitn, M.D.,
J. C. Lintuicum, LL.B., CounsellorPearce Kintzinc, M.D.,
Avert T. CHAMprRS, M.D., See’y. A. D. McConacuie, DDS» ;

OFFICERS OF THE FACULTY.

A. D. McConacuir, D.D.S., M.D., President.
J. Wa. Funckx, M.D., Vice-President.
Ww. S. Smiru, M.D., Dean.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS a

OF THE FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL. |
Calhoun and Fayette Streets.

J. H. Brawnam, M.D, President. Fren Carutuers, M. D-
J. Wa. Func, M.D., Vice-Pres. B. P. Muse, M.D.

W. Ss. Smitn, M. D., Sec.-Treas. A. D. McConacuHIE, DDS» ¥ ay

C. Ursan Situ, M. D., Apert T, CHAMBERS, M.D. :
Pearce Krntzine, M.D. Hon. J. Cus. LintHicuM x

b

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE“ “sige

are

THE COLLEGE RUILDING.

EXPLANATION.

In explanation of the statements made under
the head of “Evening Sessions,” and of the
Schedule of Lectures and Laboratory work, to be
found respectively on pages 9 and 22 of this
Announcement, it should be said that the day
courses usually followed by first and second year
students will be continued during the coming
session, in addition to those given in the evening.

¢

FACULTY.

WittiaAm Herpert Pearce, M.D.,
Emeritus Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine.

C. Ursan Smiru, Pa.G., M.D.,
Emeritus Professor of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Gastro-
Enterology. :
Bernarp Purcect Muse, M.D.,
_ Professor of Obstetrics.

J. Wittiam Funcx, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Eye.

_ Joseru H. Branuam, M.D.,
Tofessor of Principles and Practice of Surgery and Abdominal
Surgery.
Frep CaruTtHers, M.D.,
Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Wutiam S. Situ, M.D., Dean,
Professor of Diseases of Women.

Lewis H. Gunpry, M.D.,
Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System and of the Mind.

A. D. McConacutg, D.D.S., M.D.
Professor of Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.

Prog Pearce Kintzine, B. Sc., M.D
& €ssor of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Physical Diagnosis,

Avsert T. CHaAmpbers, M.D.,
Professor of Operative and Clinical ‘Surgery.

p Grorce B. Scuott, A.B., M.D.
rofessor of Pathology, Bacteriology and Clinical Microscopy.

Gustavus CHartes Doume, A.B., M.D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Associate in Medicine.

Witiam S. Love, M
Professor of Gastro-Enterology and “Clinical Medicine.

Henry M. Baxtey, Pu.G., M.D.,
Professor of Hygiene.

: E. Mrtter Rem, M.D.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.

J. Harry Uttricu, Px.G., M.D.,
Professor of Physiology and 'Proctology.

H. C. Hess, M.D.,
Professor of Dermatology.

5

Irvin EsaucH, M.D.,
Professor of Therapeutics and Clinical Medicine.
Henry W. Kennarp, M.D.,
Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.
F. N. Tannar, A.B., LL.B, M.D.
Professor of Diseases of Children and Instructor in Gyn
Pathology.
Howarp D. Lewis, M.D.,
Professor of Anatomy,.and Clinical Surgery.
Wisur P. Srupss, M.D., at
Professor of Materia Medica and Associate in Clinical Medicine.
Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D.,
Clinical Professor of Female Genito-Urinary Diseases-
Epwarp Grempter, M.D.,
Associate Professor of Surgery.
Leonarp E, Beacu, M.D., =
Associate in Electro Therapeutics and Radiography. =
Jostan S. Bowen, M.D.,
Associate in Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.
Frank J. Powers, M.D.,
Associate in Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.
Henry G. Branuam, M.D., 4
Associate in Physiological Chemistry and Clinical Diagnos
: : Ecrert L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Associate in Operative Surgery.
~ Georce A. Buntine, A. M., Pu. G.,
Associate Professor of Practical Pharmacy.
A. T. Von Scuvutz, M.Sc., M.D.,
Associate in Dermatology.
Aurrep L. Levy, M.D.,
Associate in Physiology. =
H. P. Hm, A.B. Px.G, M.D, ee
Associate Professor of Histology, Embryology and Biology: +
Cnartes H. Beerem, Pu.G., M.D., a” |
Associate in Obstetrics.
Henry B. Kors, M.D.,
Associate in Gynecology.
Auten C. Beetuam, M.D., P
Associate in Osteology and nee, and Demonstrator

a
bstetrics. :
6

J. Guvert Seisy, M.D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.

¥ Water A. Cox, M.D.,
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.

James A. Durr, M.D.,
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.

Exprmce Baskin, D.D.S., M.D.,
Lecturer on Dental Histology and Pathology.

R. V. Grann, M.D.,
Lecturer on Minor Surgery and Bandaging.

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL.

Visitinc Starr.

Surgeons. Physicians.
“Ror. J. H. Brannam, M.D., Pror. C. U. Smutu, M.D.,
FRoF. J. Wa. Funcx, M.D., Pror. Pearce Kintzinc, M.D.,
ag *. Frep Carutuers, M.D., Pror. Wa. H. Pearce, M.D.,
or. Wa. S. Suita, M.D, Pror. Lewis H. Gunpry, M.D.,
~~ or. A. D. McConacuie, M.D., Neurologist.

ty + Atpert T. Cuamsers, M.D., Pror. Wa. S. Love, M.D.,
“Or. J. Harry Uttricu,M.D., —-Pror. H. C. Hess, M_D.,
|, fF: Howarp D. Lewis, M.D., _Pror. Invin Epavucu, M.D., =
“or. Epwaxp Grempier, M.D. _Pror. F. N. TANNaR, M.D, >
oF, Maurice Lazensy, M.D., Pror. Witzur P. Stusss, M.D.,.
Pror. Grorcr B. Scuot, M.D., Pathologist.

RESIDENT STAFF,

Jamus A. Durr, M.D., Medical Superintendent.

Joun A. Miter, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.

Omer V. Brooks, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.

(J0SsrpH L. McLaucuuin, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.

18s Anna A, SrevinG, Superintendent of Nurses.
- Grorcr Scnoit, D.D., Business Manager.

West Enp Maternity.

Pror. B. P. Muse, M.D., Visiting Obstetrician.
Cwartes H. Beerem, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Aaazn C. BeerHam, M.D., Demonstrator of Obstetrics.

7 f

DispeNSARY STAFF.

Henry B. Kors, M.D.,
Dispensary Physician. i

E. L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Operative Surgery.
Henry B. Kors, M.D., +
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of Women. —
J. S. Bowen, M.D., Frank J. Powers, M.D.,
Chiefs of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Ear, Nose

. Atien C. Beetuam, M.D.,
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Practice of Medicine.
Henry G. Branuam, M.D.,

Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Surgery.

E. A. Dickey, M.D., ‘
Chief of Clinic to the Chair of Diseases of the Eye.

Maryland Medical College.
7 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.
|
ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1o10-1911.
The next Regular Session of the Maryland Medical College will

. yen on Saturday, October 1, 1010, and will conclude about June rst,
ae at which time the Public Commencement Exercises will be held
ne of the large theatres of this city.
in Preliminary clinical course, beginning September 15, will be held
We the Clinical Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine will be
©ome and for which no charge is made.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

M: The Maryland Medical College was chartered under the laws of

Miiyland in August, 1808, for the purpose of teaching the science of

th icine, and degrees were conferred upon the first class to complete
© Prescribed course in May, 1899.

th In January, 1902, by an act of the General Assembly of Maryland,
© Powers of the institution were enlarged and extended.

CO-EDUCATIONAL.

end The school is, from this date, Co-educational, The Faculty, with the
of thecment of the Board of Directors, have decided to open the doors
lam © College to women on the same terms as to men, Our curricu-
medio tS to both sexes superior facilities for acquiring a thorough
cal training of the highest standard.
is tg course of study required in this school for the degree of M. D.
Our years’ duration.
of a order that the time of study shall count as a full year, students
the} Classes must present themselves before October 1st and register
: names with the Dean.
in, €re is a recess at Christmas, beginning Decentber 22 and end-
ig January 3
j Spent Tearrangement of the subjects taught went into effect with the
ity ng of the session of 1905-1906. Experience has shown that a log-
L Telarc angement of the subjects in such a manner as to place the cor-
Hine’? Sroups in the same periods greatly increases the amount of
Stud Which can be devoted to such subject, and likewise permits the
; When £0 concentrate his energies to much greater advantage than
his attention is divided among numerous diverse subjects.

EVENING SESSIONS.

ber In Order to make the courses of study available to a large num-

for th deserving students, the recitations, lectures and demonstrations

hour. © first and second year classes will be given during the evening

Will cof the session of 1910-11, and the laboratories for these courses
pen for work during similar hours.

9

zs — “

An examination of the schedule in another part of this catalog
shows the arrangement of studies and the amount of time which '
dents are required to devote to each branch.

A minimum of 1,000 hours’ work is required of each first-yeae
student; of 1,000 hours is required of each second-year stu! i's
1,100 hours is required of each third-year student; of 1,360 hours © —
required of each fourth-year student. RE

A series of written and practical examinations on all the required 4
subjects of medical instruction is distributed throughout the of

ears’ course of study. Every candidate for the degree of Doctof oil

edicine must pass these examinations in a satisfactory manner eo ot
as fulfill the po bar eho requirements and all the other requiremene the
the curriculum. No student is permitted to enter upon the work Of © :
fourth year until he has ste all first and second-year examittioned .
A special examination to enable students to pass upon condition”
branches is held in December of each session. Ti

ENLARGEMENT. <=

The necessity for enlarging the equipment of the College became =
apparent in 1902, and at the close of that session arrangements bs
made for increasing the capacity of the laboratories and for the places
tion of new facilities. This work has been completed, te
within reach of the student ample and complete facilities for the t
sive laboratory work now recognized as the primary essen!
acquisition of a modern medical education. ’ com

Laboratory technique, clinical teaching and research work, ,
bined with didactic teaching and stated recitations ee each
furnish the basis of the teaching methods employed in this ‘
Individually and collectively the Faculty stands ready to advise e a
in regard to the studies that they should pursue and the best ®™
of attaining the ends sought.

oe

LOCATION. uf

&

The geographical situation of Baltimore, combined -with Strap:
passed climatic and natural advantages, have made the city the easy of
olis of the South and one of the leading cities of America» idl
access both by the great trunk lines that radiate from her ae steam”
the waterways,~which bring numerous coastwise and ocean-& ’
ers to her wharves. “ ncede!

The supremacy of Baltimore as a medical center 35, ch
throughout America and acknowledged abroad—a fact whi study ©
not be underestimated by the student contemplating the ”
medicine.

To live in such an atmosphere, surrounded by thousand
workers whose ends and aims are identical with his own, §
student to perseverance in his endeavors and to put 10 ther
effort to reap the advantages of his opportunities. On the © a fal
the college which occupies an isolated situation, stultified a :
sense of security, is prone to be unprogressive, whereas tint
placed in close contact with similar institutions, exposed con
the strong light of comparison must progress or retire

The clinical advantages of Baltimore are obvious.
superabundantly supplied with hospitals and dispensaries
not only resident patients, but those from a great distance:

©

TO

» Car lines and shipping lines supply innumerable cases of acci-
MS, while intercourse with the tropics and distant countries brings
the clinics cases of rare and unusual diseases that seldom find their
to less accessible medical clinics. ;
Living in Baltimore is proverbially good and obtained at most
Sionable rates, in hospitable homes, within easy reach of the College,
,, &te the moral, as well as the physical well-being of the student is
ed for amid refined surroundings. ; ;
€ Histologic, Pathologic, Bacteriologic, Chemic and Anatomic
3 tories are fully equipped for practical work. Abundant dissect-
= Material is supplied. The laboratories and lecture halls are situated
m the College building on West Baltimore street. (See also p. 24.)

y PROGRESS.

= Attention is called to the extensive improvements which have been

he vp both the College and the Franklin Square Hospital.

Veni hew Dissecting Room, embodying the most modern ideas of con-
Le, ce and efficiency, has been constructed at the College, and a new
Ute Hall added. The Clinical Amphitheatre has been completely
modeled and the Histological Laboratory has been extensively im-

bins At the Hospital a modern Clinical Amphitheatre, along the most
Toved lines, has been erected, and two new Laboratories have been
*c. A Sun Parlor also has been built, which rivals that of any
Wi in Baltimore.
ith these additions to the equipment the Faculty feels that the
of M, ND Mepicat Coxtece is in position to fulfill all the exactions
Te Odern Medical Teaching, and further to emphasize that Individual
dis '%8, in contradistinction to mass-teaching, which has been the
_ “'Rttive aim of the College.
© improvements in the Hospital are in line with the progressive
t has ever actuated the Board of Directors of that institution.

facilitate Diagnosis, Clinical Research and Clinical Teaching.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

The mente for admission to the Medical course are as fol-
rs I. Moral. A certificate of good moral character, signed by one
a th Teputable physicians. II. Age. Evidence that the applicant is
ive. 29S same years of age. III. Educational. One of five alterna-
j Olows:
(2) A Bachelor's degree from an approved coll or university.
. iploma from a recognized high school, normal school or
lemy requiring for admission evidence of the completion of
an Cight years’ course in primary and intermediate grades, and for
3) uation not less than four years of study. =
; Star tificate from the regularly constituted authorities of any
M te authorized to pass on the qualifications of students to study
icine,
An examination to be conducted by a duly chosen examiner, not
? Tenttected with the College, extending over 30 points, of which at
ast 18 must be from list (A). A point represents a half-
on’s work on any one subject. For this examination a fee
f $5.00 is exacted.

It

Not only add to the comfort and well-being of the Patients, but ~

(5) A certificate from a reputable instructor, recognized as such Dy
the State, county or city superintendent of schools, from w4! ol’
the applicant comes, or a certificate issued by any State boa'

Medical examiners, will be accepted in lieu of the whole or 2 pet
of this examination. Such certificate shall set forth by § oad
and points the ground which has been covered by the student ag
shall be duly signed with the name and title of the person

it, and witnessed.

NOTH.—A student may be allowed to enter conditioned to the d
of not more than 10 points, These conditions must an < ‘on the
by satisfacto examination before he is allowed to en
second year of the course. 2 *
i ota

ts;
(A) Mathematics, 4 poincs; English, 6 points; History, 2 points: 7%
gSuage, 4 points (of which Latin must be 2, ‘and may
points); Science, 5 points. Total, 21 points. . Manual
(B) English, 2 points; History, 6 points; Language, 6 pointes, 6
Training, points; Mechanical Drawing, point; Ch
points; Frisenometry, 1, point; Astronomy, 1° point: int; HY
point; ysica eography, point; ysiolo ,
giene, 1 point; Political Economy, 1 point. Total, 25° poit “

The Association of American Medical Colleges has 4 3

Deichmann College Preparatory School to conduct entrance 4

tions for the Medical schools of Baltimore, as required by ' d

No. 4, where we refer applicants for admission to our freshma” {

who may require such an examination. Ais /
Graduates or students of homeopathic or eclectic medical nave :

will be granted an allowance equal to the number of years tier
attended such colleges, provided they can meet the requirements
entrance €xaminations and pass examinations in Materia M
Therapeutics,

f in-

The right is reserved to make such alteration in the course of
struction as experiencee or expedience may prove to be n in any
Students who have attended one or more courses of lectures ‘
accredited medical college or colleges are placed upon an ual examina
with our own students, and the same privileges as regar ded %
tions (previously described) for advanced standing are exten prope
them. Examination will not be required on subjects for which passed

credentials are exhibited by the student, showing that he
such examination.

the

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION.

The Franklin Square Hospital is conducted by the Faculty nf
Maryland Medical College. his

The opening of this institution marked another epoch in the
tory and development of the Maryland Medical College. patients

It possesses the most modern facilities for the care 0 arrange,
and attaches. The heating, lighting, plumbing and sanitary cornet OF
ments are of the most advanced order. The situation, at the ware: It
Fayette and Calhoun streets, is ideal, facing a large public wadance of
affords the inmates a pleasant outlook and insures an a well-for
fresh air at all times. The Hospital contains a number of well-ve™
nished, attractive private rooms and pleasant, well-lighted,
tilated public wards.

12

HOSPITAL AMPHITHEATRE

SBREMLVARLINAWY BOA ViOD

LS

i is provided with a well-equipped Operating-Room, an Amphi-
A tre and Clinical, Pathological and X-Ray Laboratories. The X-Ray
aieeatatus is of the latest pattern, embodying the newest advancement
Bae. this line, and is superior to any other apparatus in the city of
more,
tea ee Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in large numbers,
Studantnishes an abundance of clinical material for the instruction of
ents. In the Outdoor Department of the Dispensary advanced stu-
— are permitted to visit patients, make diagnoses of their diseases
treat them under the supervision of the Dispensary Physician.
itt The Hospital is the only one located in the western section of

Baltimore is the medical center for a vast section of the country,
the enviable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted large
Ts of persons in need of high-class medical service. The Franklin
equi te Hospital is eminently fitted to fill all the offices of a wel-
bed Hospital.
View implicity, utility and thoroughness have been the factors kept in
it is in formulating plans for the development of the institution, and
8 believed that the new Hospital will serve as a model for no incon-
iderable period of time.

NORTHEASTERN DISPENSARY.

wit ST?@ngements have been made by which the students of this school
tion have the advantages of the large clinic of this Dispensary in addi-
to those already available.

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMORE

drone tis institution is located at 112 North Calhoun street, in close
der nity to both the College and the Hospital. The Maternite is un-
to the supervision of the Faculty, and has been admirably fitted up
of pect the advanced requirements of a lying-in institution, The aim
its incorporators has been to make it a model institution of its kind.
Stry mple cpporseety is here furnished to the students for bedside in-
ancy The methods of diagnosis, the care of patients during preg-
are and the puerperal state, and the manner of conducting labors
Sarefully taught.
taineg © Maternite is so arranged that absolute privacy may be ob-
of ; a moderate rates, which vary according to the location and size

ANATOMY.

fowary D. Lewrs, M.D., Professor of Anatomy.
Aur sBERT Seizy, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Prep 4s Batre nse, M_D., Associate in Osteology and Syndesmology.
D Seconp YEARS.
extent’ instruction in this fundamental branch consists of lectures, |
| of ive dissections, demonstration upon the wet and dry preparations

7 ee” ee eee

% te Museum and anatomical models, supplemented by recitations and

Embparonstrations in the anatomic laboratory. The preliminary work
ligamec’ thorough courses in Osteology, the study of the joints and
the nents and Anatomic Histology. Dissection is performed under
h dance of the demonstrators, and the student is exhaustively ex-

13

amined upon the completion of the part dissected. Dissecting materi.

is liberally supplied, and no limitation is placed upon the ere

work which the student is permitted to do. The course

special course of lectures upon the brain and spinal cord.
Examinations are held at stated intervals.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.
Howaxrp D. Lewis, M.D., Professor of Anatomy.
J. Gueert Serny, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Watrer A. Cox, M.D., Assistant Demonstrator of s
James A. Durr, M.D., Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy: ‘4

First AND Seconp YEARS.

quired. : _
The Laboratories are open until 10 P. M. in order to afford sf!
hours for extra and advanced work. Dissection tickets aré Ct
signed by the demonstrator as an evidence, of satisfactory dissection

The material is furnished in abundance.

Each student is required to dissect three parts. ork:

First-year students are required to devote 420 hours to
Second-year students are required to devote not less than 420 A
this branch.

HISTOLOGY.

tal

H. P. Hut, A.B., PhG., M.D., Associate Professor of Histology (
First YEAR.

The course in Histology comprises the laboratory work, ca
with a series of didactic lectures illustrating the subject. first
of the course is devoted to the technique of the microscope,
of slides, use of the microtome and other apparatus of the la

The remainder of the session is devoted to the consideration ©
normal tissues and fluids of the body.

A sufficient number of microscopes has been provided to allow.
to the use of each student, for which no fee is exacted. Ps
locker, furnished with a complete outfit of necessary appar
signed to each member of the class, and he is held responsib
material while in his possession. The collection in the Histo
seum includes a very large number of mounted sections, ch ities
and treatises upon the subject, offering altogether ample facili ;
elementary and advanced work and for original investigation;

The course extends over the first year, and the class 18 ©
into sections, the better to receive individual supervision.
examination is held at the end of the year, and is
course students.

CHEMISTRY. :

Gustavus Cuartes Dou, A.B., M.D., Professor of Chemist?’ ,

First AND SECOND YEARS. | a
The instruction in Chemistry extends throughout two sessioretry |
is divided into a Junior and a Senior course, Junior Ch !

14

it in the first year, comprising the study of chemical physics,
~ ical philosophy and inorganic chemistry and laboratory exercises.
At the end of the session the student is examined for admission to the
~Rext class. Advanced Chemistry is taught in the second year, com-
q ng the study of the compounds of carbon or organic chemistry,
Physiologic chemistry and chemic analysis.
Bes method of instruction consists of lectures, recitations and
th ratory exercises, and the class standing of the student throughout
2 rae is utilized in estimating his fitness for advancement or
on.
. At the end of each session the student is examined for graduation
im the work of that year.
5 The study of toxicology embraces the symptoms and treatment of
Poisoning, and also the methods of chemic analysis for detecting the
Various poisons,

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.

Irvin Esaucu, M.D., Professor of Therapeutics.
Wiuisur P. Sruvss, M.D., Professor of Materia Medica.

“Finsr anp Seconp Years.
dem ststruction in Materia Medica is given by lectures, recitations and
ui Onstrations during the first and second years. The student is re-
red to familiarize himself with the physical properties of crude
and their preparation. The official drugs and their doses, as
; “il as the newer remedies, are thoroughly studied. Prescrpition writ-
ten, is a part of the special work in this department. The course ex-
c ds throughout the second year and is concluded by an examination.

Tarp AND FourrH YEARS.
The course in Therapeutics embraces Toxicology and Therapeutics
> oper, and includes didactic and laboratory teachings, extending over
“tae “ihe and fourth years.
4h.:Pecial study is made of the physiologic action of drugs and of
their effect upon the lower animals, while the practical application of
y taught by

iomedial agents to disease is thoroughly and systematical
B, res and recitations.

e,._Phe recitations and examinations are held at intervals, and a final
pamination at the end of the fourth year finishes work in this de-

~ Partmen

PHARMACY.
Grorcy A. Buntinec, A. M., Pu. G., Associate Professor of Practical

wi Lhe teaching of Pharmacy is by laboratory instruction combined
“fat lectures, T he practical details of the subject are made thoroughly
‘po tiar to the student by the required manipulation, weighing, com-

ing and dispensing, which are pee in order to afford train-
and instruction in the methods of the art, as well as to familiarize
Student with the uses of the special apparatus employed.

15

PHYSIOLOGY.

J. H. Uneetcn, Pu.G., M.D., Professor of Physiology: —
Friest anp Seconp YEARS.

The teaching in Physiol consists of two lectures each Bee
illustrated by charts, plates and the classical experiments of the i.
grouped in instructive sequence. Experiments upon the lower << ese
illustrating the laws of the science are shown in the ge Nege Petes:
experiments are carefully selected in order to show the HON ne
physiologic processes to clinical medicine and to be valuable aids t?
physician in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. int

copia ee recitations and written examinations are held at
tervals, F
The theory, development and application of serum therapy ©
specially studied. ae

The physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, ye
bolism, secretion and excretion, muscle tissue, ‘the periphera and ent
tral nervous systems, the special senses, generation and develop™
are considered in detail. : for

The course extends throughout the year, and is obligatory the
students of the first and second years. Examinations are held at
end of each year.

EMBRYOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.

H. P. Hm, A.B., Pu.G., M.D., Asso. Professor of Embryology
Biology.

and

Seconp YEAR. The

This subject will be taught by lectures and demonstrations: The
laboratory work will extend over the latter part of the yeat ine
working experiments will be carried out by the students under
direct supervision of the teachers.

PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.

Gro. B. Scnort, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology
Seconp AND Txirp YEARS. «ations
The work in these departments consists of lectures and recit@ ic
throughout the second year, embracing general and speci thoveck
Anatomy and Histology and Bacteriology. Three a ternoons 4
are given to microscopic study. ring
.—Bacteriology: Each student is taught the methods of prepijods
culture media, the principles of sterilization and disinfection, m ell as
of cultivating and staining the more important organisms, a3 WO’ ity
biologic examination of air, soil and water. Infection and immo
are thoroughly considered in their relations to curative and p
medicine. ; eld t?
II.—Pathology: Lectures, conferences and recitations are h
consider the various aspects of the subject. Laboratory work, in esion
the student cuts, mounts and studies microscopicall the variou- ! il
of the human tissues. Demonstrations in Gross orbid Anat post:
be held once a week on specimens obtained from the Museum 2 trend
mortems, Students of the second, third and fourth years will a
and assist at autopsies.

‘ 16

HYGIENE.

Henry M. Baxter, Px.G., M.D., Professor of Hygiene.,
Stconp YEAR.

ho Hygiene is taught by lectures, in its relation to the individual, the

sani and community at large. Lectures devoted to the principles of

erage 4c as bearing upon the management of public institutions, sew-

Cities infection, quarantine regulations, the drainage and cleanliness of
and towns are comprised in the course.

‘
:

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, PHYSICAL
DIAGNOSIS AND GASTRO-ENTEROLOGY.

Kintzinc, B.Sc. M.D., Professor of Theory and Practice of
Ww Medicine and Physical Diagnosis.
M. S. Love, M.D., Professor of Gastro-Enterology and Clinical
Medicine.
HIRD AND Fourtn YEARS.
and 1 teaching of Theory and Practice of Medicine is by didactic
dem, ical lectures during the third year, and by clinical lectures,
Onstrations, conferences and recitations during the fourth year.
pvanced students, in sections, visit ne in the wards of the
Fanklin Square Hospital and are drilled in the taking of histories, the
‘mination of blood, urine, sputum and gastric contents.
the ihe students are brought into personal contact with the patients in
in thes vital, Dispensary and at the bedside, made to take active part
© clinics and to make records and reports of their observations.
the are required to differentiate diseases, and, under the direction of
Mente ate allowed to treat suitable cases. In order to give each
into of the class individual practical instruction, the class 1s divided
eel sections. :
Which cial clinical courses are given in diseases of the stomach, in
treagt, the student is instructed in the newer methods of diagnosis and
tegy ment, embracing physical, chemic and microscopic examination of
Meals, stomach contents, etc.

ay

} SURGERY.
Str H. Branuam, M.D., Professor of Principles and Practice of

Rp Surgery and Abdominal Surgery.
alana Grempier, M.D., Associate in Surgery.
Nry G. Branuam, M.D., Demonstrator of Surgery.

AND Turrp YEARS.
- turedstruction is given in this important branch by systematic, lec-
teachi vecitations, lecture demonstrations, clinical lectures, by sectional
by thee im, the wards and in the Out-Patient Department, augmented
lent study of Surgical Pathology in the laboratories. The didactic
Tented are given each week by the Professor of Surgery, supple-
“nted by the work of the assistants, associates and demonstrators.
tions at stated intervals and intermediate examinations are held.
Sary Clinical Surgery is taught in the Amphitheatre, Hospital, Dispen-
dem; in the Outdoor Department and at the bedside. Operations and
Onstrations, illustrating the didactic teachings and supplementing

17 /

*

the laboratory work, are given daily, and afford unusual facilities |
the acquisition of the necessary knowledge and technique of a

demonstrations. early and final examinations are hel
bale ig in Surgery are open to graduates and those desiring a
work,
OPERATIVE AND CLINICAL SURGERY. , 5
Auperr T. CHamuers, M.D, Professor of Operative and i 2

Surgery. ‘ and :
Ecuert L. Mortimer, M.D,, Associate Professor of Operative _ ;

Clinical Surgery. .

Two hours each week are devoted to describing, illus’
demonstrating the various surgical procedures at the College
The class will be divided into sections to perform operations 40"
out the topographical anatomy of the different parts on the & oor
under the direction of the Professor of Operative and Clinical Soo
or his Associate. The course will also include experimen acs
animals. ‘ ;
One hour weekly in used for performing operations at the “4 at —
lin Square Hospital. Ward classes will be assigned and pony re
proper intervals to take histories and make diagnoses of pati ~eully”
ferred to this clinic, which will be read by the student and Cr aj
discussed by the Professor before each operation. These clas =
then be required to study the after treatment of the cases "ta
on, and make a daily note of their condition, the changes
be bere. drugs, etc. reporting later to the whole class the

tained,

OBSTETRICS.

B. P. Muse, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics. F
Cuas. H. Beerem, Pu.G., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics
Auten C. BretHam, M.D., Demonstrator of Obstetric®

Turrp AND FourtH YEARS. .

Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, conferences |
clinical teaching. Students are required to take charge of at ne
cases of labor, to receive clinical instruction in at least three stten
care for patients during convalescence and to make a full wr /
port of at least one case.

The instruction further includes embryology,
pelvis, besides instruction in presentations cat positions,
palpation, pelvimetry and the management of labor. ght )

Obstetrical operations, instrumental and manual, are. Mer the
means of demonstrations and practice upon the mannikin
cadaver, as well as upon the patient in the lying-in chamber.

8

the anatomy of

abdo

i.

DISEASES OF WOMEN.

Wm. S. SmitH M.D., Professor of Gynecology.
Henry B. Kors, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
F. N. Tannar, M.D., Instructor in Gynecological Pathology.

Tap AND FourtH YEARs.
“a The didactic lectures are given in this branch each week through-
Sut the year, in which a general review of the whole subject of Gyne-
@” is given.

es An operative clinic is held in the Amphitheater each week, supple-
“ented by demonstrations and recitations.

The routine of office work, comprising the use and application of
technical therapeutic resources of this important branch, such as
ten pessaries, repositors, tampons, dilators, vaginal and intra-
ine medication, etc., will be fully and.carefully exemplified.
Sor Special opportunities will be given to advanced students to practice
an, themselves the various manipulations necessary in the diagnosis
d treatment of Diseases of Women, individual work in this line be-
S Tegarded as of the highest importance and greatest value.

2 Sections of the class will be formed to take charge of gynecologi-

(Cases in the Hospital, each member of these sections making exam-
is, taking histories and assisting in operations. Practical instruc-
s. Will also be given in the Gynecological Department of the Dispen-
in Ha and Students will be afforded opportunities to witness operations
© Hospital on other than the regular clinic days.
= systematic course in Gynecological Pathology will be conducted
Var; ue Class will be thoroughly familiarized with the technique of the
Os methods of hardening, cutting, staining and mounting speci-
$ for microscopic study and permanent preservation.

tiv, Intermediate examinations are held and a final examination is
aren. at the end of the fourth year.
al graduate courses are open to those desiring advanced work.

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

a
N. TANNar, M.D., Professor of Diseases of Children and Clinical
ta cine,
"RD AND FourtH YEARS.
lar © Subject is taught by a series of lectures addressed to third-
i jetdents, supplemented by a course of clinics in the fourth year.
‘ttr,..°ctures comprise special topics preparatory for the clinical in-
; 40On of the succeeding year.
ang Students are required to take an_ active part in the examination
hic escussion of the cases. A certain number of recitations on the
Sct selected are held during the year.
he Out-Patient Department supplies a large number of cases of
tion 810us diseases. Each student is taught the technique of intuba-
“and has an opportunity to see the operation performed.
“Special attention is paid to clinical therapeutics.
‘he examinations are held at the end of each year.

19

DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND MIND.

L. H. Gunpry, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Nervous Syste™
and Mind.

Fourto YEAR.

A systematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is given, rr
sisting of one lecture each week throughout the College yeat- y
weekly clinic is also given, at which cases of all the familiar page
of the rarer forms of these diseases are presented to the class, the
which opportunity is given to the student to personally examune ical
cases. Frequent quizzes upon both the didactic lectures and cli”
cases are also held. ¢

An obligatory examination is held at the end of the fourth ye#™

DISEASES OF THE EYE.

J. Witttam Funck, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Ey&
Fourtu YEAR.

Instruction consists in didactic lectures, recitations, demons
tions, operations and practice in the use of the ophthalmoscope- Every
ple material is furnished by the Hospital and Dispensary clinics. and
possible opportunity is given the student for personal observation and,
examination of cases, thus os in close relation to the patient with
of necessity, familiarizing himself, in the most practical mannet tant
the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of eye iseases. The not 10
aim being to make capable and efficient general practicians and ¢ the
graduate specialists. Final examinations are held at the end ©
fourth year.

DISEASES OF THE EAR, NOSE AND THROAT.

f,
A. D. McConacnie, D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the **"

Nose and Throat. « Dis
Josian S. Bowen, M.D., Franx J. Powers, M.D., Associates

eases of the Far, Nose and Throat.

Fourth YEar. Jinics-

The teaching is given in didactic lectures, recitations and cl!

The subject is presented from the point of view of the seme ghe
practician. The instruction is practical, and includes the us¢ is and
otoscope, laryngoscope and other instrumental aids to diagnos
treatment.

The class is divided into sections, in order that the teachings iat
be better adapted to the needs of its ...embers, and that each in
may receive personal supervision.

DERMATOLOGY,
H. C. Hess, M.D., Professor of Dermatology.
A. T. von Scuuttz, M.Sc., M.D., Associate.
Fourtn Year. —
A course of lectures, demonstrations and recitations is By reat:
ing the fourth year, and a weekly clinic is held throughout the abut”
The Outdoor Department and the Hospital wards furnish 2
dant and varied eng ted of material. ered, 3

The pathologic histology of the skin diseases is fully consid
well as the various parasites.

20

%
_

ee 2S
DISSECTING LABORATORY.

“AMOLWVYMOSN'L "IWOLDO 1OLSIE

GENITO-URINARY DISEASES.

Frep Carutuers, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.

RTH YEAR,
The course in this department is by clinical lectures and clinical
_-monstrations, One clinic is held weekly, and illustrative operations
*© trequently performed.

+, he student is brought in direct contact with the cases, and spe-
ty instructed in the use of the diagnostic instruments employed in
=, *XPloration of the uretha and bladder, including the cystoscope
endoscope. He acquires dexterity in the use of various other in-
ments, necessary for diagnosis and treatment, by assisting in the

5 and personally performing the different manipulations.

Mate ial and elective courses are open to physicians and-post-grad-
ote students,

CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS.

Year,

One of the most important additions to the student’s work is em-
by the new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of all labo-
Studies. Here laboratory work and methods are employed en-
from the clinical standpoint. Special courses are given upon
he 00%, urine, sputa, dejecta and stomach contents, in their chemic,
+ °SCopic and bacteriologic relations. Each one of these courses is

‘Heth branch. This course is designed to fit the student for the prac-
at clinical work of the fourth year.
examination is held at the end of the year’s work.

21

the charge of a demonstrator who has given special attention

>

SCHEDULE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY WO XK

FIRST YEAR.

Operative
Surgery Children

Dermatology | Children
) (Clinic:

ae
ents

nen : Operative
urger

(Clinie).

FOURTH YEAR.

Tuesday Wednesday

Saturday

\
Pathology | Obstetrics | yitimical
Surgery | Gynecology yr oabng Surgery | Children
eel
Physical | Orthopedic
Di Dermatol Children Medicine
Gini” | fons (Ciinic) | (Clinic) | | (Clinic)
pact hag Nervous Genito- bm ©
Diseases | Uri Gynecology! Sur,
(clini) | @iinic) (Clinic) (cl ich
Ward Class
ue Obstetrics
inical | Ear, Nose Ward Class} Nervous
eeeesony and Throat Sule! Seton] Medicine se
Therapeutics

“DANCE OBLIGATORY AT CLINICS.
23

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.

E. Miter Rew, M.D., Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
Turep AND FourtH YEARS. :
The lectures on this important branch are general and prac®
The legal relations of the physician to the State and to his patient a"
exhaustively considered. he question of expert testimony an :
status of the medical expert, the nature of the hypothetical 4 the
and the manner in which it should be answered, the conduct es
hysician under direct and cross-examination are all clearly set 10°
he examination is held at the conclusion of the course.

DENTAL SURGERY. ' Seal
urgey

Advanced students receive practical instruction in Dental Sur #
by demonstrations in extracting and other minor dental © <

EXAMINATIONS. =

First YEAR. vette
Osteology and Syndesmology, Histology, and Inorganic Chemist? od

Sreconp YEAR. os
Anatomy, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, Physiological Oc
Bacteriology, Pathology, Pharmacy, Embryology, Hygien®

Medica, and Minor Surgery and Bandaging.

Turep YEAR. rics
Pediatrics, Physical Diagnosis, Medicine, Surgery, \* aa
Gynecology, Medical Jurisprudence, Elect ro-Therapeutics
Operative Surgery.

Fourtu YEAR. an)
Clinical Medicine, Clinical Diagnosis, Clinical Surgery (Bran™ ive.
Clinical Obstetrics, Clinical Gynecology, Dermatology,

Par . - iseases &
and Clinical Surgery (Chambers), Mental Diseases, Di “Sur
the Eye, Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat, Orthopedie cae
gery, Genito-Urinary Surgery (Caruthers and Lazenby), *"—
peutics and Proctology.

>

FEES AND REGULATIONS.

Srupents Must Martricuate Wuen Tuey Commence A
AT THE LECTURES.
Aut Fees Are PAyapte in Apvance at Trate or ENTRANCE,
Not Returnas_e Unper Any CrrcumsTANCeS.

Matrindlation Fee... .4ms «06 oaicidts egae c 0s dons peee adeeeeeee oi
Fees for Full Course of Lectures..............0000e098** ee te
Students completing three full courses in this college wilh
tuition for the fourth year at the reduced rate of $70.00. equi ed 0
A deposit of $2 for each laboratory course pursued is TET: Jes
all students. This deposit is returned at the close of the session ©
the amount charged against it for breakage.

) 24

——

> Tickets for any of the departments may be taken out separately.
- ¢e is $25 for each branch.
4 the The laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not following
taing sar courses. The special fees for such courses may be ascer-
ed by consulting the Dean.
leg, Post-graduates who have not received their degree from this Col-
and’ and who desire to pursue special courses, are required to register
Cal to pay the matriculation fee of $5, as well as the fee for the spe-
department in which they wish to work.
a Physicians who are graduates of medical colleges in good standing
iq beTmitted to pursue any course of study given in the institution,
; reques fertificate of attendance, setting forth the facts, is issued upon
o> hose who are desirous of becoming familiar with the work of the
of tal departments will be afforded opportunity for a course of study
= pa weeks’ duration at any time during the year, provided due in-
- qui), be made reviously concerning the same. The facilities for ac-
are 'S knowledge of laboratory technique, as well as operative skill,
nexcelled and worthy of consideration.
Ulty ; © private quizzes or classes are held by any member of the Fac-
Branch this College, nor by any member of the adjunct Faculty in the
e or branches upon which he conducts final examinations,
from order that our students may obtain all the advantages possible
decid, the extended Hospital facilities of this School, the aculty has
“The®4 to appoint a number of internes from the graduating class.
and yyw be known as “Internes of the Franklin Square Hospital
the et. End Maternite.” They will receive suitable certificates at
‘nd of their term of service. The fee, which will include board at
fifty °spital, will be one hundred ($100) dollars for the whole year;
~Y ($50) dollars for the half-year. d

GRADUATION.

reot GAMdidates for examination must be of good moral character, cor-
Cour m deportment, twenty-one years of age, have attended four full
“hay. *S.of lectures, the last of which must have been in this College ;
tion. Paid all fees due the College and passed a satisfactory examina-
before the Faculty. ;
Tickets tickets must taken out at the beginning of the session.
of th for completed courses will be issued by the Dean at the end
Tust | Session, boratory tickets and tickets for Practical Anatomy
countersigned by the proper demonstrators and directors.
Of a 8 properly countersigned a ticket will not be accepted as evidence
4. Bompleted course. 2 ,
Taboray®tY candidate must have passed examinations in the various
Or thor” courses and other branches of medicine taught in this school
Sth, W Satisfactory credentials of having passed such examinations in
Migatory. 4 schools. Attendance upon all clinical lectures is

i € final examination fee, which is $30, must be deposited with
Ee pean before the candidate can be admitted to an exapuaation,

by th aminations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are conducted
Several professors. ndidates failing to graduate are not re-

h to again appear for examination in those branches in which
or we attained the required percentage, except in the case of the
Sindidg anches. The judgment of the Faculty w the fitness of a
: te is based upon knowledge of his general attendance and in-

25

§

dustry, character and habits, as well as upon the result of his
examination. ; =
Candidates rejected at the final examination will not be re-exam
ined until after having taken another course of lectures. .
The degree will not be conferred upon any candidate who abs
himself from the Public Commencement without the special per™™*
of the Faculty.
In the appointment of officers, assistants and additional tea@®
other things being equal, our own graduates shall have the prete®™
These regulations will be strictly adhered to. (See also pP- 89)

PRIZES.

The Faculty, believing that a reward to the candidate for 8f@
tion standing highest in his studies at the end of the year SUM™™
the entire class to greater effort, offers the following prize: ’

Highest General Average, a Gold Medal. must

Candidates for the degree, to be eligible for the above prize in
best taken all the studies of the last year and have been exam”
cach, itl

Students attaining a general average of 90 or over will be
to honorable mention. jidate

The degree of Doctor of Medicine cum laudi is given to CANE,
who obtain an average of 95 per cent. or over, in all the ae
amuinations. be

Cie

“e,
i

GENERAL INFORMATION. b
At the close of the session the following appointments are"
from the graduates of this school: i
Three Resident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital
A Resident Physician to the West End Maternite. i-

Pm,

_ A number of Dispensary Physicians to the Franklin Square ©
pital Dispensary. 5 ‘al
Several appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are
chaiel to which graduates from the Maryland M :
e e. os
_ ~The Dispensary is open throughout the year, and students
ing in the city are privileged to avail themselves of the many *
ages which it offers. in’
The personal expenses of the students are at least as 1oW |
more as in any other large city. Students can board comfor
from $3 to $5 per week, fire and light included, and those
willing to club together in lodging-rooms can live at_lowet
list of boarding-houses may be had at the Dean's o
janitor. abs a
Students are advised to pay fees by check for the ex# cy
Remittances for other expenses should be in postal or prog 3 t
or notes by express, as the College will not endorse ch
expenses. eon
Students are requested to report to the Dean and to regia ;
diately upon their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate we.
ment to seats, arrangement in sections, ward classes, ete. ; nv! ee
Visiting physicians are always welcome, and are t any ey
to inspect the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheater 4 ‘

26

YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.

A branch of the City Y. M. C. A. is maintained in this College.
* Intercollegiate Secretary is employed to devote his time to the wel-
“te of the students of the city. .

The religious activity of the students is directed by the Associa-
ool Classes for Bible Study and devotional meetings are regu-
the 2 2¢ Association also welcomes new students at the opening of

l€ term, and lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for reference.

- 1}, The Association Hand-Book, containing much information of
‘“alue to the students, is issued at the opening of the fall term.

The City Association, with a fully-equipped central prerny, and
West Branch, which is situated within one square of the College,
u@ a very cordial welcome to the students.

ATHLETICS.

The great number of studies and the limited term and course
“mY compelled the student to neglect proper exercise, but the
“t time which is now allotted for the completion of his medical
allows the student ample time to indulge in outdoor athletics
},..°ben and gymnasium work in the closed season. College foot-
‘and baseball teams are formed each season, in all of which projects
ungeculty encourages the students to participate, believing a well-
’ y will carry an evenly-balanced brain.

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.

All Alumni in good standing, the Faculty and the Adjunct Faculty ~
cligible, to membership in the College Alumni Association. The
M. Of the Association are as follows: To advance the influence of
to oiand Medical College, to further higher educational methods,
_~ S€cure intellectual, social and professional benefit to its mem-

On whey nual meeting will be held on or about Commencement Day,
y Occasion an address will be delivered by one of the members
Ti. the Executive Committee.

ee for membership is $1.00 per annum, payable in advance.

METHODS OF TEACHING.

he organizers of the Maryland Medical College have kept in
© advantages of individual teaching in contradistinction to mass
‘On, such as prevails to a greater or less extent in all our large
te gS and Universities. To this end the professors and teachers
es liberty to employ such characteristic methods as expe-
OW 5 Shown to be preferable, rather than being compelled to
18 eng ystems sanctified by tradition and fossilized by time. To attain
1 t forth, it is necessary to maintain a corps of teachers larger
on to the number of matriculates than is usually found in
NS engaged in similar work.
teacher stamps his individuality upon the student with whom
oe intimate personal contact, and the student is not embar-
fruitless discussions of methods and measures radically
€ efficiency of which is stoutly maintained by various pro-

27

-

fessors in the same college, as is unfortunately too often the casts
our American institutions of learning. The teacher is, 1 gris
encouraged to keep fully abreast of the times in every pé d
pertains to his branch, to visit and investigate the methods
by other institutions, both in our own country and abroad, <
purpose of broadening his views and perfecting his methods, am
necessary, the college provides funds for such
ikewise, the entire ene of the of Trustees ant
Faculty is expended in an endeavor to provide a MepicaL educs
solely, and no attempt is made to maintain a quasi T
tacdh ties of law, dentistry and the like.

Experience has demonstrated the value of conf
reports, discussions and examinations as methods of te
these forms are avg followed, and, as a rule,
examinations are held in all save the minor and unimport:
while class conferences, case reports and critical di
arranged that each student, in rotation, is given ample op
display his attainments. Progress is ju largely by th
instead of being based solely upon final ~ se
Recitations and quizzes, conducted by the professors:
have, to a large extent, replaced the formal didactic lectu
days, and we believe that. not only the graduate of
pes 2 is reaping the benefit of the change.

THE FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL, CALHOUN AND FAYETTE STREETS.

A CORNER OF ONE OF THE FREE WARDS.

TEXT BOOKS.
_ Anatomy—Gray, Morris, Holden.
Bacteriology—Muir and Ritchie, McFarland, Williams.
_ Chemistry—Holland, Simon.
Children—Holt, Koplik, Williams, Rotch.

“; Dermatology—Stellwagen, Crocker, Jackson, Hyde & Montgomery,
daway, Mracek.

Dictionaries—Gould (latest edition), Dunglison, Dorland.

Ear, Nose and Throat—Grayson, Bacon, Ballenger, Coakley, Dench.

7 Eye—Ball, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May, De Schweinitz.

Genito-Urinary Diseases—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis & Cabot.

Gynecology—Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley, Gilliam.

— Histology—Bohn Davidhoff & Huber, Schafer.

Hygiene—Rohe & Robins, Bergey.

" Jurisprudence—Draper, Reese.

; Materia Medica—Butler, Culbreth.

Medical Diagnosis—Kintzing, Da Costa, Wilson.

ton NeTVOUS System and Mind—Dana, Oppenheim, Church & Peter-
‘ ey.

Obstetrics—Hirst, Edgar, Williams.

Operative Surgery—Bryant, McGrath, Kocher.

Pathology—Ziegler, Delafield & Prudden, Stengel, McFarland,

X, Cattell (Post Mortem), Mallory & Wright (Technique).

_ Pharmacy—Caspari

ical’ Diagnosis—Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Disease, Sahli’s
*HOStic Methods, Tyson, Musser.

bs Ysiology—Ott, Howell.
*tinciples and Practice of Medicine—Tyson, Kintzing, Osler.

Surgery—Park, International Textbook of Surgery, American
ok Surgery, Dacosta and Vaughan.

Surgery of Rectum—Gantt, Kelsey.
Therapeutics —Cushny, Sollman, Hare.
Works on Special Subjects—Simons’ Clinical Diagnosis.
sy 29

LIST OF MATRICULATES, SESSION 1909-1910.

Name. State.
Aguilar, Vespaciano B....C. A.

oY Arevalo, Gilberto......... Cc
Batreté, FO i459 ilvrs aoe Md.
Barrett, James A......... Conn.
Beckner, W. Fu.....-... W. Va.
Benjamin, Price M.........Md.
Bickle, H. L, (Ph.G.)......N. J.
Boenig, George C..... era NY.
Boyerd,. J: Witite 5.25 W. Va.
Brooks, Don: Di 7s ds e009 06% Pa,
Brooks; Omer Viren ccm Pa.
Brown; TMOG. «556. obs an Md.
SOUECORS Casita te oo vio os sah cae Va.

UW Bustillo, Vincenti C. (A.B.) .Cuba
Wh Byeis Fo Pk css rer i hee Tenn
arteton;. By Larus sincutcses 0s Va
Chester, Jacob W......... NY;
Chester, Samuel W........ NOY.
Clagetey JB. viet cette Va.
Cobian Joseph. .is8s<3%5 t. Pym
CONGR? Prank Tish. cnsics oss. Pa
PRconaway, Robert G......W. Va
BS ah Oh ee ee Md.
Weibel, Henry; Ts geaeet Ps ce Md
Demely, Louis Alvin........ Md.

Ne rer iW tase sete see Pa.
W Paman ROK. .cce..c. ss N. Y.
RERSCON,) Pu Bev ae mas ve he W. Va.
Fairchild, Solomon L....... Pa.
V Fellers, W. B..........e00e, Va.
Fitzgerald, Daniel D...... Conn,

Name. s
Flickinger, William. ...-.-+’

Fooks, John W.....-+++*>

Fox, John W......-.+++"
France, Germanus J..--+*"
Fuller, Chas, F. A..+++ 000
Gemmill, James R....-
Gillette, John M. (M.D.) eee
Gillette, L. L. (M.D.).-+++**
Giro, Juan B, (A.B).s8
Gladstone, Charles F e. 4
Godby, John Q....«:+++" .
Goldsmith, Chester L.-+**™
Goldstein, M. W...6570**
Grady, J. Joseph.. a :
Graham, Samuel G.--++**""

Gray, H. C......+60+m we
Gray, Paris L.....+++ A
Griesser, W. R..«--+** save
Griffiths, Llewellyn D--+*"
Haffner, A. F...«+++*** o
Harman, W. C...-++*" i
Hearn, Funston L.«-+-** bed

Hichew, Arthur Lee--

Holland, Carlton A.++****”
Hunt, Elwood V.-.++**" <7 £
Inge, Francis M..-+-*** a

Jacobson, N. L..+++** * ee
Jarrell, Dennis B.-.+-- go die

Jones, David R.-+++**""* .
Kanofsky, Peter.--+***7"

i

y

Nan State.

lar, Felix M...........Wash.

Name. State.
Rodriguez, Juan Ramos..P. R.
Rutrough, Jos. C......... Tenn.
Sheppard, Thomas S...... N. J
Bliltes Ged eyes scs reason Pa
Skladowsky, John A....... Md.
Sollars, Edward E.......... Md.
Spangler, Paul C..../...W. Va.
Stone, James Elmer....W. Va.
Stoneham, H. Graham...... Va.
Sullivan, Charles M....:.Mass.
Sutphin, Mark.......... W. Va.
Tanner, Krank vies vis> eed Md.
Taveira, Arthur J....... Portugal

Taylor, Rowland E. S...W. Va.
Travers, Charles E.........Md.

Tredway, Moses H......... Va.
Thornton, Vaiden A...... ..- Va.
Torre, Louis de la........Cuba
Uzzell J.B 62 oteeseeayee Nae.
Villafranca, Leland....... C7R
Walker, $.'P.-a0sic0< se. VaR
Whale A as noteoevev ev cas Ga.
Wilkinson, W. Emmet......La.
Wilson, W.B.. ... sewes W. Va.
Winstead, John A........ NOG
Woodward, Chester P...... -Md.

oe <¢ V/

<<

N

GRADUATES OF i1g10.

Bageett,. James Alp yoae igi a5 gta het ewkn nese ae
Burton, Leslie Clydeiiedsiscis oss ss veticu ty s5.05b' 604505 ee
Broéoks,. dom SDIckinie0s. sme .cccs.c's swe + ceed cas ae
Brooks, Ostet Vistors os. occ see ncn pies ves cncsidee tine
Carleton, Benjadiin L500 0 oko css cans Shee ow ceed sy see
Clagett, Joseph ‘Edward... 5.5005 .05 $-.. cass eee eee
CUBE, TENE ISTE oo o03 aac the bese le Wes eo eee
Pixma. Chatter Waxtes.o05 0553. coco cc vaste sbes chee eee
Fansin; TIGWAtd- Remi. oo ou... 0 tees saa Nee
Feitchild, Solomon ‘Lincoln... . 2.66 siise sis sswee wes
ae, ener. Samael. os. «. Sdcyedensc eens cach pone
ANOS, 5. JQSEDD <aie-055 hook ewes es <+ UNS PEs sags Cae eee
Graham, Saniel: George. oc coves Sven svirevare aches ee
Griffiths, Llewellyn Derwin...............--.--.00+e2
tage, Svancis: Marion. 2556.26. 55.s0508200ns reeks <ee meee
FeeousON, LNG LS cine ¢c0sws dsc be mace tt eee nee
Repmoishy,: Refer kas seis. cacy mse Sdwbaut i> on TERS
Water, Ket MAG fd ho tesa cede teak det nee
Martin, Charles: Burrell sc iwadic «vgn vile oe 0b 880005 Oe
Martinez, Victoriano R., Bi S6i.5225 wn co cee ess oe enee
Maynes, Joseph Vincent.........-.c.c,seeceereeseee
McCandless, Everett LeRoy..........cccseeeeaeeeeee nite
Mek-zughiie,; Joseph Li. oi occ sean are cot etek aie New Hamp*

ia
VM | Ree ee ee ee Pennsylva™
organ, Rober y - ,

Morris, Samael J 5 ees Sk ss va detesde os. +saaee Penns rl
Mofriasey, Jotm: Joseph: ...cas. hip ciciisoin cs ys. cedsa et eee
Myer, Edward Herman -..o.:.6.0 5 see oi oes en'n pene ee eee
Paulin: Meyer David. cic... coiy nce town» eves een
Pickering, Alfred J............. sac cits Gh West ve
Solléta;, TawWard 20 «555.0505 «re sepals eevee eee
Snilivan, ‘Gharies My... ....025.00c65 Yeees ooo eee Massacre gal
Taveira, Arthur Joaquin. 2.5. . 25.6 60s sc coe ccne ease tee oe” aie .
Thornton, Vaiden Aubrey............s08-.ee0 senor es re cuba

oot

Torre, Lnis dela... 5. socacdeednsared cen Sato Renee F od

Travérs, Charles ‘Bligs.:.....20- <5. ap css cane epee
Wilkinson, W. Emmet..:...... tw o-o5'3 2S Be OREO a

+

‘SLAGULS ALLAAVA GNY NOOM IVS “IV LI4SOR ANVODS NYDANVUA AHL

CATALOGUE FOR
1910-1911

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR
SESSION
1911-1912

}| 1114-20 W. BALTIMORE ST.
BALTIMORE, MD.

ACTS.
JANUARY SESSION, 1902.

CHAPTER 560.

An Act to enlarge and extend the powers of the Maryland Medical Ree
College, of Baltimore City.

Wuereas, The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore ped
prosperous and progressive Medical College, incorporated under ©
General Laws of this State, desires to have its powers the
enlarged and extended; therefore, land,

Section 1. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Mary a
That the Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorpor®
under the General Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved of /
recorded among the Charter Records of the Superior Co’ lege
Baltimore City in Liber R. O. No. 37, folio 33, etc. of which C™ aims =
Bernard P. Muse, John B. Schwatka, J. William Funck, Jos” ¢ —
Branham, G. Milton Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William ce j
Smith, C. Urban Smith, J. Charles Linthicum and Harry Gr0s* og
the directors, being successors of the incorporators thereof, they ¢
their successors shall have perpetual succession as such, 4%
shall be and are hereby authorized to annex schools, confer
and to have and to hold by purchase, gift or otherwis¢ ospital

grounds and buildings, thereon for educational, scientific a” sect to
sub) of

t

and
sirt
eph B

purposes not exceeding three hundred thousand dollars, ct, and
the right of the General Assembly to alter or amend this A Hieable
subject to all the laws of this State relating to corporations aPP™
thereunto. ‘ect
Sec. 2. And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take ef
from the date of its passage.
Approved April 11, 1902.

Joun WALTER pea

é.

Nose L. MTC
Speaker of the House of Dé

{ The Great Seal
of
1 Maryland.

MARYLAND
MEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

CO-EDUCATIONAL

Catalogue for 1910-1911

Announcement of Session 1911-1912

1114 to 1120

: . West Baltimore Street

CALENDAR, 1¥11-1912.

I9ll.
Sept.15. Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin, Friday.....--- ept.
Oct. 2. Introductory Address, 8 P. M., Monday........-+-
Oct. 3. Regular Lectures begin, Tuesday.............-++++
Oct. 16. Conditioned Examinations begin
Nov. 7. Election Day (Holiday).................csseeee® :
Nov. 30. Thanksgiving Day (Holiday)..............0000+9° . Nov 3
Dec. 21. Christmas Holidays begin, Thursday........-- stn

e IgI2,
Jan. 4. Lectures resumed, Thursday, 9 A. M........++0099°%

Feb. 22. Washington's Birthday (Holiday)...........200+* Fel

Apr. 5. Good Friday (Holiday).........c.s..e0eeeeee000*

Apr. 8. Easter Monday (Holiday).............::s00+009* . AP

May30. Alumni Association Meeting (about)........-++:* aA

About Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M.........++: f F a

June 1.( Annual Banquet, 10 P. M..............06+ eee

COLLEGE Bumprncs,
7 1114 To 1120 W. BALTIMORE STREET,
a Battimore, Mp.

; Lerrers, TELEGRAMS, Money Overs anp Express PACKAGES 70
a DENTS Suoutp Be Appressep AS ABOVE.

*
For any information, address a
THE DEAN, Ws. S. Smitx, M.D., Maryland Medical
Baltimore, Md., U. S. A. >
2

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
OF THE MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE.

;
ey meet

Frep CARUTHERS, M. D., President. |
B. P. Muse, M. D., Vice-President. 5
Arzert T. Cuampers, M. D., Secretary.

J. Wa. Funcx, M. D., Treasurer. 3

‘ J. C. Linrnicum, LL.B., Counsellor.

W.S. Saurn, M. D. A. D. McConacuie, D.D.S., M. D.
Pearce Kintzinc, M.D, J. H. Branuam, M. D.

OFFICERS OF THE FACULTY.

J. WM. FUNCK, M. D., President. . .
HOWARD D. LEWIS, M. D., Vice-President.
W. S. SMITH, M. D., Dean. |

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF THE FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL.

Jos. H. Brannam, M. D., President.
A. D. McConacuir, D,D.S., M. D., Vice-President.
a Avbert T. Cuampers, M. D., Secretary-Treasurer.
Vu. Func, M. D. Frep Carutuers, M. D.
S. Santn, M. D. B. P. Muse, M. D.

BAN Suitu, M. D. Hon. J. Cuas. Lintuicum,

FACULTY.

EMERITUS PROFESSORS.

Witt1am Hersert Pearce, M.D.,
Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine,

C. Ursan Smuru, Px.G., M.D., a
Theory and Practice of Medicine and Gastro-Enteroloay: :
PROFESSORS.

Bernarp Purcett Muse, M.D.,
Obstetrics.

J. Witttam Funcx, M.D.,
Diseases of the Eye.

JoserH H. Brannan, M.D.,
Principles and Practice of Surgery and Abdominal

— Freo Carutuers, M.D.,
Genito-Urinary Surgery.
* Wiutuiam S. Smits, M.D., Dean,
Diseases of Women.

Lewis H. Gunpry, M.D., ‘oa
Diseases of the Nervous System and of the Mind.

A. D. McConacurr, D.D.S., M.D.,
Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.

Pearce Kintzinc, B. Sc., M.D. - Z
Theory and Practice of Medicine and Physical D

Avzert T. Campers, M.D., :
Operative and Clinical Surgery. =

Grorce B. Scnoxr, A.B., M.D.,
Pathology, Bacteriology and Clinical Mic

4

Gustavus Cartes Doume, A.B. M.D, | - “>.
Chemistry and Associate in Medicine. e

Wrutam S. Love, M.D., :

Gastro-Enterology. .

J. Harry Utrricu, Px.G., M.D.,
Physiology and Proctology.
Irvin Esavucn, M.D.,
Therapeutics and Clinical Medicine. y
Howarp D. Lewis, M.D.,
Anatomy and Clinical Surgery.

F. N. Tanwar, A.B., LL.B., M.D.,
Diseases of Children

Materia Medica.
H. C. Hess, M.D., —
Dermatology. we
Henry W. Kennarp, M.D.,
Orthopoedic Surgery-
Henry M. Baxtey, Px.G., M.D, a
F. N. Tanwar, A.B. LL.B. M.D, ;
Medical Jurisprudence. re

CLINICAL PROFESSORS.

Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D., >

Gynecology. -?

Artuur G. Barrett, M.D.,
Surgery.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS. sich

Epwarp Gremprer, M.D.,
Surgery.

Geo. H. Sruart, Pu. G.,
Pharmacy.

Auten C. BeerHaM, M.D.,
Histology.
5

—————- = ry = —s. =

_ ASSOCIATES,

Ecpert L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Operative Surgery.

Jostau S. Bowen, M.D.,
Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat.

Frank J. Powers, M.D.,
Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat.

Henry G. Brannam, M.D.,
Physiological Chemistry and Clinical Diagnosis.
Henry B. Korn, M.D.,

Gynecology.

Aten C. BeetHam, M.D.,

Clinical Obstetrics.

Cuas. H. Beetem, M.D.,
Obstetrics.

‘a P. Strone, M.D.,
Gynecology,

LECTURERS.
RV; GLann, M.D.,
‘ Ostentiae’ ise

Leonarp E. Beacu, M.D.,
Minor Surgery and Bandaging.
a

DEMONSTRATORS.
ANATOMY.
Wa ter A. Cox, M.D.,
ASSISTANTS.
Cuartes W. Horrman, M.D ==

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL. 7

“VISITING STAFF.
SuRGEONS.

Os. H. Branuam, M.D. Apert T. Campers, M.D,
Howarp D. Lewis, M.D.

ASSOCIATES.
L, Mortimer, M.D. Epwarp Grempter, M.D.

é PHYSICIANS,
cE Kintzinc, B.Sc., M.D. Wa. S. Love, M.D.
Iavin Esaucu, M.D.

5 GYNECOLOGISTS.
M.S. Smitu, M.D, Maurice Lazensy, A.B., M.D.
“ ASSOCIATES.
“ENRkY B. Kors, M.D. Jas. P. Stronc, M.D.
OPHTHALMOLOGIST.

J. Wn. Funcx, M.D.

LARYNGOLOGIST AND OTOLOGIST.
A. D. McConacniz, D.D.S., M.D.

<. ASSOCIATES.
SAH S. Bowen, M.D. Frank J. Powers, M.D.

}
ge, TS ee eee

GaAstro-ENTEROLOGIST.
Ww. S. Love, M.D. ~~

NEvROLOGIST. >
Lewis H. Guwpry, M.D.

Genito-UrtNary SURGEON. et
Frep Carutuers, M.D.

PROcTOLOGIST. .
J. Harry Utrricn, Pu.G., M.D.

DERMATOLOGIST.
H. C. Hess, M.D.

PepraTRIst.
F. N. Tanwar, A.B, LL.B. M.D.

re PATHOLOGISTS.
RY G. Branuam, M.D. Mary F. Voecrern, M.D., Ass'’t.

RADIOGRAPHER.
Joun T. J. Harney, Esq.

RESIDENT STAFF.

M. L. Dox, M. D., Medical Superintendent. !
Cuas. E. Suvuttz, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
F. O. Barrett, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
W. B. Wirson, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
W. C, Derxer, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
Miss Frorence Garner, Superintendent of Nurses. -¥
Miss Nina GranaM, Assistant Superintendent of Nurs¢
Miss Scuumacuer, Business Manager.

WEST END MATERNITE.
‘= Pror. B. P. Muse, MD,
ES . Obstetrician-in-Chief.

ASSOCIATES. a
Cuas. H. Beetem, M.D. Auten C. Beetnam, M.D. —

DISPENSARY STAFF.

Henry B. Kors, M.D.
Dispensary Physician.

Cutters or CLINics.
Ecpert L. Mortimer, M.D., |
Operative Surgery.
Henry B. Kors, M.D., F<:
Diseases of Women. : PS =
J. S. Bowen, M.D. . Franz J. P
Diseases or Ear, Nos—E AND THROAT. — 3
Auten C, Beeruam, M.D., i
Practice of Medicine. <=
Henry G. Brannam, M.D.,
Surgery. / 2.
E. A. Dickey, M.D., ae
Diseases of the Eye. a
8

eB EA

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE: Saige

== as

THE COLLEGE BUILDING.

—_

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMOR®

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND,

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1911-1912.

The next Regular Session of the Maryland Medical College will
Open on Tuesday, October 3, 1911, and will conclude about, June fst,
1912, at which time the Public Commencement Exercises will be held
nm one of the large theatres of this city. ‘

A preliminary clinical course, beginning September 15, will be
_ held in the Clinical Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine
will be welcome and for which no charge is made.

Maryland Medical College.

GENERAL STATEMENT. —

M The Maryland Medical College was chartered under the laws of
Baryiand in August, 1808, for the purpose of teaching the science of
, hens: and degrees were conferred upon the first class to complete

¢ prescribed course in May, 1899. -
i January, 1902, by an act of the General Assembly of Maryland,

€ powers of the institution were enlarged and extended.

he school is Co-educational. The Faculty, with the endorsement ,

_ f the Board of Trustees, has decided to open the doors of the
College to women on the same terms as to men.. Our curriculum
Offers to both sexes superior facilities for acquiring a_thoroug

‘Medical training of the highest standard.
. © course of study required in this school for the deateg of

1. D. is of four years’ duration.
In order that the time of study shall count as a full year,

Students of all classes must present themselves before Ocober 1st and

*Sister their names with the Dean.

wae is a recess at Christmas, beginning December 22 and end-
anuary 3. ;

_ An hk of the schedule in another part of this catalogue
ws the arrangement of studies and the amount of time which

nts are required to devote to each branch.

5 minimum of 1,000 hours’ work is required of each first-year

Student; of 1,000 hours of each second-year student; of 1,100 hours
“ida third-year student; of 1,360 hours of each fourth-year stu

Years’ course of study. Eve didate for the degree 0
c , ry candidate for the ¢ C
icine must pass these examinations in a an ie manner as

9

——
ENLARGEMENT.

The necessity for enlarging the equipment of the College became
apparent in 1902, and at the close of that session arrangements were
made for increasing the capacity of the laboratories and for the
addition of new facilities. This policy of expansion has been pursued

from year to year and recently a well equipped laboratory for clinical
diagnosis, including a Wasserman Outfit, has been installed an

successfully operated during the past session. This additional qup-
ment places within reach of the student ample and complete facilities
for the extensive laboratory work now recognized as the primary
essential in the acquisition of a modern medical education.

Laboratory technique, clinical teaching and research work, com-
bined with didactic teaching and stated recitations upon each subject,
furnish the basis of the teaching methods employed in this College:
Individually and collectively the Faculty stands ready to advise stu
dents in regard to the studies that they should pursue and the best
methods of attaining the ends sought. i

LOCATION.

The geographical situation of Baltimore, combined with ge
passed climatic and natural advantages, have made the city the
metropolis of the South and one of the leading cities of America:
easy of access both by the great trunk lines that radiate from her
center and the waterways, which bring numerous coastwise and oceal”
going steamers to her wharves. ’
supremacy of Baltimore as a medical center is concede,
throughout America and acknowledged abroad—a fact which she .
not be underestimated by the student comtemplating the study °°
medicine, 2
To live in such an atmosphere, surrounded by thousands ~
fellow-workers whose ends and aims are identical with his ©
stimulates the student to perseverance in his endeavors and to, PY
forth his at A effort to reap the advantages of his op orto
On the other hand, the college which occupies an isolat
stultified by a fancied sense of security, is prone to be unprog
whereas the college placed in close contact with similar insti
exposed continually to the strong light of comparison must pro
or retire from the field.
The clinical advantages of Baltimore are obvious. It is #
abundantly supplied with hospitals and dispensaries that attract
only resident patients, but those from a distance. The railr
lines and shipping lines supply innumerable cases of accidents, ¥
intercourse with the tropics and distant countries brings to the P
cases of rare and unusual diseases that seldom find their way ™
accessible medical clinics. : Pa
Living in Baltimore is proverbially good and obtained of }
reasonable rates, in hospitable homes, within easy reach of the
College, where the moral, as well as the physical well-being ;
student is cared for amid refined jarround ings: ere estes
The Histologic, Physiologic, Pathologic, Bacteriologic, Cher
Anatomic Laboratories are fully equipped for practical
abundant material is be eo he laboratories and etre ee al8¢
eg in the College building on West Baltimore street. 4°
p. 24.

10

a i

PROGRESS.

_ Attention is called to the extensive improvements which have
_ been made at both the College and the Franklin Square Hospital.
new Dissecting Room, embodying modern ideas of convenience
and efficiency, has been constructed ae tiie College, and a new Lecture
Hall added.
, At the Hospital a modern Clinical Amphitheatre, along the most
improved lines, has been erected, and two new Laboratories have
Deen added. A Sun Parlor also has been built, which rivals that of
any Sy hen in Baltimore.

With these additions to the equipment the Faculty feels that the
Marytanp Mepicat Coutece is in osition to fulfill all the exactions
3} Modern Medical Teaching, ant further to emphasize that »Indi-
Vidual Teaching, which has been the distinctive aim of the College,
More effective than mass teaching. é J
the improvements in the Hospital are in line with the progressive
ebe that has ever actuated the Board of Directors of that insti-
pion. They not only add to the comfort and well-being of the

Atients, but greatly facilitate Diagnosis, Clinical Research and
Mical Teaching.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

othe requirements for admission to the Medical course are in
‘onformity “with those of the Association of American Medical
ges and are as follows: I. Moral. A certificate of good moral “
aracter, signed by one or more reputable physicians. IL. Age. 7
ence that the applicant is at least seventeen years of age. III.
tional. One of five alternatives, as follows: .

) A Bachelor's degree from an approved college or university.

@) A diploma from a recognized high school, normal school or
academy requiring for admission evidence of the completion of
an eight years’ course in primary and intermediate grades, and
for graduation not less than four years of study.

A certificate from the regularly constituted authorities of any
tate authorized to pass on the qualifications of students to
Study Medicine.

An examination to be conducted by a duly chosen examiner, not
Connected with the College, extending over 30 points, of which
at least 18 must be from list (A). A point represents a half-
Session’s work on any one subject. For this examination a fee
Of $5.00 is exacted.

A certificate from a reputable instructor, recognized as such b;
the State, county or en superintendent of schools, from witich
applicant comes, or a certificate issted by any State board o
Medical examiners, will be accepted in_ lieu of the whole one ,
Part of this examination. Such certificate shall set forth by
Subject and points the ground which has been covered by the
Student, and shall be duly signed with the name and title of the
On issuing it, and witnessed.

Ir

NOTE.—A student may be allowed to enter conditioned to the =

(A)

(B)

Deichmann College Preparatory School to conduct entrance ;
nations for the Medical schools of Baltimore, as required by Alter~
native No. 4, where we refer pe for admission to our fresi-
man class, who may require suc

attended such colleges, provided they can mect the requirements

the

and Therapeutics.
instruction as experience or expedience may prove to be necessaty

any accredited medical college or colleges are placed upon an
footing with our own students, and the same privileges, as

will be granted an allowance equal to the number of years they soot

tent of not more than 6 points. ‘These conditions must ic
removed by satisfactory examination before he is allowed t a
enter on the second year of the course, a
Mathematics, 4 points; English, 6 points; History, 2 points;
Language, 4 points (of which Latin must be 2, and may be
4 points); Science, 5 points. Total, 21 points. ¢
English, 2 points; History, 6 points; Language, 6 points:
Manual’ Training, 2 points; Mechanical Drawing, 1 poin
Science, 6 points; Trigonometry, 1 point; Astronomy, 1:
point; Civics, 1 point; Physical Geography, 1 point; Physio’
ogy, 1 point; Hygiene, 1 point; Political ‘Economy, 1 pola
Total, 29 points.

The Association of American Medical Colleges has designated

an examination. | ; .
Graduates or students of homeopathic or eclectic medical schools

M

The right is reserved to make such alteration in the course ~~

ay

eges, y mect th : _

entrance examinations and pass examinations in Materia 4
i

Students who have attended one or more courses of lect

examinations (previously described) for advanced standin; _ are

tended to them. Examination will not be required on subj
which proper credentials are exhibited by the student, showms
he has passed such examination, All senior students, however
required to pass the major branches in this school.

Ma

and attaches. The heating, lighting, plumbing and sanitary

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION.

The Franklin Square Hospital is conducted by the Faculty of
land Medical College. t
t possesses the most modern facilities for the care of | ange”

ments are of the most advanced order, The situation, at the CO ate
of Fayette and Calhoun streets, is ideal, facing a large public

It affords the inmates a pleasant outlook and insures am

of fresh air at all times. The Hospital contains a num!

furnished, attractive Boas rooms and pleasant, well-light
s,

theatre and Clinical, Eencloges) and X-Ray orate
X-Ray Apparatus is of the pe
advancement ane this line, and is superior to any ©
in the city of Balt

bers, and furnishes an abundance of clinical material
tion of students. In the Outdoor Department of the
advanced students are permitted to visit patients, make C™,
their diseases and treat them under the supervision of the
Physician.

It is provided with a well-equipped Operating-
atest pattern, embody

imore. :
The Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in peg? ;

dit

12

GQULVAHLIHITKNY TWLIdSOH

“GULVERLIBNARY

BOATIOO

5 The Hospital is the only one located in the western section of

e city. :

4 Baltimore is the medical center for a vast section of the country,

and the enviable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted large
Numbers of persons in need of high-class medical service. The
Franklin Square Hospital is eminently fitted to fill all the offices of a
well-equipped Hospital. :

Simplicity, utility and thoroughness have been the factors | kept in

_ View in formulating plans for the development of the institution, and

it is believed that the Hospital will serve as a model of its kind.

: _THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMORE

This institution is located at 112 North Calhoun street, in close
_ Proximity to both the College and the Hospital. The cit iar
Under the supervision of the Faculty, and has been admirably tt
q Up to meet the advanced requirements of a lying-in institution. eee
q ‘aim of its incorporators has been to make it a model institution o
its kind. id
_ Ample opportunity is here furnished to the students for bedside
instruction. The methods of diagnosis, the care of patients during
Pregnancy and the puerperal state, and the manner of conducting
rs are carefully taught. M
The Maternite is so arranged that absolute privacy may be ey
tained at moderate rates, which vary according to the location an
Size of rooms.

NORTHEASTERN DISPENSARY.

_. The students of this school have the advantages of Mg large
Clinic of this Dispensary in addition to those already available.

ANATOMY.

~ Howagp D. Lewis, M.D., Professor.
Watrer A. Cox, M.D., Demonstrator.
V. Grann, M.D., Lecturer on Osteology.

T AND SECOND YEARS.

_ The instruction in this fundamental branch consists of lectures,
ve dissections, demonstration upon the wet and dry ie
tions of the museum and anatomical models, supplemented Yee Re
tions and by demonstrations in the anatomic rea rad gs -
liminary work embraces thorough courses in Osteology, the ee 4 is
the joints and ligaments and Anatomic Histology. Dissection is
Performed under the guidance of the demonstrators, eater ed
-€xhaustively examined upon the completion of the es = cle a4
Dissecting material is liberally supplied, and no aa d ae The
“Pon the amount of work which the student is gaa ; ye pets
kde includes a special course of lectures upon the brain Pp

Examinations are held at stated intervals.
13

Pe ee ee.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.

Howarp D, Lewis, M.D., Professor.
Watter A. Cox, M.D., Demonstrator.
Cartes W. HorrMan, M.D., Assistant.
G. J. France, M.D., Assistant.

M. Wirtsuarter, M.D., Assistant.

First AND SEcoND YEARS. -

The Dissecting Laboratories are in charge of the demonstrators
of Anatomy. The rooms are well lighted, well warmed an pra
tilated. Dissections are performed under the direction of the dem

strator. .

Recitations and examinations upon the completed work af
required.

The Laboratories are open until 10 P. M. in order to afford ;

ample hours for extra and advanced work. Dissection tickets ee -
countersigned by the demonstrator as an evidence of satisfa
dissection. e
The material is furnished in abundance. #
Each student is required to dissect three parts. re ‘
First-year students are required to devote 420 hours to the wo Pe >
Second-year students are required to devote not less than 420 r
to this branch. »

HISTOLOGY. -

Auten C. BeetHamM, M.D., Associate.
First YEAR.

et
_. The course in Histology comprises the laboratory work, fo fest
with a series of didactic lectures illustrating the subject. i

. part of the course is devoted to the technique of the mi

mounting of slides, use of the microtome and other apparatus of
laboratory.

3 son of
The remainder of the session is devoted to the consideration
the normal tissues and fluids of the body. allow “

A sufficient number of microscopes has been provided pe 2
one to the use of each student, for which no fee is exact appa
private locker, furnished with a complete outfit of necessary spot =
ratus, is assigned to each member of the class, and he is hel in the
sible for such material while in his possession. The collection tions
Histologic Museum includes a very large number of mount - ample
charts, plates and treatises upon the subject, offering altogethe jnvesti-
facilities for elementary and advanced work and for orig! an
gation. Ay
. . The course extends over the first year, and the class 15
into sections, the better to receive individual supervision. |“). first-
examination is held at the end of the year, and is final
Course students.

14

i

CHEMISTRY.

Gustavus Cuartes Donme, A.B., M.D., Professor.
First anp Seconp YEARS. ,
The instruction in Chemistry extends throughout two sessions,
and is divided into a Junior and — Senior course. ipeees Chemistry is
taught in the first year, comprising the study of chemical physics,
chemical philosophy and inorganic chemistry and laboratory exercises.
At the end of the session the student is examined for admission to -
© next class. Advanced Chemistry is taught in the second year,
comprising the study of the compounds of carbon or organic chem-
‘stry, physiologic chemistry and chemic analysis. it
The method of instruction consists of lectures, recitations and
laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the student throughout
the session is utilized in estimating his fitness for advancement or
&raduation. ‘ :
. At the end of each session the student is examined for gradua-
tion in the work of that year.
_ The study of toxicology embraces the symptoms and treatment of
Poisoning, and also the methods of chemic analysis for. detecting the

Various poisons. =
THERAPEUTICS.

Irvin Esavcn, M.D., Professor.

Trump anp Fourtn YEArs, “

The course in Therapeutics embraces Toxicology and Therapeutics
Proper, and includes didactic and laboratory teachings, extending over
the third and fourth years, E ‘ ’

.>pecial study is made of the physiologic action of drugs and of.
their effect upon the lower animals, while the practical application of \.
jemedial agents to disease is thoroughly and systematically taught by
Sctures and recitations, .

The recitations and examinations are held at intervals, and a final

mination at the end of the fourth year finishes work in this de-

_ Partment. *y
MATERIA MEDICA.

a Wizur P. Srusss, M.D., Professor.

First an SEeconp Years. Ree
4 Instruction in Materia Medica is given by lectures, recitations and
oonstrations during the first and second years. The student is re-
gM@red to familiarize himself with the physical properties of crude
and their preparation. The official drugs and their doses, as
ing :25 the newer remedies, are thoroughly studied. Prescription writ-
'S a part of the special work in this department. The course ex-
"nds throughout the second year and is concluded by an examination.

: PHARMACY.

Gro. H. Srvakrt, Pu.G., Associate.
ND Year.

ith he teaching of Pharmacy is by laboratory instruction combined
oth lectures. The practical detail, of the subject are made thor-
My familiar to the student by the required manipulation, weigh-
fopgompounding and dispensing, which are practiced in order -
ag rd training and instruction in the methods of the art, as w
en Ploy ainiliarize the student with the uses of the special apparatus

15

PHYSIOLOGY.

J. H. Uttricn, Pu.G., M.D., Professor.
First AND SEcoND YEARS.

The teaching in Physiology consists of two lectures each
illustrated by charts, plates and the classical experiments of
ence grouped in instructive sequence. Experiments upon the lower
animals illustrating the laws of the science are shown .in the labor-
atory. These experiments are a selected in order to show # rel
relation of physiologic processes to clinical medicine and to be a
uable aids to the physician in the diagnosis and treatment of ie

5 cig at recitations and written examinations are held at
tervals. :

The theory, development and application of serum therapy #8
specially studied. r io

The physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, eh
bolism, secretion and excretion, muscle tissue, the peripheral ae
tral nervous systems, the special senses, generation and development
are considered in detail. 7 an

The course extends throughout the year, and is obligatory (7)
students of the first and second years. Examinations are held at ©
end of each year, y

EMBRYOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.

Atten C. Beernam, M.D., Associate.
Seconp YEAR. :
This subject will be taught by lectures and demonstrations-
laboratory work will extend over the latter part of the year; ;
working experiments will be carried out by the students under ©
direct supervision of the teachers.

PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.

Geo. B. Scuorrt, A.B., M.D., Professor.
Seconp AND THIRD YEARS.

The work in these departments consists of lectures and
throughout the second year, embracing general and —
Anatomy and Histology and Bacteriology. Three afternoons @ *
are given to microscopic study.

I—Bacteriology: Each student is taught the methods of P
culture media, the principles of sterilization and disinfection, i
of cultivating and staining the more important organisms, er a
biologic examination of air, soil and water. Infection an even
are thoroughly considered in their relations to curative and pr 7
medicine. < ane

II.—Pathology: Lectures, conferences and recitations af€ —
consider the various aspects of the subject. Laboratory he
which the student cuts, mounts and studies microscopically the ¥
lesions of the human tissues. Demonstrations in Gross
Anatomy will be held once a week on specimens obtained ma
Museum and post-mortems. Students of the second, third an¢ |
years will attend and assist at autopsies.

16

HYGIENE.

Henry M. Baxtey, Px.G., M.D., Professor.
Seconp aAnp Turrp YEARS.
Hygiene is taught by lectures, in its relation to the individual, the
home and community at large. Lectures devoted to the principles of
Sanitation as bearing upon the management of public institutions,
‘Sewerage, infection, quarantine regulations, the drainage and cleanli-
‘Ress of cities‘‘and towns are comprised in the course.

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AND PHYS-
} ICAL DIAGNOSIS.

Pearce Kintzinc, B.Sc., M.D., Professor.

3 Auten C. Beernam, M.D., Associate.

Tarp ANp Fourtn YEArs. —s ; ‘

The teaching of Theory and Practice of Medicine is if didactic

nd clinical lectures during the third year, and by ¢linical lectures,

demonstrations, conferences and recitations during the fourth year,

Ad atients in the wards of the
Ted in the taking of histories,

examination of blood, urine, sputum and gastric contents.
t into personal contact with the patients

ae to differentiate diseases, and, under the

GASTRO-ENTEROLOGY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE.

Wm. S. Love, M.D., Professor.

URTH YEAR, d ; ‘nical
aye. The teaching of Gastro-Enterology is by didactic and clinica
“tires during the fourth year. 4 F

‘wr: 5Pecial clinical courses are given in diseases of the pe a
aiich the student is instructed in the newer methods of diagnos

treatment, embracing physical, chemic and microscopic examina-
Of test meals, stomach contents, etc.

SURGERY.

Josepn H. Branwam, M.D., Professor.
Epwarp Gremprer, M.D., Associate.
Henry G. BranHam, M.D., Demonstrator.

»..Mstruction is given in this important branch by systematic. lec-
tes... Tecitations, tectate demonstrations clinical lectures, by eater
sting in the wards and in the Out-Patient Department, ag
leo © Study of Surgical Pathology in the laboratories. The di —
wes are given each week by the Professor of Surgery, supple-
*d by the work of the assistants, associates and demonstrators.
ations at stated intervals and intermediate examinations are held,

17

——- .. =

Clinical Surgery is taught in the Amphitheatre, Hospital, Dispen?
sary, in the Outdoor Department and at the bedside. Operations and
demonstrations, illustrating the didactic teachings and su plement
the laboratory work, are given daily, and afford unusual facilities for
the acquisition of the necessary knowledge and technique of the
subject.

Third-year students are given opportunities to examine and di
nose cases. They are required to assist in operation, to dress woung> —
and to make reports upon cases, which reports may, at- the discrete
of the professors, be discussed in the conferences. ath

Surgical Technique—The methods of preparing dressings, steriliz
ing instruments and the necessary preparation of the patient for ee

iv

i

operation are taught and made familiar to the student by F ated
demonstrations. Yearly and final examinations are held. ne
a in Surgery are open to graduates and those desiring advatl

work,

OPERATIVE AND CLINICAL SURGERY.

Avbert T. Cuampers, M.D., Professor.
Ecpert L. Mortimer, M.D., Associate.
A. G. Barrett, M.D., Clinical Professor.
Two hours each week are devoted to describing, illustratin
demonstrating the various surgical procedures at the College bul!
The class will be divided into sections to perform operations
out the topographical anatomy of the different parts on the ¢
under the direction of the Professor of Operative and Clinica
gery or his Associate. The course will also include exper
work on animals. .
One hour weekly is used for performing operations at the *
lin Square Hospital. Ward classes will be assigned and rot
proper intervals to take histories and make diagnoses of .
ferred to this clinic, which will be read by the student and ¢
discussed by the Professor before each operation. These clas
then be required to study the after treatment of the cases
on, and make a daily note of their condition, the changes ™
pein drugs, etc., reporting later to the whole class the
obtained.

OBSTETRICS.

B. P. Muse, M.D., Professor.

Cuas. H. Beetem, Pu.G., M. D., Associate.

Atten C. Beeruam, M.D.,, Clinical Associate.
Turd AND Fourtu Years.

Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, confere™ =
clinical teaching. Students are required to take charge 0"
five cases of labor, to receive clinical instruction in at
cases to care for patients during convalescence and to
written report of at least one case. tom.

The instruction further includes ber pech t the ana ” abd
pelvis, besides instruction in presentations positions, @

Palpation, pelvimetry and the management of labor. <1 re

bstetrical operations, instrumental and manual,
means of demonstrations and practice u the mane
cadaver, as well as upon the patient in the lying-in i

8

DISEASES OF WOMEN.
Wo. S. Smiru, M.D., Professor.
Henry B. Kors, M.D., Associate.
Maurice Lazensy, M.D., Clinical Professor.
Tuimp anv Fourrn Years,

The didactic lectures are given in this branch each week through-
Out the year, in which a general review of the whole subject of
Gynecology is given. ,
An operative clinic is held in the Amphitheater each week, sup-
Plemented by demonstrations and recitations. =
The routine of office work, comprising the use and application of
the technical therapeutic resources of this important branch, such as
Ouches, pessaries, repositors, tampons, dilators, vaginal and intra-
Uterine medication, ete., will be fully and carefully exemplified,
. Special opportunities will be given to advanced students to prac-
“ce for themselves the various mani ulations necessary in the
“agnosis and treatment of Diseases of Women, individual work in
os line being regarded as of the highest importance and greatest
alue,

_ Sections of the class will be formed to take charge of phe th
logical cases in the Hospital, each member of these sections m ing
‘*Xaminations, taking histories and assisting in operations. aoe
Struction will also be given in the Gynecological Department of the
4 SPensary, and students will be afforded opportunities to witness
Tations in the Hospital on other than the regular clinic days. x

A systematic course in Gynecological Pathology will be conduct :
‘itd the class will be thoroughly familiarized with the technique o
the Mayda methods of hardening, Ss eee ees
~*€Cimens for microscopic study an rmanen ee
,: Intermediate exuntiinions ues held and a final examination is
en at the end of the fourth year. oe 4
“Wor Pecial graduate courses are open to those desiring advance

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

F. N. Tannar, M.D., Professor.

“RD AND FourtH YEARs. ‘av
‘Yea Ste subject is taught by a series of lectures addressed to third-
r} boat supplemented by a course of clinics in the et a:
tre lectures comprise special topics preparatory for the clini

“tion of the succeeding year. . mee
nq Students are required to take an active part in the rpm
b; uiscussion of the cases. A certain number of recitations on
Selected are held during the year. ; eye er eee
ne Out-Patient Department supplies a large number of ca =
slous diseases. Each student is taught the a pet intuba
‘nd has an opportunity to see the operation performe
Especial attention is paid to clinical therapeutics.
© examinations are held at the end of each year.

19

DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND MIND.
L. H. Gunpry, M.D., Professor.

FourtH YEAR. bel

A systematic course of lectures on Nervous Diseases is give™
consisting of one lecture each week throughout the College year. 4
weekly clinic is also given, at which cases of all the familiar a”
many of the rarer forms of these diseases are presented to the class.
and at which opportunity is given to the student to personally or i
amine the cases. Frequent quizzes upon both the didactic lectures 4%
clinical cases are also held.

An obligatory examination is held at the end of the fourth ye@™

DISEASES OF THE EYE.

J. Wittiam Funcx, M.D., Professor.

FourtH YEAR. ;

Instruction consists in didactic lectures, clinical demonstrations,
operations and practice in the use of the ophthalmoscope.
material is furnished by the Hospital and Dispensary clinics. ,
possible opportunity is given the student for personal observat :
examination of cases, thus coming in close relation to the patient with
of necessity, familiarizing himself, in the most practical gage
the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of eye diseases. The not £0
aim being to make capable and efficient general practicians @
graduate specialists. Final examinations are held at the em
fourth year.

ut

DISEASES OF THE EAR, NOSE AND THROAT-

Atexanper D. MeConacuie, D.D.S., M.D., Professof
Jostan S. Bowen, M.D., Associate.
Frank J. Powers, M.D., Associate.

FourrH Year. 4 clinics.
The teaching is given in didactic lectures, recitations and general
The subject is presented from the point of view of the a the

practician. The instruction is practical, and includes the US = — and

otoscope, laryngoscope and other instrumental aids to diag”
treatment. 1S eae

The class is divided into sections, in order that the teachnt™ ‘indi-
be better adapted to the needs of its members, and that ‘

vidual may receive personal supervision. ,A

“

DERMATOLOGY. 7

H. C. Hess, M.D., Professor.
Fourtn YEAR. ; is give
A course of lectures, demonstrations and recitations out the
during the fourth year, and a weekly clinic is held thr
year.
The Outdoor Department and the Hospital wards
abundant and varied supply of material. 2 consi ‘
The pathologic histology of the skin diseases is fully
as well as the various parasites.

furnish 3”

20

DISSECTING LABORATORY.

;
:
4
:
4
=)
y
5
5
Mi

GENITO-URINARY DISEASES.
Frep Carutuers, M.D., Professor.

Pourrn Year.

The course in this department is by clinical lectures and clinical
demonstrations. One clinic is held weekly, and illustrative operations
@re frequently performed.

The student is brought in direct contact with the cases, and
Specially instructed in the use of the diagnostic instruments employed
in the exploration of the urethra and bladder, including the cystoscope
d endoscope. He acquires dexterity in the use of various other
ruments, necessary for diagnosis and treatment, by assisting in the
cs and personally performing the different manipulations.
Special and elective courses are open to physicians and post-
Taduate students.

CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS.
Henry G. Brannam, M.D., Associate.
*uirp Year.
_ One of the most important additions to the student's work is
mbraced by the new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of or
iboratory studies. Here laboratory work and methods are employ’
Mtirely from the clinical standpoint. Special courses are given upon
he blood, urine, sputa, dejecta and stomach contents, in their chemic,
lcroscopic and ‘bacteriologic relations. Each one of these courses ne
nder the charge of a demonstrator who has given special attention
9 the branch. This course is designed to fit the student for the
Factical clinical work of the fourth year. ;
An examination is held at the end of the year’s work.

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
F. N. Tanwar, M.D., Professor.
“RD AND FourtH YEARS.

.. The lectures on this important branch are general and practical.
he legal relations of the physician to the State and to his pete
f€ exhaustively considered. The question of expert testimony an
“© Status of the medical expert, the nature of the hypothetical ques-
M and the manner in which it should be answered, the conduct of
= Physician under direct and cross-examination are all clearly set
The examination is held at the conclusion of the course.

DENTAL SURGERY. |

Advanced students receive practical instruction in Dental Surgery
demonstrations in extracting and other minor dental operations.

21

}

Schedule of Lectures for Session 1911-1912. Maryland Medical Go!

FIRST YEAR.

Hours | Monday | Tuesday | Wednesday | Thursday Friday
}

9-10 | Physiology | Histology
Ria: Sees
10-11 :
Chemical | Histological) Chemical | Histological
Laboratory | Laboratory | Laboratory | Laboratory
11-12 Chemistry

12-1 ae Anatomy | Pharmacy Eatat : Physiology

2.30 [Osteology Osteology |
Anatomical Anatomical Anatomical

= Laboratory Laboratory Laboratory
5

Dissecting Daily.
SECOND YEAR.

12 | Gynecology Gynecology Surgery

Practice | Children Geet Dermatology| Practice | Medicine
i
Proctology sh a Nase | Strgery Gane tea

Ear, Nose
and Throat

Operative

mere wE Eye Surgery

Ear, Nose

and Throat| Children

NDANCE OBLIGATORY AT CLINICS.
FOURTH YEAR.

Tuesday Wednesday | Thursday

rative | Ward Class| Gastro- | Ward Class! Obstetrics Wee cs _

Surgery Enterol d d ;
Clinical logy an clinical |
tory boratory ratory
Gynecology A iatlons Surgery | Sections
SS SS '
Practice Medicine {
Operative
ry

Thera-
peutics

Nervous

Ear, Nose
Diseases

and Throat | Children

Juris-
prudence

EXAMINATIONS. .

Each student shall be obliged to attend 85% of the exercises in
each course of study in order to become eligible for the final exam
inations.

First YEAR.. '

Osteology and Syndesmology, Histology and Inorganic Chemi:

Physiology and Anatomy.

Seconp YEAR.
Anatomy, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, Physiological
istry, Bacteriology, Laboratory Pathology, Pharmacy, Emb
Materia Medica, and Minor Surgery and Bandaging.

Tuirp YEAR.
Pediatrics, Physical Diagnosis, Medicine, Surgery, Obst!
Gynecology, Medical Jurisprudence, Electro-Therapeutics, ®
Operative Surgery, written Pathology, Eye, and Ear, *®
Throat.

Fourth YEAR.
Clinical Medicine, Clinical Diagnosis, Clinical Surgery
and Chambers), Clinical Obstetrics, Clinical Gynecology;
tology, Mental Diseases, Diseases of the Eye, Diseases
Ear, Nose and Throat, Gastro-Enterology, Orthopedic >!
Genito-Urinary Surgery, Therapeutics and Proctology.

FEES AND REGULATIONS.

Srupents Must MatricuLatE WHen THey CoMMENCE
AT THE LECTURES.

Att Fees Art Payarte rn ADVANCE AT TIME OF =$-
Nor RetugnasLE Unper Any CircuMSTANCES:

Matriculation Fee.........-- we ore Jeet EE (ade
Fees for Full Course of Lectures............ Ra P

_, Students completing three full courses in this colles
given tuition for the fourth year at the reduced rate 0} »
A deposit of $2 for each laboratory course PUMP
Anatomy is required of all students. This deposit is Te for DI
close of the session, less the amount charged against it 108 a
Tickets for any of the departments may be taken
The fee is $25 for each branch. : 2
_ The laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates
ing the regular courses. The special fees for such couf™
ascertained by consulting the Dean. . -
Post-graduates who have not received their degree
College, and who desire to pursue special courses,
register and to pay the matriculation fee of $5, a8 We"
for the special department in which they wish to work. _.
__ Physicians who are graduates of medical col ae
ing are permitted to pursue any course of study Pig
tion, and a certificate of attendance, setting forth the f#°™

upon request.
24

THE FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL, CALHOUN AND FAYETTE STREETS

‘SQUVA BAYA BHL 40 ANO 40 BANOO V

ee eek

Those who are desirous of becoming familiar with the work of

the special departments will be afforded opportunity for a course of

Study of six weeks’ duration at any time during the year, provided

due inquiry be made previously concerning the same. The facilities

; for acquiring knowledge of laboratory technique, as well as operative
skill, are unexcelled and worthy of consideration.

No private quizzes or classes are held by any member of the
Faculty in this College, nor by any member of the adjunct Faculty
in the branch or branches upon which he conducts final examinations.
; In order that our students may obtain all the wipes, Ws possible
from the extended Hospital facilities of this School, the Faculty has
decided to appoint a number of internes from the graduating class.

hese will be known as “Internes of the Franklin Square, Hospital
7 and West End Maternite.” They will receive suitable certificates at
the end of their term of service. The fee, which will include board
at the Hospital, will be one hundred ($100) dollars for. the whole
ear; fifty ($50) dollars for the half-year.

GRADUATION.

Candidates for examination must be of good moral character,
Correct in deportment, twenty-one years of age, have attended four
full courses of lectures, the last of which must have been in this
College; have paid all fees due the College and passed a satisfactory
Xamination before the Faculty.

All tickets must be taken out at the beginning of the session.
will be issued by the Dean at the end

kets and tickets for Practical Anatomy

s gpa countersigned a ticket w!
0

Every candidate must have passed examinations in the various
d other branches of medicine taught in this

001 or show satisfactory credentials of having passed such exam-
Attendance upon all clinical

tures is obligatory. 7
The final examination fee, which is $30, must be deposited with
d to an examination.

Me Dean before the candidate can be admitte ex
, Examinations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are con-
sucted by the several professors. Candidates failing to graduate are

Rot required: to again appear for examination in those branches in

wsich they have attained the require percentage, except in the case

‘the major branches. The judgment of the Faculty upon the fitness
candidate is based upon knowledge of his general attendance

industry, character and habits, as well as upon the result of his

€xamination. ‘ ‘

I andidates rejected at the final examination will not be re-exam-

4, until after having taken another course of lectures.

e degree will not be conferred upon any candidate who absents

Mself from the Public Commencement without the special permis-

n of the Faculty. iC

oy. the appointment of officers, assistants and additional teachers,

e, °T things being equal, our own graduates shall have the prefer-

“AG,

These regulations will be strictly adhered to. (See also pp. 8-9.)
25

PRIZES.

The Faculty, believing that a reward to the candidate for gradua~
tion standing highest in his studies at the end of the year stimulate
the entire class to greater effort, offers the following prize:

Highest General Average, a Gold Medal.

Candidates for the degree, to be eligible for the above prize, must
have taken all the studies of the last year and have been examined ™
each. a

Students attaining a general average of 90 or over will be
titled to honorable mention.

The degree of Doctor of Medicine cum laudi is given to
dates who obtain an average of 95 per cent. or’ over, in
required examinations.

GENERAL INFORMATION.

At the close of the session the following appointments are ?
from the graduates of this school: :
Four Resident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital.

A Resident Physician to the West End Maternite.

A number of Dispensary Physicians to the Franklin
Hospital Dispensary.

Several appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are an
scat to which graduates from the Maryland Medical College
The Dispensary is open throughout the year, and students
maining in the city are privileged to avail themselves of the mm
advantages which it offers. low

The personal expenses of the students are at least a5 " ¢.
Baltimore as in any other large city. Students can boa ber
ably for from $3 to $5 per week, fire and light included, an@
who are willing to club together in lodging-rooms can live te
rates. A list of boarding-houses may be had at the Dean's QO”
from the janitor.

Students are advised to pay fees by check for the exact
Remittances for other expenses should be in postal or m e
or notes by express, as the College will not endorse checks for f
expenses. ait

Students are requested to report to the Dean and boon th
immediately upon their arrival in the city, in order to facil wees
assignment to seats, arrangement in sections, ward classes, 1 vite?

Visiting physicians are always welcome, and are CO at 3
to inspect the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheater
time.

YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION: —

A branch of the City Y. M. C. A. is maintained in megs
An Intercollegiate Secretary is employed to devote his t
welfare of the students of the city.
26

The religious activity of the students is directed by the Asso-
tition, and Classes for Bible Study and devotional meetings are
Sularly held.

‘y.. Lhe Association also welcomes new students at the opening of
“¢ term, and lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for reference.
The Association Hand-Book, containing much information of
Yalue to the students, is issued at the opening of the fall term.

The City Association, with a fully-equipped central property, and
¢ West Branch, which is situated within one square of the College,
“tend a very cordial welcome to the students.

ATHLETICS.

The great number of studies and the limited term and course
‘merly compelled the student to neglect proper exercise, but the
ter time which is now allotted for the completion of his medical
, 18¢ allows the student ample time to indulge in outdoor athletics
a the open and gymnasium work in the closed season. College foot-
br.:. 22d baseball teams are formed each season, in all of which

‘“Jects the Faculty encourages the students to participate, believing
~ Well-rounded body will carry an evenly-balanced brain.

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.

R11 Alumni in good standing, the Faculty and the Adjunct
nulty are eligible to membership in the College Alumni Association.
ly, °biects of the Association are as follows: To advance the in-
1) Of the Maryland Medical College, to further higher educa-
methods, and to secure intellectual, social and professional
to its members.

The annual meeting will be held on or about Commencement
‘On which occasion an address will be delivered by one of the
TS selected by the Executive Committee. :

1€ fee for membership is $1.00 per annum, payable in advance,

METHODS OF TEACHING.

The Organizers of the Maryland Medical College have kept, in

advantages of individual teaching in contradistinction to
struction, such as prevails to a greater or less extent in all
Be Colleges and Universities. To this end the professors and
*S are given ample liberty to employ such characteristic meth-
experience has shown to be preferable, rather than being
€d to follow systems sanctified by tradition and fossilized by
© attain the end set forth, it is necessary to maintain a corps
vrs larger in proportion to the number of matriculates than
“uly found in institutions engaged in similar work.

27

citi ail

of olden days, and we believe that not only the graduate 0?

The teacher stamps his individuality upon the student with w
he comes into intimate personal contact, and the student is
embarrassed by fruitless discussions of methods and measures
cally opposed, the efficiency of which is stoutly maintained by var
professors in the same college, as is unfortunately too often the
in our American institutions of learning. The teacher is, nevert
less, encouraged to keep fully abreast of the times in every part
that pertains to his branch, to visit and investigate the methods ©
ployed by other institutions, both in our own country and beter
for the purpose of broadening his views and perfecting his meth®
and, when necessary, the college provides feavke: for such purpose:

Likewise, the entire energy of the Board of Trustees and
Faculty is expended in an endeavor to provide a MepicaL educal,
solely, and no attempt is made to maintain a quasi University ¥?
faculties of law, dentistry and the like.

Experience has demonstrated the value of conferences;
reports, discussions and examinations as methods of teaching;
these forms are generally followed, and, as a rule, monthly
examinations are held in all save the minor and
branches, while class conferences, case reports and critical dise
are so arranged that each student, in rotation, is given ample
tunity to display his attainments. Progress is judged largely |
methods instead of being based solely upon final or yearly
tions. Recitations and quizzes, conducted by the profess
teachers, have, to a large extent, replaced the formal didacti

but the public, is reaping the benefit of the change.

BacrerioLocy—Muir and Ritchie, McFarland, Williams.
Cuemistry—Holland, Simon.

Cumpren—Ruhrah, Tulley, Koplik.
DermatoLocy—Jackson, Stellwagen, Shoemaker.

: TEXT BOOKS.
4 Anatomy—Piersol, Gray, Morris.
e
. Dicrionarres—Gould (latest edition), Dunglison, Dorland.

Packard, Coakley.

Eye—Ball, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May, De Schweinitz.
Gasrro-EnteroLocy—Kemp, Fulton’s Translation of Connheim.
Genrto-Urrwary Diseasrs—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis & Cabot.
Gynecotocy—Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley, Gilliam.
Histotocy—Schafer, Ferguson and Piersoll.

Hycrene—Rohe & Robins, Bergey.

Jurisprupence—Draper, Reese.

Marterta Mepica—Butler, Sollman, Stevens.

_ Mepicat Dracnosts—Kintzing, Da Costa, Wilson.

Nervous System aNp Mrnp—Dana, Church & Peterson, Stod-
“rd, Burr on Mental Diseases.

_Onsterrics—Hirst, Edgar, Williams.
‘
Operative Surcery—Bryant, McGrath, Kocher.

__ Patnorocy—Ziegler, Delafield & Prudden, Stengel, McFarland,
ck, Cattell (Post Mortem), Mallory & Wright (Technique).

Prarmacy—Caspari.

4 *
Sar Puysicat Dracnosts—Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Disease,
“Al’s Diagnostic Methods, Da Costa, Kabot, Anders and Boston.

Surgery, Da Costa and Vaughan.
ERY OF RecrumM—Tuttle.

PeuTics—Cushny, Sollman, Hare.
29

Ear, Nosr anv TuroAt—Ballenger, Gleason, Barhill and Wales, |

Apsuire, DAVID.......... W. Va.
Aimar (Mrs.), L, A....... BoC.
AREVELO, GILBERTO.......... Cie As
ArmisTeapD, Ernest K.......Ala.
BARENBURG, \ Pa OE toc P.

BARRETT, Francis O., Ph.G..Md.

ENS As ES) vets ed faeees W. Va.
Becxner, Wm. Forrest...W. Va.
Benpick, JoHN J..........++- Pa.
BERESTON, Aig) SAIN os ste Md,
BERvUBE, Tee Deepa a N. H.
Borvin, Omer E.........:- Mass.
BoucHELL Cian.) EA dees aes Md.
BROWN, TLUGH.... coktuw seen Md.
BRUNAULT, (LIVER.......--- R. LL
Bryant, Roscoe Frioyp..... N.C.
BUCHANNAN, Dia eek ces: Va.
Burcu, Juuius ONT) eae Ga.
Burke, WM. JosEPH........ N. J.
ROM, -\Nes) Se DN ves «vee saree Va.
Busu, Ws Br csr ee W. Va.

BustIL1o, VINCENT! C. = B.).Cuba

Byrn, Jas. FINiey.........Tenn.
Corey, JP BS PRG! oescss R, I.
Conaway, Ri'Giiist oa; a ben,
CoNSTANTINE, GEO.........-

CosTELLo, Wm. sees, Ph.G. Sai
Contr, Giocoma.....'. Sicily, daly.

Gosaern,. Eo WW A. ged ovtws C
Cox, Biome Io ss cooker asec Va.
Cutpertson, WaAttrr L.......Pa.
DAISEY, Witrarn O.......-- “Del.
Davis, . a ae W. Va.
Dexa, WaALtEReC.. cig ct des N. J.
Devaney, TuHos. B......... Mass
DeLeonarpis, JAs, Vincent. N. ry
i a Oy Ceaser Price
DickMAN, HeERMAN........--
Diopati, Vincenzo M., A.B. "Pa
DONNGLEY; Ju Dio. os eosces eal Af
Dovey, Howarp LeRoy.. wok

we
Farco, BuNNELL, Ph.G .Md.
Fearn, JoHN W...... ie
Frneman, Harry E.. gba.
FINNEGAN, J. Ep ee
Firzmaurice, E. V........- i Sn
FLIcKENGER, W™. .Pa.

FRANCE, GERMANUS a: PG. Md,
Fosner, LeRoy

eee ee eee ee All

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE
LIST OF MATRICULATES, SESSION 1910-1911.

Freunp, E. M...
Fox, Joun Wu....
Giro, Juan B.,, AB..
Gopney, Joun ‘Q ae ve ee

GoLpsMirH, Cuester L.,Ph.G.
Gotpstein, M. L
GLADSTONE, CHAs.
Grace, Beny. L
Gray, Paris L......

Harrner, A. F
Hatey, Mark J....-+<-+*
Hatt (Miss), Atice L.-:
Hann, Jesse D., A.B
Harman, W. C
Hartnett, Joun J..--
Heatu, Joseru
Bets, FF Ls Cy. reese
HEISKELL (Mrs. 5 ae
Hicwew, ArTHUR
Hottann, CAs. ene
Hunt, E. V. «2. vessmeee
Hutcninson, Davin Wo jn. ND

F. A cts, i
1 ae
KENNEY, hae ie.

Kern, Harrison B
Kiupre, C. M.. ai eet

sees

sere

seeneer®

eee

.
Pee

LANCASTER, Gro.
Lanouoise, Cuas.~J--
LAWALL, GriFFITH
Lepesur, Witeur T
LinpENBAUM, SAMUEL
Link (Miss), AMELIA
LoncsHore, Howarv K--

MacAutay,
McCartHy,
McGurrin, R
McLarney, J.
McNeer, Frank L---
Mananey, Joun D.-

30

ampere OAS 8G) ook. foe esa Md. Sxversxy, Franx B., A.B...Pa.
MeEyLacxson, SAUL........+ Ny 5. - Swain GuGer, <sah17 ees Va.
Morepesxy, M. D........... Nu Je * Sem Ml ata c eet oh W. Va.
Morcan (Miss), G. E..... D.C. Stone, G., Jouscdis eae oes Va.
RON EOS. Hi vvca ccs oone Mass. STrouMEN, SAMUEL..........4. Pa.
mrarkent: (S. An. cavancs cocks Cuba. Srraus, PErer.............+. Pa.
Nawratu, Cuas. Joseru...N. J. Srurprvant, Burton B.....N. C.
Nunes. A. C., Ph.G........ N. J. Surrivan, Micuaet F........Pa.
Nurxin, J. Josern........... Pa. Sutivay (Mrs.), Rosa L...Md.
O’Matuey, Franx E......... Pa, SutpHin, Mark........+- W. Va.
Parran, Jas. Cary........-. Md. Tayzor, R. E. S......2.. W. Va.
BeARRY, EVAN Ju... caccusccas: Pa. Terz, WatTER J...... .++Md.
Parsonnet, AARON........- N. J. Tonsky, Bernarp... .. Pa
As MN ca dvs, 3 Gwe Seb sey N. J. Trepway, Moses H.......... Va.
Poremnski, JOSEPH.......+++ Md. Uzzew, Jos. H. bia eae
SD BS Se ge Conn. VercNeE, R.
MPAGUY, KCHALIL. «icons ssiss Egypt Watker, Scioto P
Re. BRNEGT..< coe cisie sinus Md. WerssMAN, NATHAN F
ES : ne eye Pa. Wetvon, E.
CHMAN, ApotpH....Roumania. WenceR, Morris, Jr .
; LO i A SD ay Md. Waitaker, Ferprnanp C...N. C.
UM Be Bis 55 55 Waid adatind Pa. WurrinG, Leonarp C.....- Conn.
a ee ae ee P. R. Wuson, Wirt B........- W.Va.
Scnorr, E. H.............. Conn. WirtsHAFTER, Morrts, B.S..Ohio. -
Suarmo, ApraM......e--s 0s Pa. WirHer, Wortuy F...... W. Va.
RP, Geo. TARPLIT....... D. C. Woopatt, THOS. ..........2: Md.
HEEHAN, J. W., A.B......Conn. Woopwarp, Cuester P., Ph.G.Md.
PAD, THOS, Sisstchees N. J. Younc, We. Brancu....W. Va.
QHorts, Wm. FRANCIS....... Md. Youn, Crarence L.....-.... Pa.
Huitz, Cuas, ELMER...... Zavvexer, Louis J., Ph.G...R. 1

yi 4
MERMAN, J. WALTER, A.B.Va.

GRADUATES OF MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE,
SESSION 1910-1911.

RSTPAD,. ERNEST KING... 02.2505. ccc este evoon vane cwewene es Alabama
dd FRANCIS OLIVER...........cececererscesnee® aoe
ER, WILLIAM ERRORS => «3. ragenornrTer Tee aoe ices
Sc a occ... saad ch cemter wegen Georgia
Re ai, sat ane eee lew Jersey
fii eepie > a ary’

hog were Bo ob Fain ane etna Sicily, Italy
ERTSON, WALTER LEON.........ceeeeeeeeeteretrtet? ren

Y, WEST nk ov bic 0s oe spec ove ee RO FRE. ae
i, Wace Pt aR ee ee peed ersey
ae EE sesseesenesersesss = "74" NN) Tergey
NARDIS, JAMES ‘idghede Meek pie deka Pennsylvania
WERMEA: < ccas vs scacadve opr 07 = es Pennsylvania
Rn eRe = SORELY, pacar
rng tedesseneagbamers CoE ete e ricer
ge aE eet ORES Pengeyvania
ER OS coe arylan
Canes E a ae “a PR a caiutgies 2 eae cr St Indiana
Se naeeenrer oreereaEn Ck

;

Boke; Pants LAOWARD 6 owe cise. a. Teer gaseasesetknss
Hatey, Mane Josern.:: os 00¢- 25.2% err Pee
Hau, (Miss) Avice Loumse..........--+++++-+++ bnrets
HAnp, JESSE DONALD... 0-6-0 eee cence en eeeeeceereeeeee
HARTNETT, JOHN Ji... 2.20 c cee cc ccs diercensnecsceees —
KAHAN, JOSEPH) CARL... ...25<5-5.-- 400530 ASA pe
KAPEGHIAN, VEE oe ee eee ee Armenia,
KENNEY, Wannabee ii nwRp sods a8 cones sas ceed ewetam
Kern, HARRISON BENJAMIN...........-+++0+ seadsiebale
LANGLOIS, CHARLES JOSEPH. ...-...-.6--0eeeeeereeeeers
LinpeNBAUM, SAMUEL M. ‘ 5
Linx, (Miss) AMELIA ELizaperi. es Epes eee <<3e 0
LoncsHore, Howarp KIMBALL..........----22+++ eda
McCartHy, JoHN ALEXANDER.........+.+++- New Brunswick,
McGurrin, Ropert KENTON.............+++- saad eos
McNeer, Frank LUTHER. .....-.....:cceseeeseeeees cae
Mann, Louls..... ae BEA AT I: PE seed ye ik roe
PORTER, CL AGIES ia. oa d50 cb.Sn8s 0.580 Oe A SR or
Mason, CLAuDE Hutcuinson. per ee eee mies
MEcLUSKEY, JOHN FRANKLIN..... Re eee ee by
NAWRATH, CHARLES JOSEPH........-... were
NOBKIN, J. JOSEPM... .csce sie sss Te kee cee ene ncesets
Parry, ‘EVAN JENKINS

PASSORNET, -AAWON 5255 05 6 0-fo 009 + Sven
PorREMBSKI, JOSEPH.........-- -
REICHMAN, ADOLPH........-

Swarr, Grorce TARPLIT......---..--- Siti ues ome “District of
Sworts, WmLiAM FRANCIS...-......--+-++- ey . eee
SHULTz, CHARLES. ELMER. 1.202005 0020creceeccoes te j
SrmMERMAN, J. WaALTER.....-.-.-- ye ees Pe eerr
Sxversky, FRANK BENJAMIN.........---+ errr ey
STouMEN, SAMUEL.........-- ia fae ty:
SuLLIVAN, MICHAEL FRANCIS........- PEP RE Prarie
TONSKY, BERNARD .)...200%02-<800e0ees ns Ss aes
RRMA DS UATOGRS ET voc cbse cc aws oct acaneece vk jae
Wa txer, Scioto PIerce.......- Giant tees wee > nae
WEISSMAN, NATHAN F.......-.-.+..00+ Sw: alalnig laser ae ..Pe
WENGER, Morris ...........-++-+> ee cee 7 ves ite

Wuson, Wier B...........-+- a5 og RIS ayer
WrrtsHarter, Morris....-..- Sees eee eee t mgs

Younc, Wiitram BraNCH.....--.. SORTER Ce Se
Younc, Ciarence L

-
teeeeeenserees sew ccccesosersaeret?

‘SLAWMULS ALLAAVA AGNV NOOWTIVS ‘IVLIA4SOH WUVOADS NVYIMNWUA AML

ACTS.
JANUARY SESSION, 1902.

CHAPTER 560,

An Act to enlarge and extend the powers of the Maryland Medical
College, of Baltimore City.

Whereas, The Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, @
prosperous and progressive Medical College, incorporated under the
General Laws of this State, desires to have its powers thereunder
enlarged and extended; therefore,

Section 1. Be it enacted b» the General Assembly of Maryland,
That the Maryland Medical College of Baltimore City, incorporat
under the General Laws of this State, by Charter duly approved and
recorded among the Charter Records of the Superior Court of
Baltimore City in Liber R. O. No. 37, folio 33, ete., of which College
Bernard P. Muse, John B. Schwatka, J. William Funck, Joseph H
Branham, G. Milton Linthicum, Frederick Caruthers, William
Smith, C. Urban Smith, J. Charles Linthicum and Harry Gross af
the directors, being successors of the incorporators thereof, they 4
their successors shall have perpetual succession as such, and they
shall be and are hereby authorized to annex schools, confer degrees
and to have and to hold by purchase, gift or otherwise, suitable
grounds and buildings, thereon for educational, scientific and hospit
purposes not exceeding three hundred thousand dollars, subject bss
the right of the General Assembly to alter or amend this Act, an
subject to all the laws of this State relating to corporations applicable
thereunto. t

Sec. 2. And be it further enacted, That this Act shall take effec
from the date of its passage.

Approved April 11, 1902.

Joun Watrer SMITH,
Governor.

Noste L. MitcHett,
Speaker of the House of Delegates.

ee — Seal
o
Maryland.

MARYLAND
BMEDICAL COLLEGE

OF BALTIMORE

CO-EDUCATIONAL

Catalogue for 1911-1912

Announcement of Session 1912-1913

Fayette and Calhoun Streets

CALENDAR, 1912-1913.

1912.
Sept. 16. Preliminary Clinical Lectures begin, Monday...--- of
Sept. 30. Introductory Address, 8 P, M., Monday......--+-
Oct. 1. Regular Lectures begin, Tuesday.........-++++++* Oct.
Dec. 1, Conditioned Examinations begin..........- see Dec
Nov. 5. Election Day (Holiday) ..6...2.0..0030++<00000 enue -Nov. 2
Nov. 28 Thanksgiving Day (Holiday)..........-..e08+98"* Nov.
Dec. 21. Christmas Holidays begin, Saturday..........++- . Dec. 2

1913.
Jan. 2. Lectures resumed, Wednesday, 9 A. M......++ ... Jan
Feb. 22, Washington's Birthday (Holiday), Saturday...-.-Feb
May 30. Alumni Association Meeting (about).......- ee
About Commencement Exercises, 8 P. M......-+ ne :
June 1. Annual Banquet, 10 P M...........+seeeeee% .

Cottece BuiLpines,
FAYETTE AND CALHOUN STREETS,
Battimore, Mp.

Letrers, TELEGRAMS, Money Orpers AND Express PACKAGES ro | ah
DENTS SHOULD Be Appressep AS ABOVE. ‘|

For any information, address ‘a “i

THE DEAN, Ws. S. Smits, M. D., Maryland Medical
Fayette and Calhoun Streets,

Baltimore, Md., U. S. A. ag

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
OF THE MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE.

Frep Carutuers, M. D., President.

Apert T. Cuampers. M, D., Vice-President.
Pearce KintziNncG, M. D., Secretary.

J. Wa. Funck, M. D., Treasurer.

J. C. Lintaicum, LL.B., Counsellor.

- S. Smiru, M. D. A. D. McConacuiz, D.D.S., M.D.

P. Muss, M. D. J. H. Branuam, M. D.

OFFICERS OF THE FACULTY.

J. WM. FUNCK, M. D., President.
HOWARD D, LEWIS, M. D.. Vice-President.
W. S. SMITH, M. D., Dean.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF THE FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL.

Avexanver D. McConacue, D.D.S., M.D., President.
Frep Carutuers, M. D., Vice-President.

Apert T. CHAMbers, M. D., Secretary-Treasurer.

J. Wm. Funcx, M. D. Jos. H. Branuam, M. D.

. S. Smirn, M. D. B. P. Muse, M. D.

Ursan Smiru, M. D. Hon. J. Cuas. Linruicum.

earce Kintzine, M. D.

FACULTY.

EMERITUS PROFESSORS.

WiiraAm Herpert Pearce, M. D.,
Diseases of Children and Clinical Medicine.

C. Ursan Situ, Px.G., M.D.,
Theory and Practice of Medicine and Gastro-Enterology.

PROFESSORS.

BerNaArp Purcett Muse, M.D.,
Obstetrics.

J. Wriu1am Funck, M.D.,
Diseases of the Eye.

Joseph H. Brannam, M.D.,
Principles and Practice of Surgery and Abdominal Surgery.

Frep Carutuers, M.D.,
Genito-Urinary Surgery.

Witt S. Situ, M.D., Dean,
Diseases of Women.

Lewis H. Gunpry, M.D.,
Diseases of the Nervous System and of the Mind.

A. D. McConacuir, D.D.S., M.D.,
Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat.

Pearce Kintzinc, B. Sc., M.D.,
Theory and Practice of Medicine and Physical Diagnosis

Apert T. Cuampers, M.D.,
Operative and Clinical Surgery.

Gustavus Cuartes Doume, A.B., M.D.,
Chemistry and Associate in Medicine.

WituiaM S. Love, M.D.,
Gastro-Enterology and Clinical Medicine.

by

J. Harry Uttricu, Pa.G., M.D., .
Physiology and Proctology.

Irvin Esaucu, M.D.,
Therapeutics and Clinical Medicine.

Howarp D. Lewis, M.D..
Anatomy and Clinical Surgery.

F, N. Tannar, A.B, LL.B., M.D.,
Diseases of Children and Medical Jurisprudence.

Henry M. Baxtry, Pu.G., M.D.,
Hygiene and Dietetics.

H. C. Hess, M.D.,
Dermatology.

Henry W. Kennarp, M.D.,
Orthopoedic Surgery.

E. A. Dickey, M.D.,
Materia Medica.

W. Mutton Lewss, M.D.,
Pathology and Bacteriology.

=i,»

CLINICAL PROFESSORS.

Maurice’ Lazensy, A.B., M.D.,
Gynecology.

Artuur G. Barrett, M.D.,
Comparative Surgery.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS.

Epwarp Grempzer, M.D.,
Surgery.
Geo. H. Stuart, Px.G.,
Pharmacy.

Auten C. Beernam, M.D.,
Histology.

H. Lee Franks, M.D.,
Comparative Surgery.
5

ASSOCIATES.
Ecpert L. Mortimer, M.D.,
Operative Surgery.

Josian S. Bowen, M.D.
Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat.

Frank J. Powers, M.D.,
Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat.

Henry G, Branuam, M.D.,
Physiological Chemistry and Clinical Diagnosis.

Henry B. Kors, M.D.,
Gynecology.

Aten C. Beetnam, M.D.,
Clinical Obstetrics.

Cuas. H. Beetem, M_D.,
Obstetrics.

J. P. Srrone, M.D.,
Gynecology.

G. H. Monk, M.D.,
Comparative Surgery.
LECTURERS.

J. P. Stronc, M.D.,
Osteology.

Leonarp E. Beacn, M.D.,
Minor Surgery and Bandaging.

Gro. W. Jones, M.D., Germanus J. France, M.D,
: Clinical Medicine.
DEMONSTRATORS.

ANATOMY.
Watter A. Cox, M.D.,

ASSISTANT,
= Cuartes W. Horrman, M.D.,

Puysiotocy.
Gro. W. Hemmeter, M.D.

Ossterrics,
D. H. Monr, M.D., E. T. BoucHette, M.D.

VISITING STAFF.

SuRGEONS.

Howarv D, Lewis, M.D.
ASSOCIATES.

Artuur G Barrett, M.D.
PHYSICIANS.

Irvin Exavucn, M.D.

J. Wa. Funcx, M.D.

LaryNcoLocisT AND OTOLOGIST.
A. D. McConacute, D.D.S., M.D.

: ASSOCIATES.
SIAH S. Bowen, M.D. | Frank J.

GAstTRO-ENTEROLOGIST.
Ws. S. Love, M.D.

NEUROLOGIST.
Lewis H. Gunory, M.D.

Grn1T0-URinary SURGEON.
Frep Carurners, M.D.

Procroxocist. —
J. Harry Unreicn, Px.G., M.D.,

DerMato.oaist.
H. C. Hess, M.D.

PEeDIATRIST.
F. N, Tannar, A.B., LL.B. M.D.

PATHOLOGIST.
Henry G. BrannaM, M.D.

R6NTGENOLOGIST.
James B. Harney, Eso.

7

FRANKLIN SQUARE HOSPITAL.

Jos. H. Branuam, M.D. Avpert T, Campers, M.D.
Ecueer L. Mortimer, M.D. Epwarp Grempter, M.D.

Pierce Kintzino, B. Sc., M.D., Ww. S. Love, M.D.

GYNECOLOGISTS.
Ww. S. Sutn, MD. MAaAurIce LAZENBY, AB. M.D.
ASSOCIATES.
Henry B. Kors, M.D., jaa. P: Smonc, M.D.
OpnTHALMoLoGIst.

Powers, A.B., M.D.

RESIDENT STAFF.

W. B. Witson, M.D., Medical Superintendent.

G. S. Lawatt, M.D., Associate Resident Physician.
E. V. Hunt, M.D., Associate Resident Physician
C. M. Kimere, M.D., Associate Resident Physician
H. J. Tanxin, M.D., Associate Resident Physician
Mrs. Irma Hocuscustp, Superintendent of Nurses.
W. D. Weaver, Business Manager,

WEST END MATERNITE.

Pror. B. P. Muse, M.D.,
Obstetrician-in-Chief,

%. ASSOCIATES.
Cuas. H. Beetem, M.D. Auten C. Beetuam, M.D.
D. H. Monr, M.D. ' _E, T. Boucuerte, M.D.

DISPENSARY STAFF.

Henry B. Kos, M.D.
Dispensary Physician.

CHIEFS OF CLINICS.
‘ Ecpert L. Mortimer, M.D., a
ee Operative Surgery.
Henry B. Kors, M.D.,
Diseases of Women.

J. S. Bowen, M. D. Franx J. Powers, M.¥
Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat. :

5 Aten C. Beernam, M.D.,
Practice of Medicine.

Henry G. Branuam, M.D., ee
Surgery. A
E. A. Dickey, M.D.,
Diseases of the Eye.
Germanus J. France, M.D.. t
Gastro-Enterology and Diseases of Children.
: 8 j

NEW COLLEGE BUILDING

PLAN OF FIRST FLOOR
SCALE: ONE-EIGHTH. INCH
EQUALS ONE FOOT

&. W. DORSEY, ARCHITECT

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE
BALTIMORE, MD.

PLAN OF SECOND FLOOR
SCALE : ONE-EIGHTH INCH

| "
EQUALS ONE FOOT ~
E. W. DORSEY, ARCHITECT |

-

:

7

MARYLAN? MEDICAL COLLEGE
BALTIMORE, MD.

:
1|
4]

|
]
}
|

Ti anaet | LABORATOARIV™ Iv

’ be
j wirvas

a =m,

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE
BALTIMORE, MD.

:

PLAN OF THIRD FLOOR

SCALE: ONE-EIGHTH INCE
EQUALS ONE FOOT
&. W. DORSEY, ARCHITECT
A

/

:

T

;

i

——

Maryland Medical College. —

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

NEW BUILDING.

A splendid new College Building is now being erected on the grounds
adjacent to the Franklin Square Hospital, and will be ready for occu-
pancy in October next. This building has been carefully planned to
meet the requirements of modern methods in medical instruction, and
will be complete in every detail, and furnished with every facility and
equipment to execute the purposes for which it was designed,

Its lecture rooms are well lighted and ventilated, of ample size, and
provided with comfortable chairs for seating the students. Seven spa-
cious rooms will be used for as many laboratories, and each laboratory
will be provided with the latest designs of tables, drawers and lockers,
and also with water, gas and electricity where they are needed. Con-
venience of arrangement and thoroughness of equipment will thus
greatly facilitate the work of our expert corps of laboratory teachers.

_ The size of the Dispensary has been more than doubled, and each of
its eight departments will have ample floor space and hot and cold water.

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1912-1913.

The next Regular Session of the Maryland Medical College will
open on Tuesday, October 1, 1912, and will conclude about. June ist,
o's at erase the Public Commencement Exercises will eld

one of the large theatres of this city. :

A preliminary clinical course, beginning September 16, will be
held in the Clinical Amphitheatre, to which all students of medicine
will be welcome and for which no charge is .made.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

The Maryland Medical College was chartered under the laws of
Maryland in August, 1898, for the purpose of teaching the science, of
peedicine, ane degrees were conferred upon the first class Pagid
¢ prescribed course in May, 1899.
n January, 1902, by an act bs gs General Assembly of Maryland,
the powers of the institution were enlarged and extended. t
The school is Co-Educational, The Faculty, with the endorsemot
of the Board of Trustees, has opened the doors of the College oe .
On the same terms as to men, Our curriculum offers to bot :“the
Superior facilities for acquiring a thorough medical training ©
highest standard. ‘ degree of
The course of study required in this school for the degr
} M. - is s ae years, duration, dy shall count as a full year
n order that the time of study sha i
“ort reg of all classes hae pet themselves before October 1st and
ster their names with the Dean, o's
bie roe is a recess at Christmas, beginn’ng December 21 and end-
anuary 2. :
‘An examination of the schedule in another part of this veges
Shows the arrangement of studies and the amount of time whi
dents are required to devote to each branch.

9

A minimum of 1,152 hours’ work is required of each first-year
student; of 1,216 hours of each second-year student; of 1,248 hours
of each third-year student; of 1,376 hours of each fourth-year student.

A series of written and practical examinations on all the required
subjects of medical instruction is distributed throughout the four
awed course of study. Every candidate for the degree of Doctor of

edicine must pass these examinations in a satisfactory manner as
well as fulfill the admission requirements and all the other require-
ments of the curriculum.

LOCATION.

The geographical situation of Baltimore, combined with unsur-
passed climatic and natural advantages, have made the city the
metropolis of the South and one of the leading cities of America;
easy of access both by the great trunk lines that radiate from her
center and the waterways, which bring numerous coastwise and ocean-
going steamers to her wharves. :

he supremacy of Baltimore as a medical center is conceded
throughout America and acknowledged abroad—a fact which should
not be underestimated by the student contemplating the study of
medicine. ‘

To live in such an atmosphere, surrounded by thousands of fellow-
workers whose ends and aims are identical with his own, stimulates
the student to perseverance in his endeavors and to put forth his
every effort to reap the advantages of his opportunities. On the other
hand, the college which occupies an isolated situation, stultified by 2
fancied sense of security, is prorie to be unprogressive, whereas the
college placed in close’ contact with similar institutions, exposed con-
tinually to the strong light of comparison must progress or retire
from the field. r

The clinical advantages of Baltimore are obvious. It is a citY
abundantly supplied with hospitals and dispensaries that attract not
only resident patients, but those from a distance. The railroads, cat
lines and shipping lines supply innumerable cases of accidents, wh!
intercourse with the tropics and distant countries brings to the clinics |
cases of rare and unusual diseases that seldom find their way to less
accessible medical clinics.

Living in Baltimore is proverbially good and obtained at most
reasonable rates, in hospitable homes, within easy reach of the Colleges
where the moral, as well as the physical well-being of the student
is cared for amid refined surroundings.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

The requirements for admission to the Medical course are
conformity with those of the Association of American Medical aa
leges and are as follows: I. Moral. A certificate of good mo al
character, signed by one or more reputable physicians. II. fae
dence that the spree is at least seventeen years of age. as
cational. One of five alternatives, as follows:

(1) A Bachelor’s degree from an approved college or university.
(2) A diploma from a recognized high school, normal school-

academy requiring for admission evidence of the completion
an eight years’ course in primary and intermediate grades,

for graduation not less than four years of study.
10

(3) A certificate from the regularly constituted, authorities of any
State authorized to pass on the qualifications of students to
study medicine.

(4) An examination to be conducted by a duly chosen examiner, not
connected with the College, extending over 30 points, of which
at least 18 must be from list (A). A point represents a half-
session’s work on any one subject. For this examination a fee
of $5.00 is exacted.

(5) A certificate from a reputable instructor, recognized as such by
the State, county or city superintendent of schools, from which
the applicant comes, or a certificate issued by any State board of
Medical examiners, will be accepted in, lieu of the whole or a
part of this examination. Such certificate shall set forth by
subject and points the ground which has been covered by the
student, and shall be duly signed with the name and title of the
person issuing it, and witnessed.

NOTE.—A student may be allowed to enter conditioned to the ex-
tent of not more than 6 points. These conditions rion] be
removed by satisfactory examination before he is allowed to
enter on the second year of the course.

(A) Mathematics, 4 points; English, 6 points; History, 2 points;
Language, 4 points (of which Latin must be 2, and may be
4 points); Science, 5 points, Total, 21 eee a nil
B) English, : oints; Language, 6 points;
(B) nglish, 2 points; History, 6 poisical yee eg. -1 polntt

Civics, 1 point; Physical Geography, 1 point; Physiology, 1
point; Hygiene, 1 point; Poritical Eco 29
points. 2

/ .
The State Board of Medical Examiners of Maryland has appoin
an official examiner to conduct entrance examinations and pass on
freshmen credentials for the medical schools in Baltimore, as required
by alternative No. 4, to whom we will refer all applicants for admission
to our freshman class. *

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION.

The Franklin Square Hospital is conducted by the Faculty of the
Maryland Medical College. * .

tt possesses the most modern facilities for the care of patients
and attaches. The heating, lighting, plumbing and sanitary arrange-
ments are of the most advanced order. The situation, at the corner
of Fayette and Calhoun streets, is ideal, facing a large public square.
It affords the inmates a pleasant outlook and insures an abundance
of fresh air at all times. The Hospital contains a number of well-
furnished, attractive private rooms and pleasant, well-lighted, well-
petted ens bey * ope tae ae

t is provided with well-equi perating-Rooms, an i-
theatre dnd. Clinical, Pathological a X-Ray Laboratories. The X-Ray
Apparatus is of the latest pattern, embodying the newest adyance-
Ment along this line, and is superior to any other apparatus in the
city of Baltimore. : . .

The Hospital Dispensary treats indigent patients in large num-
hers, and furnishes an abundance of clinical material for the instruc-
tion of students. In the Outdoor Department of the Dispensary

advanced students are permitted to visit patients, make diagnoses of

lh gu and treat them under the supervision of the Dispensary
ysician.

‘ The Hospital is the only one located in the western section of

the city.

Baltimore is the medical center for a vast section of the country,
and the enviable reputation of its hospitals has ever attracted large
numbers of persons in need of high-class medical service. The
Franklin Square Hospital is eminently fitted to fill a'l the offices of a
well-equipped Hospital.

Simplicity, utility and thoroughness have been the factors kept in
view in formulating plans for the development of the institution, and
it is believed that the Hospital is a model of its kind,

THE WEST END MATERNITE HOSPITAL OF BALTIMORE

This institution is located at 112 North Calhoun street, in close

proximity to both the College and the Hospital. The Maternite is
under the ee ap ae of the Faculty, and has been admirably fitted
up to meet the advanced requirements of a lying-in institution, The
ag its incorporators has been to make it a model institution of
its kind,
. Ample opportunity is here furnished to the students for bedside
instruction. The methods of diagnosis, the care of patients during —
pregnancy and the puerperal state, and the manner of conducting
labors are carefully taught.

The Maternite is so arranged that absolute privacy may be ob-
tained at moderate rates, which vary according to the location an
size of rooms,

NORTHEASTERN DISPENSARY,

The students of this College have the advantage of the large clinic of
this dispensary, in addition to those already available. The senior stu-
dents are assigned to regular work in this dispensary in sections.

ANATOMY.

Howarp D. Lewis, M.D., Professor.

Watter A. Cox., M.D., Demonstrator.

J. P. Stronc, M.D., Lecturer on Ostcology.
First AND SEconp YEARS,

The instruction in this fundamental branch consists of lecture’
extensive dissections, demonstrations upon the wet and dry prepata-
tions of the museum and anatomical models, supplemented ye
tions and by demonstrations in the anatomic laboratory. e Lape
liminary work embraces thorough courses in Osteology, the study a
the joints and ligaments and Anatomic Histology. Dissection !
performed under the guidance of the demonstrators, and the studet
is exhaustively examined upon the completion of the part disse
Dissecting material is liberally supplied, and no limitation is plache
upon the amount of work which the student is permitted to do. inal
sousee includes a special course of lectures upon the brain and spina?
co}

Examinations are held at stated intervals.

12

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.

Howarp D. Lewis, M.D., Professor.
Watter A. Cox., M.D., Demonstrator:
Cuartes W. HorrMan, M.D., Assistant.

First ANb SECOND YEARS.

The Dissecting Laboratories are in charge of the demonstrators
of Anatomy. The rooms are well lighted, well warmed and ventilated.
Dissections are performed under the direction of the demonstrator.

Recitations and examinations upon the completed work are required.

The Laboratories are open until 10 P. M. in order to afford
ample hours for extra and advanced work. Dissection tickets are
countersigned by the demonstrator as an evidence of satisfactory
dissection,

The material, is furnished in abundance.

Each student is required to dissect three parts.

First-year students are required to devote 420 hours to the work.
Second-year students are required to devote not less than 420 hours

to this branch.

; HISTOLOGY.
Auten C. Beetnam, M.D., Associate.

First YEAR.

The course in Histology comprises the laboratory work, together |
with a series of didactic: lectures illustrating the subject. The first_
part of the course is devoted to the technique of the microscope, ~N }
mounting of slides, use of the microtome and other apparatus of the ;
laboratory. ee

The remainder of the session is devoted to the consideration of
the normal tissues and fluids of the body. y

A sufficient number of microscopes has been provided to allow
one to the tise of each student, for which no fee is exacted. A private
locker, furnished with a complete outfit of necessary apparatus, 1s
assigned to each member of the class, and he is held responsible for
such material while in his possession. The collection in the Histologic
Museum includes,a very large number_of mounted sections, charts,
Plates and treatises upon the subject, offering altogether ample facili-
ties for elementary and advanced work and for original investigation.
. The course extends over the first year, and the class is divi
into sections, the better to receive individual supervision. A written
examination is held at the end of the year, and is final for first-

course students.

EMBRYOLOGY.
Aten C. BeeTHaM, M.D., Associate.

First Year. °

This subject will be taught by lectures and demonstrations. The
laboratory work will extend over the latter part of the year. The
working experiments will be carried out by the students under the
direct supervision of the teachers.

13

: PHYSIOLOGY.

J. H. Uttricu, Pu.G., M.D., Professor.
Geo. W. Hemmeter, M.D., Associate.
First anp Seconp YEArs,

The teaching in Physiology consists of two lectures each week.
illustrated by charts, plates and the classical experiments of the
science grouped in instructive sequence. Experiments upon the lower
animals illustrating the laws of the science are shown in the labor-
atory. These experiments are carefully selected in order to show the
relation of the physiologic processes to clinical medicine and to be val-
uable aids to the physician in the diagnosis and treatment of disease.

Conferences, recitations and written examinations are held at
intervals. 3

The theory, development and application of serum therapy is
Specially studied.

The physiology of blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, meta-
bolism, secretion and excretion, muscle tissue, the peripheral and —
central nervous systems, the special senses, generation and evelopment
are considered in detail.

The course extends throughout the year, and is obligatory for
students of the first and second years. Examinations are held at the
end of each year,

CHEMISTRY. id
Gustavus Cartes Donne, A.B., M.D.,° Professor.
First And Seconp YEArs,

The instruction in chemistry extends throughout two sessions,
and is divided into a Junior and Senior course. Junior Chemistry. 1§
taught in the first year, comprising the study of chemical physics: ‘
chemical philosophy and inorganic chemistry and laboratory exercises: a
At the end of the session the student is examined for admission tO
the next class. Advanced Chemistry is taught in the second ty
comprising the study of the compounds of carbon or organic chem
istry, physiologic chemistry and chemic analysis. - ond

The method of instruction consists of lectures, recitations a
laboratory exercises, and the class standing of the student through j
out the session is utilized in estimating his fitness’ for advancem
or graduation. :

At the end of each session the student is examined for gradua~
tion in the work of that year. FP

The study of toxicology embraces the symptoms and treatment he
poisoning, and also the methods of chemic analysis for detecting th
various poisons.

PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY. =
W. Mitton Lewis, M D., Professor.
SECOND AND Turrp YEARS,

J
_ The work in these departments consists of lectures and recitate
throughout the second year, embracing general and special Patho werk:
Anatomy and Histology and Bacteriology. Three afternoons a

are given to microscopic study.

14

I.—Bacteriology : Each student is taught the methods of preparing
culture media, the’ principles of sterilization and disinfection, methods
of cultivating and staining the more important organisms, as well as
biologic examination of air, soil and water. Infection and immunity
are thoronghly considered in their relations to curative and preventive
medicine.

II.—Pathology: Lectures, conferences and r :
consider the various aspects of the subject. Laboratory work, in
which the student cuts, mounts and studies microscopically the various
lesions of the human tissues. Demonstrations in Gross Morbid
Anatomy will be. held once a week on specimens obtained from the
Museum and post-mortems. Students of the second, third and fourth
years will attend and assist at autopsies.

ecitations are held to

HYGIENE AND DIETETICS.
Henry M. Baxtey, Pu.G., M.D., Professor.
Turrp YEAR.

I.—Hygiene is taught by lectures,
the home and community at large. Lectures inergh th
of sanitation as bearing upon the management of public institutions,
sewerage, infection, quarantine regulations, the drainage and cleanli-
ness of cities and towns are comprised in the course. ’

Il.—Dietetics: One hour lecture and one hour recitation during
Session. ; A z P
The lectures treat the following subjects: Specific dynamic action
of the different foods; calorific requirements ; construction of a diet
from the different articles of food; nitrogenous equilibrium; nutrition
during the period of growth; inorganic foods; some mineral waters,
accessories to food; influence of mechanical work upon metabolism ;
diets in some pathological conditions.

in its relation to the individual,
devoted to the principles

PHARMACY AND PHARMACOLOGY.
Gro, H. Stuart, Px.G., Associate.

Seconp YEAR.

_. The teaching of Pharmacy is by laboratory instruction combined
with lectures. he practical details of the subject are made thor-
oughly familiar to the student by the required manipulation, weigh-
ing, compounding and dispensing, which are practiced in order to
afford training and instruction in the methods of the art, as w
as to familiarize the student with the uses of the special apparatus

employed.
MATERIA MEDICA.
E. A. Dickey, M.D., Professor.

First anp Seconp YEARS.

Instruction in Materia Medica is given by lectures, recitations and
demonstrations during the first and second years. The student is
Tequired to familiarize himself with the hysical properties of crude
“drugs and their preparation. The official drugs and their doses. as
Well as the newer remedies, are thorough'y studied. Prescription
Writing is a part of the special work in this department. The course
extends throughout the second year and is concluded by an examination.

15

THERAPEUTICS.

Irvin Esaucu, M.D., Professor.
Tuirp AND FourtH YEAars.

The course in Therapeutics embraces Toxicology and Therapeutics
proper, and includes didactic and laboratory teachings, extending over
the third and fourth years.

Special study is made of the physiologic action of drugs and of
their effect upon the lower animals, while the practical application of
remedial agents to disease is thoroughly and syatenaaticatte taught by
lectures and recitations.

The recitations and examinations are held at intervals, and a final
examination at the end of the fourth year finishes work in this
department.

MEDICINE AND PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.

Pearce Kintzinc, B.Sc., M.D., Professor.
ALLEN C. BeetHam, M.D., Associate.

Tuirp AND Fourtn Years.

The teaching of Theory and Practice of Medicine is by didactic
and clinical lectures during the third year, and by clinical lectures,
demonstrations, conferences and recitations during the fourth yeat-
Advanced students, in sections, visit patients in the wards of the
Franklin Square Hospital and are drilled in the taking of histories;
the examination of blood, urine, sputum and gastric contents. r

The students are brought into personal contact with the patients
in the Hospital, Dispensary and at the bedside, made to take active
part in the clinics and to make records and reports of their observa-
tions. They are required to differentiate diseases, and, under the
direction of the staff, are allowed to treat suitable cases. In order
to give each member of the class individual practical instruction, the
class is divided into small sections.

GASTRO-ENTEROLOGY.

Ws. S. Love, M.D., Professor.
Gro. W. Jones, M.D., Lecturer.
Germanus J. France, M.D., Lecturer.
Fourtu Year.
The teaching of Gastro-Enterology is by didactic and clinical lee
tures during the fourth year. , iy
Special clinical courses are given in diseases of the stomach, +f
which the student is instructed in the newer methods of diagnosis ane
treatment, embracing physical, chemic and microscopic examina
of test meals, stomach contents, ete.

CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS.

Henry G. Branuam, M.D., Associate. ‘
Turep Year. :

One of the most important additions to the student's work 15
embraced by the new Clinical Laboratory, the culmination of all are -
upor

atory studies. Here laboratory work and methods are employe”
entirely from the clinical standpoint. Special courses are given

16

the blood, urine, sputa, dejecta and stomach contents, in their chemic,
microscopic and bacteriologic relations. Each one of these courses is
under the charge of a demonstrator who has given special attention
to the branch, This course is designed to fit the student for the
practical clinical work of the fourth year. 5

An examination is held at the end of the year’s work.

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

F, N. Tannar, M.D., Professor.
G. J. France, M.D., Assistant.
Tuirp AND FourtH Years. "
The subject is taught by a series of lectures addressed to third-
year students, supplemented by a course of clinics in the fourth year.
he lectures comprise special topics preparatory for the clinical im-
struction of the succeeding year. . -: ace
Students are required to take an active part in the examination
gee discussion of the ice A certain number of recitations on the
subject selected are he uring the year.
The Out-Patient Department suppties a large number of Per
contagious diseases. Each student is taught the technique Me miube-
tion, and has an opportunity to see the operation performed,
Especial attention is paid to clinical therapeutics.
The examinations are held at the end of each year.

NERVOUS AND MENTAL DISEASES.
L. H, Gunpry, M.D., Professor. ‘\

Fourtn YEAR. e P i deh
A systematic course of lectures on Nervous Dee Gems ’
consisting of one lecture each week throughout on Nae cule wae
weekly clinic is also given, af which cases 0 a ah <9. the cla
many of the rarer forms of these diseases are Lad eves natly
and at which the Ls dong is given to oF on ped inetaves
nig the cases. og upon both the
and clinical cases are also held.
An obligatory examination is held at the end of the fourth year.

ROENTGENOLOGY AND ELECTROLOGY.

James B. Harney, Esq, Demonstrator. , ; by
The rapid progress of the “Roentgen Ray” igen: pind erie
Phenomena today commands a prominent place in the s a canetié
tice of medicine and surgery. Their value as therapeutic and

; in di i nifold.
agents in the study and treatment of certain fas wen o es feld of

The X-Ray in its evolution practically occu i ia
Usefulness as a diagnostic adjunct with that of the eS abros d,
Is receiving great thought and attention m this pee ry ane his one

eeping abreast with the onward march of modern progress.

iti cilities has received our
of the many additions to our laboratory poms eee

Careful attention. New apparatus has been ar

etter quarters provided for its installation. ie addition ot Pore!
library of skiagraphs, with ample illumination and Mum® po 4 of the
for the thorough study and interpretation of plates. 1s
Special features of its teaching facilities.

17

- i

The aim of this department is to instruct students in the practical
management of various X-Ray and electrical apparatus. This feature
is correlated with excellent opportunities to study and treat practi-
cally all forms of disease in which electrical modalities are useful.
Instruction and demonstrations are given to the senior class and consist
of a course of lectures upon the subject in general at stated periods
throughout the year. 4

This department has been placed under the supervision of an able
expert, a pioneer in that field, who was formerly associated with the
Charity Hospital of New Orleans, La, and later the Mount Sinai
Hospital of New York City.

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.

F. N. Tannar, M.D., Professor.
Tuirp AND FourtH YEARS. :

The lectures on this important branch are general and practical.
The legal relations of the physician to the State and to his patient —
are exhaustively considered. The question of expert testimony and
the status of the medical expert, the nature of the hypothetical ques-
tion and the manner in which it should be answered, the conduct of
the physician under direct and cross-examination are all clearly set
forth. The examination is held at the conclusion of the course.

DERMATOLOGY.
H. C. Hess, M.D., Professor.
Fourtn Year. :
A course of lectures, demonstrations and recitations is give!
during the fourth year, and a weekly clinic is held throughout the
year. F
The Outdoor Department and the Hospital wards furnish of
abundant and varied supply of material. ss
The pathologic histology of the skin diseases is fully consideredy
as well as the various parasites.

SURGERY.

Josern H. Branuam, M.D., Professor.
Epwarp Grempter, M.D., Associate.
Henry G. Branuam, M.D., Demonstrator.

Tuirp AND Fourtn Years.

Instruction is given in this important branch by systematic, lee
tures, recitations, lecture demonstrations, clinical lectures, by sectiOm
teaching in the wards and in the Out-Patient Department, a
by the study of Surgical Pathology in the laboratories. The did
lectures are given each week by the Professor of Surgery, $
mented by the work of the assistants, associates and demons ia
Recitations at stated intervals and intermediate examinations are.
Clinical Surgery is taught in the Amphitheatre, Hospital,
sary, in the Outdoor Department and at the bedside Operations ©
onstrations, illustrating the didactic teachings and supplem 1
the laboratory work, are given daily, and afford unusual face
a. acquisition of the necessary knowledge and technique OF ~~
subject.

8

Third year students are given opportunities to examine and diag-

nose cases. They are required to assist in operation, to dress wounds
and to make reports upon cases, which reports may, at the discretion
of the professors, be discussed in the conferences.
_ Surgical Technique—The methods of preparing dressings, steriliz-
ing instruments and the necessary preparation of the patient for the
operation are taught and made familiar to the student by repeated
demonstrations. Yearly and final examinations are held. Elective
ones in Surgery are open to graduates and those desiring advanced
wor

OPERATIVE AND CLINICAL SURGERY.

Avzert T. Cuampers, M.D., Professor.
Ecrert L. Mortimer, M.D., Associate.

Two hours each week are devoted to describing, illustrating and

demonstrating the various surgical procedures at the College building.
The class will be divided into sections to perform operations and work
out the topographical anatomy of the different parts on the cadaver
under the direction of Professor of Operative and Clinical Sur-
gery or his Associate. The course will also include experimental work
on animals. ;
_ One hour weekly is used for performing operations at the Frank-
lin Square Hospital. Ward classes wi!l be assigned and rotated at
proper intervals to take histories and make diagnoses of patients
referred to this clinic, which will be read by the student and carefull
discussed by the Professor before each operation, These classes will
then be required to study the after treatment of the cases operated
on, and make a daily note of their condition, the changes in diet,
sec drugs, etc., reporting later to the whole class the results
obtained.

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY.

Henry W. Kennarp, M.D., Professor.
Leonarp E, Beacu, M.D., Associate Professor. :
Orthopedic Surgery is given throughout the Senior year, and

consists of one hour per week, didactic work, with extensive clinical
demonstration. This course will include instruction in the application
and adjustment of orthopedic apparatus, the theory and practice of
the treatment of tubercular bone disease by mechanical means, tuber-
culin, the sun’s rays and the hygienic-dictetic method; the treatment
of scoliosis by gymnastics, electricity and massage; treatment of
talipes and flat-foot, the management of infantile paralysis and prac-
tical work in the plaster room as well as by operative hospital work.

GENITO-URINARY SURGERY.
Frep CARUTHERS, M.D., Professor.

Fourrn YEar.

The course in this department is by clinical lectures and clinical
‘demonstrations. One clinic is held wk , and illustrative operations
-8re frequently performed. :

The student is brought in direct contact with the cases, and
Specially instructed in the use of the diagnostic instruments employed
n the exploration of the urethra and bladder, including the cystoscope
and endoscope. He acquires dexterity in the use of various other

19

instruments, necessary for diagnosis and treatment, by assisting in the
.clinics and personally performing the different manipulations.

Special and elective courses are open to physicians and post-
graduate students.

COMPARATIVE SURGERY.

Artuour G. Barrett, Pu.D., M.D., Clinical Professor.
H. Lee Franks, M.D., Associate Professor.
Dwicut H. Monr, M.D., Associate Professor. ;

The course in Comparative Surgery consists of lectures and reci-
tations supplemented by daily laboratory exercises, in which the student
acquires a practical familiarity with operative procedures. The lecture
course is introduced by a consideration of the general principles ©
operative work, after which the various major operations are taken
up and described in detail. After each step in the operation has been
explained by the instructor, the student is required to perform the
operation.

In the laboratory the classes will be divided into sections, the
members of which will undergo a thorough practical training 1™
operative methods and technic under the supervision of the director.
An abundance of equipment and laboratory material makes it possible
to offer a complete course of study,‘including surgical dressings a
appliances, the principles of asepsis and antisepsis, and the demon-
stration of laparotomies, including appendectomies, operations on the
gall bladder, resection of intestines, etc.

Text Book: Keene.

DENTAL SURGERY.

Advanced students receive practical instruction in Dental Surgery
by demonstrations in extracting and other minor dental operations:

DISEASES OF THE EYE.

J. Wm. Funcr, M.D., Professor.

Fourtu YEAR. 4

Instruction consists in didactic lectures, clinical demonstration’
operations and practice in the use of the ophthalmoscope. Pp
material is furnished by the Hospital and Dispensary clinics. | Every
possible opportunity is given the student for personal observation >
examination of cases, thus coming in close relation to the patient arth ’
of necessity, familiarizing himself, in the most practical mannet, We
the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of eye diseases. The constat
aim being to make capable and efficient general practitioners and note
decorage specialists. Final examinations are held at the end of
ourth year.

DISEASES OF EAR, NOSE AND THROAT.

ALEXANDER D. McConacuiek, D.D.S., M.D., Professor.
pen S. Bowen, M.D., Associate.
RANK J. Powers, A.B., M.D., Associate.
Fourtu YEAR. ae
The teaching is given in didactic lectures, recitations and cling
The subject is presented from the point of view of the ge”

20

practician. The instruction is practical, and includes the use of the
otoscope, laryngoscope and other instrumental aids to diagnosis and

treatment. ‘
The class is divided into sections, in order that the teachings may
be better adapted to the needs of its members, and that each indi-

vidual may receive personal supervision.
OBSTETRICS.

B. P. Muse, M.D., Professor.

Cuas. H, Beerem, Pu.G,, M.D., Associate,

Auten C. BeetHam, M D., Associate.

Dwicut H, Mour, M.D., Demonstrator.

Evizasetu T, Boucuette, M.D., Assistant Demonstrator,

Tuirp AND FourtH Yrars,

Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, outdoor clinics, con-
ferences and clinical teaching. Students are required to take charge
of at least six cases of labor, to receive clinical instruction in at least
three cases, to care for patients during convalescence and to make a
full written report of at least one case.

The instruction further includes embryology, the anatomy of the
pelvis, besides instruction in presentations and positions, abdominal
palpation, pelvimetry and the management of labor.

Obstetrical operations, instrumental and manual, are taught by
means of demonstrations and practice upon the manikin and the
cadaver, as well as upon the patient in the lying-in chamber. i

The constantly increasing outdoor clinic furnishes excellent facili-

ties for teaching the student the care of patients in the home, and i
i information

order that the women students may derive the most !
obtained the services of Dr.

ossible from this department, we have =
lizabeth T, Bouchelle, who will have full charge of demonstrations

to them.
GYNECOLOGY.

Wo. S. Situ, M.D., Professor.
Maurice Lazensy, M.D., Clinical Professor.
Henry B. Kors, M.D., Associate.

Tuirp aNp Fourtn YEARS.
anch each week through-

f the whole subject of

'ynecology is given. : 4
An bdperative clinic is held in the Amphitheatre each week, sup-

Plemented by demonstrations and recitations. ah ¥
i and application of

The routine of office work, comprising the use
h ~ is important branch, such as

douches, pessaries, repositors, tampons, dilators, vaginal and intra-
, pessaries, rep P fully exemplified.

Uterine medication, etc., will be fully and care
~. Special opportunities will be ates to advanced students to prac-
ous manipulations necessary in the diagnosis
and treatment of Diseases of Women, individual work in this line
mg regarded as of the highest im
ections of the class will be formed to <
logical cases in the Hospital, each member of these sections makin
xaminations, taking histories and assisting in operations. Practica’
struction will also be given in the Gynecological Department of the
Dispensary, and students will be afforded opportunities to witness
Operations in the Hospital on other than the regular clinic days.

Schedule of Lectures for Session 1912-1913. Maryland Medical College.

FIRST YEAR.

Hours Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday ) Friday Satu

9-10 | Pharmacy | physiology | Chemistry | ae Physiology

10-11 Recitation
Chemical | Histological Chemical Histological Labo:

Laboratory | Laboratory | Laboratory | Laboratory Che

11-12 mistry
|
12-1 Materia | Anatomy | Pharmacy | Materia | Recitation
| i e
| 2.30 Recitation Recitation
~~ Anatomica! | Anatomical Anatomical
4.30 Osteology Osteology
_____| Laboratory Laboratory Laboratory
| 5-30
Dissecting Daily. First year, hours per session,

Wednesday | Thursday

Physio-
Bacteri- logical

ology | Chemistry

Pharmacy | Physiology

Pathology | Phystology| Pathology

: Recitation
and

‘tacteriology
Laboratory

Recitation

Minor Minor
Surgery |Laboratory | Surgery

Materia
Medica

Materia
Medica

Anatomy | Pharmacy

Chemical

Schedule of Lectures for Session 1912-1913. Maryland Medical College.
THIRD YEAR.

Saturday

Hours Monday Tuesday Wednesday | Thursday
Electro-

Therapeutics

Obstetrics Operative

10-11 | Proctology | Hygiene Pathology

Surgery

ti St tive fenton

11-12 |Gynecology yang Goeterensa Surgery stration

12-1 Medicine Rte den Opthonel Dermatology Medicine
: —

Genito- Operative

Pediatrics bm Surgery
_ Surgery

Ear, Nose
and Throat

ATTENDANCE OBLIGATORY AT CLINICS

" FOURTH YEAR.

Hours

Laboratory
Gynecology | Sections

23

*

A systematic course in Gynecological Pathology will be conducted
and the class will be thoroughly familiarized with the technique ©
the various methods of hardening, cutting, staining and mounting
specimens for microscopic study and permanent preservation. :

Intermediate examinations are held and a final examination 18
given at the end of the fourth year.

| dae graduate courses are open to those desiring advanced
work.

EXAMINATIONS.

Each student shall be obliged to attend 80% of the exercises in
each course of study in order to become eligible for the final exam
inations.

First YEAR.
Osteology and Syndesmology, Histology and Inorganic Chemistry,
Physiology and Anatomy, Embryology.

Seconp YEAR.
Anatomy, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, Physiological Chem-
istry, Bacteriology, Laboratory Pathology, Pharmacy. Mater!@
Medica, and Minor Surgery and Bandaging. P

Tuirp YEAR. .
Pediatrics, Physical Diagnosis, Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics:
Gynecology, Medical Jurisprudence, Electro-Therapeutics, Hygiene
and Dietetics, Operative Surgery, written Pathology, Eye, and Eat,
Nose and Throat. : .

FourtH YEAR,
Clinical Medicine, Clinical Diagnosis, Clinical Surgery (Branham
and Chambers), Clinical Obstetrics, Clinical_Gynecology, Derma
tology, Mental Diseases, Diseases of the Eye, Diseases ©
Ear, Nose and Throat, Gastro-Enterolozy, Orthopedic Surge
Genito-Urinary Surgery, Therapeutics and Proctology.

FEES AND REGULATIONS. :

Stupents Must Marricurate WHEN Tuey ComMMENCE ArrenpaNce
AT THE LeEcruREs.

Aut Fees Art Payante 1n ADVANCE AT THE TIME OF ENTRANCE,
ARE Nor RerurnaAsLe UNpverR Any CIRCUMSTANCES.

AND”

Matriculation Fee .........--.+ Sy SEE errs scattae imo
Fees for Full Course of Lectures.......... Lutes oe’ Josh pee 30.00
Final Examination Fee for Senior Students.......-..++++++ anes

_ Students completing three full courses in this College will be
given tuition for the fourth year at the reduced rate of $100. except
t

A deposit of $200 for each laboratory course pursued,
Anatomy, is required of all students. This deposit is returned at
close of the session, less the amount charged against breakage. tely:

Tickets for any of the departments may be taken out separal

The fee is $25 for each branch.
24

uVvooOs NIIMNVUA

ia

IdSoO!

"IVIL

HOSPITAL AMPHITHEATER.

MATERNITY.

GQuUVA BAUA AO WANUOD

The laboratory courses may be taken by matriculates not follow-
ing the regular courses. The special fees for such courses may be
ascertained by consulting the Dean. ; ; ,

Graduates or students of homeopathic or eclectic medical schools
will be granted an allowance equal to the number of years they have
attended such colleges, provided they can meet the requirements of
the entrance examinations and pass examinations im Materia and
Therapeutics. J

Students who have attended one or more courses of lectures ~
any accredited medical college or colleges are placed upon an cats
footing with our own students, and the same privileges as_ regards
examinations for advanced standing are extended to them. ante:
tion will not be required on subjects for which proper credentia dei
exhibited by the student, showing that he has passed such examination.

7 i itions
Students will not be permitted to carry more than two condit
from the class immediately preceding that to which be ae moehiek:
and these conditions must be removed with a grade of 75
before they are allowed to pass to a higher class.

i “songs must be removed with the same
fe Se ee int cco oa d as candidates for graduation.

minimum grade before they are accepte 4
All senior students, however, are required to pass the major

branches in this school. sae aah
The right is reserved to make such alteration in the cours
struction as experience or expedience may prove to be Nth thevatotk of
Those who are desirous of becoming familiar = Pigg he Se
the special departments will be afforded opportunity. pit acts
study of six weeks’ duration at any time during the y! he facilites
due inquiry be made previously concerning the ee a aperative
for acquiring knowledge of laboratory technique, as
skill, are unexcelled and worthy of consideration. a cantar ot te
No private quizzes or classes are held be wight Faculty in
Faculty in this College, nor by any member 0 be ’ ue reer ot
the branch or branches upon which he conducts jr See posable
In order that our students may obtain, all ae fs aoe seatty, bas
from the extended Hospital facilities of this ma Seiad clabe.
decided to appoint a number of internes from kin Racare ospital
These will be known as “Internes of the Fran iD ie conttficates at
and West Ehd Maternite.” They will renee oe a Dae
the end of their term of service. The fee will : e nee potegears
dollars for the whole year; fifty ($50) dollars to

GRADUATION.
good moral character,

: sagt f
Candidates for examination must be © four full
cere eprimant, A te ave ea ths Cae
courses of lectures, the last of whic . examina-
have ould all fees due the College and passed a satisfactory

eal ets re tke oa th i te
Tickets for completed courses will be issued by Sais em eee
fe semen aera oper emonatatore and, rectors Unies
sacempencese) by, *: ticket will not be accepted as evidence of a
completed course.

25

Every candidate must have passed examinations in the various
laboratory courses and other branches of medicine taught in this school
or show satisfactory credentials of having passed such examinations in
other accredited schools, Attendance upon all clinical lectures is oblig-
atory.

The final examination fee, which is $30, must be deposited with
the Dean before the candidate can be admitted to an examination.

Examinations for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are conducted
by the several professors. Candidates failing to graduate are not re
quired to again appear for examination in those branches in which they
have attained the required percentage, except in the case of the major
branches. Attendance of 80% on all senior branches is obligatory. The
judgment of the Faculty upon the fitness of a candidate is based upon
knowledge of his general attendance and industry, character and habits,
as well as upon the result of his final examination.

Candidates rejected at the final examination will not be re-examined
until after having taken another course of lectures.

The degree will not be conferred upon any candidate who absents
himself from the Public Commencement without the special permission
of the Faculty.

In the appointment of officers, assistants and additional teachers,
other things being equal, our own graduates shall have the preference.

These regulations will be strictly adhered to.

PRIZES.

The Faculty, believing that a reward to the candidate for gradua-
tion standing highest in his studies at the end of the year stimula
the entire class to greater effort, offers the following prize:

Highest General Average, a Gold Medal. 7

Candidates for the degree, to be eligible for the above prize, must
have taken all the studies of the last year and have been examined i

each.

The degree of Doctor of Medicine cum laudi is given to candidates —
who obtain an average of 95 per cent. or over, in all the required ©
aminations. ‘

GENERAL INFORMATION.

At the close of the session the following appointments are made
from the graduates of this school:

Five resident Physicians to the Franklin Square Hospital. Hos-

A number of Dispensary Physicians to the Franklin Square
pital Dispensary and to the Northeastern Dispensary. wally”

Several appointments to other hospitals of Baltimore are erg
made, to which graduates from the Maryland Medical College
eligible. AL.

The Dispensary is open throughout the year, and students renee
ing in the city are privileged to avail themselves of the many advantat
which it offers. ; +more

“he personal expenses of the students are at least as low in Balto
as in any other large city. Students can board comfortably for. y to
$3 to $5 per week, fire and light included, and those who are wed
club together in lodging-rooms can live at lower rates. A. list of boat”
ing-houses may be had at the Dean’s office or from the janitor.

26

Students are advised to pay fees by check for the exact amount.
Remittances for other expenses should be in postal or money orders,
or notes by express, as the College will not endorse checks for private
expenses.

Students are requested to report to the Dean and to register im-
mediately upon their arrival in the city, in order to facilitate their as-
signment to seats, arrangement in sections, ward classes, etc.

_ Visiting physicians are always welcome, and are cordially invited
to inspect the College, Hospital and Clinical Amphitheater at any time.

YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION,

A branch of the City Y, M. C, A. is maintained in this College.
An Intercollegiate Secretary is employed to devote his time to the wel-
fare of the students of the city. , =

The religious activity of the students is directed by the Association,
and Classes for Bible Study and devotional meetings are regularly held.

The Association also welcomes new students at the opening of the
term, and lists of suitable boarding-houses are kept for reference.

The Association Hand-Book, containing much information of value
to the students, is issued at the opening of the fall term.

The City Association, with a fully-equipped central property, and
the West Branch, which is situated within one square of the College,
extend a very cordial welcome to the students.

ATHLETICS.

. ibe great number of studies ‘and. the — pe Sore
elled the student to neglect pro; exercise, but the gr
t ¢ ‘ eet dical course allows the stu-

1s now allotted for the completion of his medic f k
dent ample time to indulge in outdoor athletics and gymnasium wor
in the closed season. ss dae

Several basketball teams had a very successful season during the
last session, and several other departments of athletics will be partici-
pated in during the coming term. = ;

This department is under the direct supervision of a ae, al
inted by the Faculty. A fee of Three ($3.00), Dollars will be charge
or membership in the Athletic Association, which includes membership
with full privileges inthe Young Men’s Christian Association.

METHODS OF TEACHING.

The organizers of the Maryland Medical College have kept in “er
the advanatges of individual teaching in contradistinction 4 rg g
struction, such as prevails to a greater or less extent in al ore are
Colleges and Universities. To this end the professors and teachers an
given ample liberty to employ such characteristic methods pe erience
has shown to be preferable, rather than being compelled to fo rd he
tems sanctified by tradition and fossilized by time. To attain the en
set forth, it is necessary to,maintain a corps of teachers larger in pro-
portion to the number of matricu!ates than is usually found in institu-

ti in similar work. :
Pon eee aeniee fe diyiduality upon the student with whom

The teacher stamps his in i
he comes into intimate personal contact, and the student is not embar-

rassed by fruitless discussions of methods and measures radically op-
27

sed, the efficiency of which is stoutly maintained by various professors
in the same college, as is unfortunately too often the case in our Amer-
ican institutions of learning. The teacher is, nevertheless, encouraged to
keep fully abreast of the times in every particular that pertains to his
branch, to visit and investigate the methods employed by other institu-
tions, both in our own country and abroad, for the purpose of broad-
ening his views and perfecting his methods, and, when necessary, the
college provides funds for such purposes.

Likewise, the entire energy of the Board of Trustees and the Fac-
ulty is expended in an endeavor to provide a MEDICAL education solely,
and no attempt is made to maintain a quasi University with faculties of
law, dentistry and the like.

Experience has demonstrated the value of conferences, case reports,
discussions and examinations as methods of teaching; hence these
forms are generally followed, and, as a rule, monthly written examina-
tions are held im all save the minor and unimportant branches, while
class conferences, case reports and critical discussions are so arrange
that each student. in rotation, is given ample opportunity to display his
attainments. Progress is judged largely by these methods instead 0
being based solely upon final or yearly examinations. Recitations an
quizzes, conducted by the professors and teachers, have, to a large .ex-
tent, replaced the formal didactic lecture of olden days, and we be-
lieve that not only the graduate of to-day, but the public, is reaping the
benefit of the change

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE MARYLAND MEDICAL
COLLEGE.

Cuas. H, Beetem, M.D., President.
Grirriru S. LAwALL, M.D., Vice-Pres.

Auten C. BeetHaM, M.D., Secretary.
Ww. J. Sutuivan, M.D., Treasurer

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Watter A. Cox, M.D,
Ame ia E, Linx, M.D.
GerMANus J. France, M.D.
Lronarp E. Beacu, M.D.
Joun H. Finnecay, M.D.

All Alumni in good standing, the Faculty and the Adjunct Faculty

are eligible to membership in the College Alumni Association, The
objects of the Association are as follows: To advance the influence
of the Maryland Medical College, to further a oom educational meth-
ods, and to secure intellectual, social and pro essional benefit to its

members.
alumni, dis-

. This College, but fourteen years old, already has 700 :
tributed throughout this country, our insular possessions and in sev-
eral foreign countries.

ry of all positions of

Alumni are requested to inform the Secretary ¢ sit
honor or trust conferred upon them, or of any prominent position they
may hold in any hospital, board of health, etc. They are also re-
quested to notify the Secretary of any change of their addresses, OF
of the death of any member of the Association that may come under

their observation.

The annual meeting will be held
on which occasion an address will be
selected by the Executive Committee.

The fee for membership is $1.00 per annum,
ion concerning the Alumni Association, address

on or about Commencement Day,
delivered by one of the members

payable in advance.
For further informat
Dr. Atten C. BEETHAM, Secretary-
3016 E. Baltimore Street,
‘Baltimore Md.

29

TEXT BOOKS.

Anatomy—Piersol, Gray, Morris.

BacrerioLocy—Muir and Ritchie, McFarland, Williams.
Cuemistry—Holland, Simon.

Cuitpren—Ruhrah, Tulley, Koplik,
DerMAToLocy—Jackson, Stellwagen, Shoemaker.
Dictionaries—Gould (latest edition), Dunglison, Dorland.

Ear, Nose AND TuHroAt—Ballenger, Gleason,Barhill and Wales,
Packard, Coakley.

Eye—Ball, Hansell & Sweet, Jackson, May, De Schweinitz.
Gastro-EntEeroLocy—Kemp, Fulton’s Translation of Connheim.
Genito-Urinary DiseAses—Taylor, Lydston, Sturgis & Cabot.
Gynecotocy—Ashton, Hirst, Penrose, Dudley, Gilliam.

Histotocy—Schafer, Ferguson and Piersoll.
Hycrene—Rohe & Robins, Bergey.

JurisprupeENcE—Draper, Reese. .
Materta MepicA—Butler, Sol!man, Stevens. ,

Menpicat Diacnosis—Kintzing, Da Costa, Wilson.

>
Nervous System AND Minp—Dana, Church & Peterson, Stoddard,

Burr on Mental Diseases.
Ossretrics—Hirst, Edgar, Williams. ° ‘
Orerative Surcery—Bryant, McGrath, Kocher. |
PATHOLOGY—Ziegler, Delafield & Prudden, Stengel, McFarland, 2
Durck, Cattell (Post Mortem), Mallory & Wright (Technique). if

PHarMACY—Caspari, ‘

‘Ez.
PuysicaL DiAGNosis—Kintzing’s Signs of Internal Disease, Sarli’s
Diagnostic Methods, Da Costa, Kabot, Anders and Boston. '

PuysroLocy—Ott, Howell. i
PRINCIPLES AND Practice oF Mepicine—Tyson, Osler, Anders.

Surcery—Park, International Textbook of Surgery, America
Textbook Surgery, Da Costa and Vaughan,

Surcery or Recrum—Tuttle.
Tuerareutics—Cushny, Sollman, Hare.
30

MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE

LIST OF MATRICULATES, SESSION 1911-1912.

Assure, DAVID........+++ W. Va.
ApAms, SAMUEL H.........+++ Pa.
ADEER, MAK cio ccs sctnsiae Conn.
Aimar (Mrs.), L. A......--S. C.
ASTEIGRO. Assocs cenns ORE SH? Cuba
Arnotp, CLEMENT M.......- Ohio
AREVALO, GILBERTO.....-++++ Ca
BaRENBURG, JAcoB W......-.-- Pa.
BAVE, Ay Fess: cs ane secaare W. Va
Bereston, Artuur, D.D.S....Md
Beruse, DAvip T.....+-.+-5> N. H.
BENDICKs J. Ju... .seeeccersss Pa.
Boivin, Omer E.......-..+-Mass.
Boucuette (Mrs) E. T...... Md.
Bow aw: La Biggar s.c0 vans ha Fe is
Baaowsy, J. Lowi wevnivers ss N. J.
Brown, CHAS. F....:.+++0% N. H.
Brown, HUuGH......-.+-++0++ Md.
Bruneau, Oxivier A.........RL
Bucuannon, D, J....---+++>s Va.
Buans, Je Ress ac taweestevese Pa
Buss, Wa. J... .s>gsacele need es N.J
BRN, JAS. Fi... sesecenccsee Tenn.
CAMPIANO, E.......2--++08 okt
CARDAMONE, P, J......-++++ Eas
CARSON, WM oc.cck on cedawes Pa,
Cuampe, Nirz G......0.:- W. Va.
CHANEY, J. Pic. .onseeveses Md.
Correy, J. B.. Ph.G,,..-...-+- 1a
Compton, J. W....----++++ W. Va.
Conaway, R, G......-++++ W.Va
ConsTANTINE, GEORGE.......-S. A.
CONNOLLY, IRA ..-...+5-+++ W. Va.
COPELAN, Li ihS Alene Shier «s,s W. Va.
Consett, H. W....0.0-2-008% sc
CosTeLLo, Epw. A......-+++++ Pa,
Cox, R. NATHANIEL......++++ Va.
Crescioni, D. A.....-+++++++ Pr. R:
Crow ey, W. H.....2-200ss006 Pa,
Cromerneg, L. B..... 26.20 Pa.
Cuppace (Miss), EvizaseTH..Pa.
Damey, Rost. W....-+---+ W. Va.

Datton, JAMES T....--- Canada
Davis, Rost. E......-++-++ W. Va.
Davis, NorMAN R...--+++-++5 Pa.
Devaney, Tuos. B......--+- Mass.
Demety, Louis A.....+-+++++ Md.
DenHOLtTz, EMANUEL.....--- N. J.
Devers, NEIL J...---0+es eens Pa.
Dosps, Rost. J...-+-++++++0++ Pa.
Donnoity, J. D....- +0 e000 N. J.
EAMES, M. H.....<-+-0eeeee ee Va.
Eaty, Davin B....--+-+-++++++ Pa.
Exey, J. C., Ph.G.....-.-+.++: Md.
Epcert, FRANK J...-+++-++++ N. Y.
ENGLISH, EUGENE R.......W. Va.
EscANAVERINO, GINES P Cuba
Everets, E. M....-++++++++ W. Va.
Farco, BUNNELL.....-:-+000 ++ Md.
FINNEGAN, JOHN H....--+-++ RE
FLICKENGER, WM..-+-0+00e00++ Pa.
FreemAN (Miss), Maysvitte.Md.
- Foarp, Frank O....--++-+-> NGG
Freunp, E. M....--+-++++++* N. Y.
Gannon, Cuas. H...-----+>+ RE
Garces, LORENZO...----- pei
GIGANTI, D...++++0++++"> P.R.
Giro, LUIS...+++1eeee0 ee Cuba

GLENNAN, KENNETH R

GoLpsMITH,CHESTER L.,Ph.G.Mass.

GotpstEIN, JACOB Souza Pa:
Grace, BENJ | ere rer Md.
Gracey, CHAS ee Pa
Garter. M. Fo. se eeneeeeeer eee Pa.
Garr, Jos. T...s-.0s-+e05e"" Pa.
Gross, SAMUEL...-.-+00550°°"* Pa.
HARMAN, W. C...se0ssernret* Va.
Harney, Jas. [ee Pa La.
Hexrcott, Max iaeounss D.C.
HELFcOTT, NATHAN J...- D:G
Heim, F. L. C..-+---ereeee ees Md.
HicHew, ARTHUR } Peas Sar Md.
HorKa, LEON S...--+-ssr+000+ Pa;

vwarae

HornstineE, Harry Pics

Howarp, Foster C......+++++ Md.
Hunt, Erwoop V....+-+++++5 Ind.
Hurcuinson, Davin W., Jr..N. J.
JAFFE, SAMUEL....-.0:-0+e000e Pa.
Januszesk1, FRANK A.....++- Pa.
JuLIANo, ANTHONY.....+.++> N. J.
BARE; J. Pocvenceves edness eset Pa.
Kimate, C. Marvin........W. Va.
Kurt, ABRAM......0se0885e5 Md.
Lancaster, Geo. E........+++ Md.
LAWALL, GrirFiTH S........+- Pa,
PRDEBUR Wil veda ce casa trees Pa.
Litstncer, VERNON’ L.........Md.
QLONGSDORE, Jo Ps cv vicsssesce ss Pa.
BRON SEO. Bai casa a omareete ¢ Pa.
LOR ye ROMUBD los cos xacks eres Pa:
MacAutay, Joun D........ Mass.
MacSortey (Miss), H. E..... Pa.
McDermort, N. J.....+.0.-ee Pa.
McDonatp, Ricwarp L........Pa.
McFanoiwn;, A. Di... ssee8s cscs Ala.
DAGLATH. MSM os ciccncsteees Pa.
Meany; Ji Jvc ssseycon ses Conn.
Macket, CHARLES F........... Pa.
BIABANEY,: )., Divewcesetins Conn.
Marantz, Bernarp D....... No
MARSH JOR ON cscs cxen tan Gs a
Mastin Morrewt N........... Pa,
BMT IOS ETDGAS TS wesc un dane Pa;
MeN MCAS. CE 6 aati seamen 6 Md.
MENDELSOHN, JAcos E........ Pa.
MENDELSON, Jos. pas a N.Y.
Mestre, R........ ma reaaniee Py Ry
MiEckowsk1, Sraniscaus C.Conn.
Miter, J. R ere eee Ai
Moorr, Tuomas H.......... Mass.
Morris, SAMUEL M...,........ Pa.
Munster, JAMES A........... Pa,
Murray, James H.., Jr....... Md.
Diver. Wir Soncrerdarckinte t Md.
INAVARRO, 'O. Accsgearieaieis Cuba
WHER, Py Gr, I Res aneccnturecs N.J.
O’Mattey, Francis C.........Pa.
O'’Mattey, WM. J............ sees
Parran, JAMES Cary.........Md,
SENMRMAEP OD soc ccsncecepae Pa.
PeEIrS JOHN C...........65 Ga.
PrAsecxt, JoserH L........... Pa.

Posey, C. R

Poutson, W. W

PRINGLE, Frep A.......eseceus Pa,
COYAN Te Becaasinsecehonee Conn.
Racor, Kasei 0 7. igsvcexs Egypt
RaAgN, Ernest H............. Md.
RANxin, Cmase Pi agiiisdcnas Pa
Rawitz, SAMUEL B.......... N. J.
Reset, (Cravens Bo... ade Pa.
RI@AND, CHESTER. ....<..005% N, J.
Reeves, “Ho W octane tates caeer Md,
Roacu, JAmMes Epw..........R.I.
ROBART: liv an syseeceee eee ae Pa.
Rosse.) SAMUEL IAS tics castes Md.
Scuweirzer, WM. A.......00s Pa.
SHAPIRA, ABRAHAM..........- Pa,
SuHEenan, W. J., A.B....... Conn.
SHepparpD, THos, S.......... N. J.
SMITH, DAVIN) A. 5.csotartsane Pa. :
Smyser. JoHN D...........5 N. J.

SH ARs, (Go. Si voi. selves oe Va. ;
Sotomon, HArry..........-. N. ¥.
SOSA Gishesu eeu eens P, R.
STRAUR,) POTED. Hb edsé i ceete . Pa.
Soverd, My Disa cts facut ne W. Va:
Stone, G. JACKSON.........+- . Va. 4
Sturpivant, Burton B...... NG |

Stutzman, Raymonp H......

ey
Ye?

Sutrivay (Mrs.). Rosa L.... “
SUTPHIN, MARK.......ss00088 a
TANKIN, Harry J......... N.Sie
Tuomas, CLAUDE A.......0++ Va
Trenton, Watter D.......W.V&
Uzzext, Jos. H..... ike LNG
Verone, R. V..... rast ee .P.R :
Voct, Morton J........0000+ N.Y:
Wattace, Louis O. S.....-+ N.H.
Waanen: GaSsiss¥i.0sce ba . Pa
Warriner, Harry B....... Pa 7
Wess, G. CLARKE... 6. ..c+48° .Md.
WELDON, FRANK D.......0+++3 Pa.
West, Earte C.........655 +: De . —
Wuurine, Lronarp C....- -
WiuaMson (Miss), ra G..N. y.
Wraton, Ly Jcvisss nesean «ve ee

Zwincias (Miss), M. ee

GRADUATES OF MARYLAND MEDICAL COLLEGE,
SESSION 1911-1912.

Awaske” Sater. BE), ox canes navn c cman sneer re Seat Se Pennsylvania
Agwor, CiesexW? “Mis... 5 ace iq cdaes ein hts vtee testes Sb oe Ohio

) BARENBURG, JACOB W...00c. 0s sseeesemesdereegse estes See Pennsylvania
Berune, Davin T......---- ree | oe New Hampshire
BOW; LOMME Tea ds nag tit ei 5 15 degueo tenn Sean athe re Massachusetts
BoucHeEtte, ELizABETH TAYLOR.......¢-+eeererrrte er se Maryland
Brown, ‘CHAS, Fie. c ee cs cs sacn wears Heeb ee" 97282" New Hampshire

® Beowek, OLivier ‘A, ies soeess sos cbieeae te ete th Sen" ek Rhode Island

BS Cuseird: Nae Gli... Megs. cues) .agperctese Manes SAS West Virginia
CosTELyo, EDMUND A... ss. ccccececessnererrer esses sess” Pennsylvania
DALTON, JAMES. Te fire oa sce noo 8 sei pamre tere SeRerele "5 a ees Canada
DENHOLTZ, EMANUEL. ...60.0- 0s, ecnensonsnee ret Sy New Jersey
Davans, AU Foniacs sc das oo de ie ene tener Pennsylvania
Bay, Davin Bi, JR): .... vere <> eet ens MATEO Pennsylvania
Bocety, PRAT. vse. ssc0e ceo es ceaeeenmene eres Se 8 See New York
ENGLIEH, EUGENE Ro. ly. va 150d ec aammenese tener s *20re West Virginia
ESCANAVERINO, GINES: Pisce... +. casseee dees mesrcie foe cee RL Cuba
TISNEOAM, JOHN Ylsccp sass cree ndudypet ts SEPA I | Rhode Island ~~
GLEN MAN REN were Re. 350200 cg dcgeeateeey eo" te Maryland
Gowpsuire, CHESTER: L. ou. +... ..devnensesernes* teres Massachusetts
GOLDSTEIN, JACOB S..s..0-ceee een eecnenrrrnne ee" ssa eess Pennsylvania
tee Sy DEEPER TET, cxddeek has agi ae Maryland
Gpacey, (CHARLES Sh Jee rits.<:... impane™ aabes o> oe am Pennsylvania
(Sonae “UGAMUEL: fo owes oo pro thn eee ee ey Pennsylvania
HELFcorr, MAX A...-.seseceeceeeceneeneren tern District of Columbia my
HELFcort, NATHAN J...%++s.cse-eeneer sr District of Columbia
Hornstern, Harry H...¢.---++++++0* OYE tee Pennsylvania .
Flowany, FOGTis 1Gi,0scssecaccs-~gappee ste tm Fr Ve Maryland |
Trower, ELWODD Virsversics +0 ro ctngerenenr eS” te Indiana
HUTCHINSON, DAvip W., JR......s.0ereterrrern en Yew Jersey
Tavis SAMUEL) 25-590 -- 88 oe oper Pennsylvania .
Januszeski, FRANK A..--+++-+0 0+ et. ee rates Pennsylvania |
JULIANO, ANTHONY...-+-+02s0eseceeseer nese ay New Jersey
Krimce, C, MARVIN....-++++0+ ++ e008 Bebe vases she veg eree West Virginia
Roy xt, GRIERITE Soe son's coe. +. 5 aapreneen hs" PEE ES Pennsylvania {
Tyree, VERNON Tec. - 5. ovnsgs cgetrerer eS” 8 os See ries Marylan
Boot, Sate Riccasteus Shee s>- aeeente tre 2 ee Pennsylvania
Rviet, Sakcunt, BAe ekareps+.>-. oagpnen tn "ea Pennsylvania b
MACAULAY, JOHN D....--0sseee ec eeerer ene ... Massachusetts
MacSortey, Harnret E.......-.-..- geet tds ae Pensa Pennsylvania
St TG Ary, RICHARD (Les <~-+s ewe teresmmes . GEE Pennsylvania
Macxet, CHARLES F....--++++++00009 MOO LS ...Pennsylvania

33

terre t New York
MARANTZ, BERNARD Dik we cies gue 8s scicaeds aseeaginee pe feud
Mastin, Morretr BER gs Bk pin Cale Fon ial
ices ee pee ate gpaibie fae ok Peneasiceal
|, Cab aR preeiptnere beaks tie er cea eo peponii er
Mirckowsk1, STANISLAUS rae BI fees nae: Cooma
«ant a enc ; ae aR 1a See cook “peanccitaal
MORRIS: SAMME Ns sy-cckic dance cae Rdwace ob Nee ag Sonali
+ al agg caccang, pee SENT A SS Be di, raids
gp ge op ies ARE RE uae a ko ean aael
rape sel en gape ar es on a ig seca, wage? Ph cs
—ayegg age: EI ae sc Tape pr
| errata aaa eee) CS aS eS Eek seo
ota tetas Perera, Gaptaer age tee oi Pha
Ee oe ply aA A ae SA EE oe
gee apg daar tt ape Saat oe “Nay sd
“Gear valparaiso Sabie 2 jonni
«age el i aa ge lg ae
Shaner co a aac si 3s 5 BARRE. ‘ice Toa
ahs a oo er Nagel Seah 2 pestaiealil
Be prenCe Tila gins ay id Nee ae
ee ee at, Sa ee eee Reais
Roacu, JAMES EDW.. 00. e seer eee reer eee e een, vie et wr
ne en a> (-P ks siesta ones Penneyivéiial
coy Seeger aa Niza sihegs Toptiabe de hada Poona ;
- ogge ginipeid* RRR oe Rap so: cca aa
agg re ON ee aa an iE Sat te: aR:
ig an ari ie eM em agg ae me
STRAUB, ge ae one aA organ on Caroli
ac, aaah ks ee igeh AITS a aige ce
bd: elgg Eh eam tg alee Nt . .
Sutiivay, Rosa hc ag: ae rd 0 ney beg vue
TANKIN, Harry SeapeS Cmoen ores 5 age ae
THOMAS, oe Aivevacss sNpcager’*-- erat cy a
gee sy aS ERE RS ae ah gg ees Bee Bit: |
NVALLACE, LIQOUE Sob isis 3 ag a pan eae s Mewween: cee eeeeees ue Bie: |
Wanrriner, Harry B...........-+ Rey erie . vania- >
WEBB iG. CLAREBo 0. brig sca ven bet hese caeen ees ae: a
as Ye a RRS SRS akan nai: aa. pests
_ West, EARLE CLIFTON. «2... 220000000 reese eee reece ated col cu
WEITING, LEONARD C,.0..5.. canes + tear edeenesernevene se esi .
. me. Hig
Ve. r -
4

eA OS
ot

4 PE he
ka ae
ten" *

-_ >

yetav siete

-
-

- ,« sa ane

Fs rane eRe ee See SE
| +e ¢ :